UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K


(MARK ONE)
xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended March 28, 2009
OR
¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 193431, 2012
 OR
oTRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ___________ to _____________
 
Commission file number: 1-12696
 
Plantronics, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 
Delaware 77-0207692
  (State(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
 
345 Encinal Street, Santa Cruz, California 95060
 (Address(Address of principal executive offices)  (Zip(Zip Code)
 
(831) 426-5858
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
 
COMMON STOCK, $.01 PAR VALUE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE
   
PREFERRED SHARE PURCHASE RIGHTS NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE
(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  
Yes xS No ¨£

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.   
Yes ¨£ No xS





Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes xS No ¨£
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ¨S No ¨£

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K  is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x£
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one).
Large Accelerated Filer xS
Accelerated Filer ¨£
  
Non-accelerated Filer ¨ £(Do (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller Reporting Company ¨£

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes ¨£ No xS
 
The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based upon the closing price of $22.60$28.45 for shares of the Registrant's common stock on September 26, 2008,30, 2011, the last businesstrading day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter as reported by the New York Stock Exchange, was approximately $1,104,192,709.$1,240,169,114.  In calculating such aggregate market value, shares of common stock owned of record or beneficially by officers, directors, and persons known to the Registrant to own more than five percent of the Registrant's voting securities as of September 26, 200830, 2011 (other than such persons of whom the Registrant became aware only through the filing of a Schedule 13G filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) were excluded because such persons may be deemed to be affiliates.  This determination of affiliate status is for purposes of this calculation only and is not conclusive.
 
As of April 25, 2009, 48,891,81928, 2012, 42,509,505 shares of common stock were outstanding.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Registrant's Proxy Statement for its 20092012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on July 29, 2009or about August 10, 2012 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.






Plantronics,Plantronics, Inc.
FORM 10-K
For the Year Ended March 31, 20092012
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Part I. Page
Item 1.
1
Item 1A.13
Item 1B.
26
25
Item 2.26
Item 3.
27
26
Item 4.27
Part II.
  
Item 5.28
Item 6.
30
29
Item 7.32
Item 7A.
58
45
Item 8.60
Item 9.
99
78
Item 9A.99
Item 9B.
99
78
Part III.  
Item 10.
100
79
Item 11.100
Item 12.
100
79
Item 13.101
Item 14.
101
80
Part IV.  
Item 15.
102
81
104
 
Plantronics, the Plantronics logo design, Altec Lansing, Clarity, CS70N, inMotion,Plantronics®, Clarity®, BackBeat® GO, and Sound InnovationSimply Smarter Communications™ are trademarks or registered trademarks of Plantronics, Inc.

DECT™ is a trademark of ETSI registered for the benefit of its members in France and other jurisdictions.

Apple and iPod are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.

The Bluetooth name and the BluetoothBluetooth® trademarks are owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and are used by Plantronics, Inc. under license.

All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.





PART I
 
This Annual Report on Form 10-K is filed with respect to our fiscal year 2009.2012. Each of our fiscal years ends on the Saturday closest to the last day of March. Fiscal year 20092012 ended on March 28, 2009,31, 2012, fiscal year 20082011 ended on March 29, 2008,April 2, 2011, and fiscal year 20072010 ended on March 31, 2007.  Each fiscal yearApril 3, 2010.  Fiscal years 2012 and 2011 consisted of 52 weeks and fiscal year 2010 consisted of 53 weeks.  For purposes of consistent presentation, we have indicated in this report that each fiscal year ended "March 31" of the given year, even though the actual fiscal year end may have been on a different date.

CERTAIN FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION
 
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).  These statements may generally be identified by the use of such words as "expect," "anticipate," "believe," "intend," "plan,""potential" or "will," or "shall,"variations of such words and similar expressions are based on current expectations and entail various risks and uncertainties.  Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including, but not limited to the factors discussed in the subsection entitled "Risk Factors" in Item 1A of this Form 10-K.  This Annual Report on Form 10-K and our Annual Report to Stockholders should be read in conjunction with these risk factors.  We undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

ITEM 1.  BUSINESSBUSINESS
COMPANY BACKGROUND
 
Plantronics, Inc. (“Plantronics,” “the Company,“Company,“we”,“we,” “our,” or “us”) is a leading worldwide designer, manufacturer and marketer of lightweight communications headsets, telephone headset systems and accessories for the worldwide business and consumer markets under the Plantronics brand.  We are also a leading manufacturer and marketer of high quality docking audio products, computer and home entertainment sound systems, and a line of headphones for personal digital media under our Altec Lansing brand.  In addition, we manufacture and market, under our Claritybrand, specialty telephone products, such as telephones for the hearing impaired, and other related products for people with special communication needs.

Prior to December 1, 2009, we operated as two segments, the Audio Communications Group (“ACG”) and the Audio Entertainment Group ("AEG").  We completed the sale of Altec Lansing, which comprised our AEG segment, effective December 1, 2009; therefore, it is no longer included in continuing operations, and we operate as one segment.  We have classified the AEG operating results, including the loss on sale of AEG, as discontinued operations in the Consolidated statement of operations for all periods presented.

Our headsets are communications tools providing freedom to use your hands while staying connected to your communication or entertainment device, freedom to move around and freedom from using keyboards by enhancing speech recognition capabilities.  We use a variety of technologies to develop high quality products that meet the needs of our customers, whether for communications or personal entertainment.  Our headsets are widely used with mobile phones, in contact centers, in the office and in the home, for applications such as Unified Communications (“UC”), with Internet telephony, for gaming and for other specialty applications.  Our major product categories include Office and Contact Center (“OCC”), which includes corded and cordless communication headsets, audio processors and telephone systems; Mobile, which includes Bluetooth® and corded products for mobile phone applications; Gaming and Computer Audio, which includes personal computer ("PC") and gaming headsets; and Clarity, which includes specialty products marketed for hearing impaired individuals.  The majority of our products are sold under the Plantronics and Clarity brands.

We ship a broad range of communicationsour products to over 80approximately 70 countries through a worldwide network of distributors, retailers, wireless carriers, original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), and telephony service providers.  We have well-developed distribution channels in North America, Europe, Australia and New Zealand, where use of our products is widespread.  Our distribution channels in other geographic regions of the world are less mature, and while we primarily serve the contact center markets in those regions, we are expandingcontinue to expand into the office, mobile, gaming and entertainment, digitalcomputer audio, and specialty telephone markets in those regions and additional international locations.  Revenues from our retail channel are seasonal, with our third fiscal quarter typically being the strongest quarter due to holiday seasonality.
 
Plantronics was founded and incorporated in the State of California in 1961 and initially became a public company in 1977. We then became a private company in a leveraged buyout in 1989 and subsequently reincorporatedPlantronics is incorporated in the State of Delaware.  In 1994, Plantronics again became a public companyDelaware and is listed on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") under the ticker symbol “PLT”"PLT".
 
Plantronics acquired the Walker Equipment Corporation and Ameriphone, Inc. in 1986 and 2002, respectively.  In January 2004, we changed the name of our Walker and Ameriphone businesses to Clarity.  ClarityOur principal executive offices are located at 345 Encinal Street, Santa Cruz, California, 95060.  Our telephone number is a leading supplier of telephones with advanced sound processing, notification systems, assisted listening devices and other communications devices for the hearing-impaired markets.(831) 426-5858.  Our Company website is www.plantronics.com.  
On April 4, 2005, Plantronics acquired Octiv, Inc., which we renamed Volume Logic, Inc., (“Volume Logic”). Volume Logic’s intellectual property provides enhancements for both the digital music and telephony audio experiences.
On August 18, 2005, Plantronics acquired Altec Lansing Technologies, Inc. (“Altec Lansing”), a market leader in docking and personal computer (“PC”) audio systems.  The acquisition of Altec Lansing enabled us to combine our expertise in voice communication with Altec Lansing’s expertise in music entertainment to meet the full audio needs of the consumer in their personal and professional lives.  Altec Lansing, which is now a division of Plantronics, designs and manufactures digital PC audio systems for PCs and docking audio devices in all price ranges that complement the style and electronics of the most advanced PCs, televisions, iPods and other MP3 players, docking audio devices, smartphones, and entertainment centers.
Our business is organized into two reportable segments:  the Audio Communications Group (“ACG”) and the Audio Entertainment Group (“AEG”).


·
Audio Communications Group:  Our ACG segment is our core business and is engaged in the design, manufacture, marketing and sales of headsets for business and consumer applications, and other specialty products.  We make headsets for use in offices and contact centers, with mobile and cordless phones, and with computers and gaming consoles.  Plantronics headsets are communications tools, providing freedom to use your hands while staying “connected,” freedom to move around, and freedom from using keyboards by enhancing speech recognition capabilities.  We apply a variety of technologies to develop high quality products to meet the needs of our customers, whether it is for communications or personal entertainment.  Plantronics headsets are widely used with cell phones, in contact centers, in the office, in the home, for computer applications such as Unified Communications (“UC”), Voice over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”), for gaming, and for other specialty applications.  Our major product categories include Office and Contact Center (“OCC”), which includes corded and cordless communication headsets, audio processors and telephone systems; Mobile, which includes Bluetooth and corded products for mobile phone applications; Gaming and Computer Audio, which includes PC and gaming headsets; and Clarity, which includes specialty products marketed for hearing impaired individuals.  All products developed and managed by ACG are included in this segment and are generally sold under the Plantronics and Clarity brands.
·
Audio Entertainment Group: Our AEG segment is engaged in the design, manufacture, sales and marketing of audio solutions and related technologies.  We offer docking audio products, computer and digital audio systems, headphones and microphones for personal digital media, and digital radio frequency audio systems.  Our major  product categories include Docking Audio, which includes all speakers whether USB, AC or battery-powered that work with portable digital players, such as Apple iPod and other MP3 players; PC Audio, which includes self-powered speaker systems used for computers and other multi-media application systems; and Other, which includes all of our personal audio (headphones) and home audio systems.  All products developed and managed by AEG are included in this segment.  Such products are generally sold under the Altec Lansing brand and/or the inMotion sub-brand.

In the second quarterInvestor Relations section of fiscal 2008, the Company transitioned the responsibility and management of the Altec Lansing branded PC headsets from AEG to ACG, and as a result, effective July 1, 2007, the revenue and resulting gross profit from all PC headsets is included in the ACG reporting segment within the Gaming and Computer Audio category.   

Weour website, we provide access free of charge, directly or through a link on our website, (www.plantronics.com), to the following filings as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission:Commission, to the following filings: our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13 (a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Our principal executive offices are located at 345 Encinal Street, Santa Cruz, CA, 95060.  Our telephone number is (831) 426-5858.  Our internet address is www.plantronics.com.  Our Investor Relations website, which contains, among other things, In addition, documents regarding our corporate governance and the charters of the standing committee of our Board committee charters, isof Directors are also accessible through www.plantronics.com.in the Investor Relations section of our website.
 
BUSINESS SEGMENTS AND MARKET INFORMATION

In fiscal 2009, our ACG segment accounted for $674.6 million of our net revenues and our AEG segment accounted for $91.0 million of our net revenues.  Further information on our segments, as required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131 (“Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information”) and Item 101(b) of Regulation S-K, can be found in the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes herein.
The following are discussions of the industry background, the key markets and product offerings for both our ACG and AEG segments.
AUDIO COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
 
General Industry Background
 
ACGPlantronics operates predominantly in the consumer electronics marketindustry and focuses on the design, manufacture, and distribution of headsets for business and consumer applications, and other specialty products for the hearing impaired.  Our ACG segment targetsWe develop enhanced communicationscommunication products for offices and contact centers, mobile and cordless phones, and computers and gaming consoles.  We offer our products primarily under two brands – Plantronicsand and Clarity, although we also offer music-first headsets under the Altec Lansing. brand.


On a long-term basis, the demand for headsets has grown in both our traditional markets, such as the enterprise markets, as well as in the consumer market.  In each of these markets, the trend towards wireless products has been a significant factor.  In fiscal 2009, the impact of the global recession caused demand to decrease.  However, we believe that the long-term trend will resume as the global recession eases and eventually is replaced by economic growth.

Our headset products enhance communications by providing the following benefits:

·better sound quality that provides clearer conversations on both ends of a call through a variety of features and technologies, including noise-canceling microphones, Digital Signal Processing (“DSP”), and more;
·wireless freedom allowing people to take and make calls as they move freely around their office or home without cords or cables;
·multi-tasking benefits that allow people to use a computer, a Personal Data Assistant (“PDA”) or other device, take notes and organize files while talking hands free;
·contributing to greater driving safety and enabling a motor vehicle operator to comply with hands-free legislation by having both hands free to drive while talking on a cell phone;
·voice command and control that let people take advantage of voice dialing and/or other voice-based features to make communications and the human/electronic interface more natural and convenient;
·providing ergonomic relief from repetitive stress injuries and discomfort associated with placing a telephone handset between the shoulder and neck;
·providing greater comfort and convenience than a telephone alone on longer calls;
·enabling emerging UC integration and PC and VoIP applications, including speech recognition, Internet telephony and gaming;
·providing a convenient means for connecting between various applications and voice networks, whether that be between land line and mobile phones, or between PC-based communications and other networks; and
·providing greater privacy than speakerphones, and with wireless products, the ability to move from public to private space when required.
The proliferation of desktop computing makes communications headsets a key product of choice in many occupations because they permit the userusers to be more efficient in an ergonomically comfortable environment.environment by allowing them to verbally communicate without holding traditional handset devices, as well as to participate in webinars, conference calls, and other audio communication sessions on a hands-free basis without disturbing colleagues who may be sitting nearby.  Growing awareness of driver safety and impending or already existing hands-free legislation requiring mandatorymandating hands-free devices for cell phonetelephonic communications in cars,while driving has led to increased headset adoption for cellmobile phone users.  The increased adoption of new and existing technologies, such as UC, Bluetooth, VoIP,Voice over Internet Protocol ("VoIP"), Digital Signal Processing ("DSP"), and Digital Enhanced Cordless Telecommunications (“DECTDECT”), and DSP, each of which is described below, alsohas contributed to the increase inincreased demand for telephoneour headsets in the following ways:and audio solutions:

·
UC is the integration of voice, data and video-based communications systems enhanced with software applications and IP networks.  It may include the integration of devices and media associated with a variety of business workflows and applications, including e-mail, instant messaging, presence, audio, video and web conferencing and unified messaging.  UC seeks to provide seamless connectivity and user experience for enterprise workers regardless of their location and environment, improving the overall business efficiency and providing more effective collaboration among an increasingly distributed workforce.   is the integration of voice and video-based communications systems enhanced with software applications and IP networks.  It may include the integration of devices and media associated with a variety of business workflows and applications, including e-mail, instant messaging, presence, audio, video and web conferencing and unified messaging.  UC seeks to provide seamless connectivity and user experience for enterprise workers regardless of their location and environment, improving the overall business efficiency and providing more effective collaboration among an increasingly distributed workforce.
·
Bluetooth wireless technology is a short-range communications technology intended to replace the cables connecting portable and/or fixed devices while maintaining high levels of security.  The key features of Bluetooth technology are robustness, low power and low cost.  The Bluetooth specification defines a uniform structure for a wide range of devices to connect and communicate with each other.  Bluetooth technology has achieved global acceptance such that any Bluetooth enabled device, almost anywhere in the world, can connect to other Bluetooth enabled devices in proximity.
·
VoIP is a technology that allows a person to make telephone calls using a broadband Internet connection instead of a regular (or analog) phone line.  VoIP converts the voice signal from a person’s telephone into a digital signal that travels over the Internet and then converts it back at the other end so that the caller can speak to anyone with a regular (or analog) phone line.

3

Bluetooth wireless technology is a short-range communications technology intended to replace the cables connecting portable and/or fixed devices while maintaining high levels of security.  The key features of Bluetooth technology are robustness, low power, and low cost.  The Bluetooth specification defines a uniform structure for a wide range of devices to connect and communicate with each other.  Bluetooth technology has achieved global acceptance such that any Bluetooth enabled device, almost anywhere in the world, can connect to other Bluetooth enabled devices in proximity.
VoIP is a technology that allows a person to communicate using a broadband Internet connection instead of a regular (or analog) telephone line.  VoIP converts the voice signal into a digital signal that travels over the Internet or other packet-switched networks and then converts it back at the other end so that the caller can speak to anyone with another VoIP connection or a regular (or analog) phone line.
DSP is a technology that delivers acoustic protection and optimal sound quality through noise reduction, echo cancellation, and other algorithms to improve both transmit and receive quality.
DECT is a technology that optimizes audio quality, lowers interference with other wireless devices, and is digitally encrypted for heightened call security.

The demand for headsets has generally grown over time for both business and consumer applications.  The trend towards wireless products has been a significant factor in each of these markets but may be less so in the future, as we believe the pace of change from wired to wireless will likely decrease as the market continues to mature.  Our business is sensitive to economic cycles, and we experienced a decrease in demand in fiscal years 2009 and 2010 due to the global economic recession.  We began to experience a recovery in revenues starting in the second half of fiscal year 2010 which has continued over the last two fiscal years; however, there can be no assurance that revenues will not decline in the future.


2


·
DECT™ is a technology that optimizes audio quality, lowers interference with other wireless devices, and is digitally encrypted for maximum call security.
Solutions
UC solutions continue to represent our primary focus area. Enterprises and consumers alike are experiencing rapidly evolving communications needs, transforming the requirement for a traditional headset used only for voice communications into a device providing contextual intelligence. Contextual intelligence provides the ability to reach people using the mode of communication that is most effective, on the device that is most convenient, and with control over when and how they can be reached. Our portfolio of solutions, which combines hardware with ground-breaking sensor technology, achieves contextual intelligence designed to address the needs of constantly changing business environments and evolving work styles, making connecting easier and sharing information about user availability. For example, the advanced sensor technology in our UC solutions can detect a user's presence, including proximity to the user's PC and whether the headset is being worn, and can share this information with others to make them aware of the user's presence and availability. Using this same technology, our solutions can automatically pause audio applications during an incoming call, change the default audio selection to the user's headset, and then answer the call; all of this is achieved without manual intervention. Finally, our solutions allow users to seamlessly transition calls between PCs, smartphones, tablets and desk phones, without interruption in the conversation or loss in audio quality. We believe UC systems will become more commonly adopted by enterprises to reduce costs and improve collaboration, and we believe our solutions will be an important part of the UC environment through the offering of contextual intelligence.

·
DSP is a technology that delivers acoustic protection and optimal sound quality through noise reduction, echo cancellation, and other algorithms to improve both transmit and receive quality.
As a commitment to our investment in UC solutions, we announced in the first quarter of fiscal year 2013 the Plantronics Developer Connection ("PDC"), which includes programming interfaces, technical resources, and forums through a software development kit. The PDC serves as a community for software developers to connect with our technical staff and comes with an emulator that allows application testing without a headset. We believe the PDC will continue to bring contextual intelligence to existing applications, ultimately providing an endless array of capabilities such as user authentication, customer information retrieval based on incoming mobile calls, and connection of a user's physical actions in the real world to the virtual world.

Our products enhance communications by providing the following benefits:

sensor technology that allows calls to be answered automatically when the user attaches the headset, transfers calls from the headset to the mobile phone when the user removes the headset and, with some softphone applications, updates the user's presence;

enabling smarter working through seamless communications and high quality audio across a mobile device, desk phone and PC, thereby allowing users to work more flexibly anywhere, anytime, and be more productive without the need to be physically present in an office;
 
Marketsproviding a convenient means for connecting between various applications and voice networks, whether between land line and mobile phones, or between PC-based communications and other networks;

better sound quality that provides clearer conversations on both ends of a call through a variety of features and technologies, including noise-canceling microphones, Digital Signal Processing (“DSP”), and more;

wireless freedom allowing people to take and make calls as they move freely without cords or cables around their office or home, or easily from public to private space when privacy is required;

multi-tasking benefits that allow people to use computers and mobile devices including smartphones or other devices, while talking hands free;

enabling emerging UC integration for telephony, mobile, cloud and PC across varied applications, and providing greater privacy than traditional speakerphones;

contributing to greater driving safety and enabling a motor vehicle operator to comply with hands-free legislation by having both hands free to drive while talking on a mobile phone;

voice command and control that allow people to take advantage of voice dialing and/or other voice-based features to make communications and the human/electronic interface more natural and convenient;

providing ergonomic relief from repetitive stress injuries and discomfort associated with placing a telephone handset between the shoulder and neck; and

providing greater comfort and convenience than a telephone alone on longer duration calls.

3


Markets and Product Categories

Our ACG products are designed to meet the needs of specific markets and applications such as offices (ranging from enterprise to home offices), contact centers, mobile devices (such as cellmobile phones and PDAs)smartphones), computer and gaming, residential, and other specialty applications.  These markets and applications are increasingly overlapping as work styles and lifestyles change, and people use devices for multiple applications such as communication, music, and video entertainment.  We serve these markets through our following product groups:categories listed below.
 
Office and Contact Center ("OCC")
 
The office market comprises our largest revenue stream withand we believe it also represents our largest revenue and profit growth opportunity. We offer a broad range of communications headsets, including high-end, ergonomically designed headsets, audio processors, and telephone systems.  Our end-users consist of enterprise employees as well as small office, home office, and remote workers.  Growth in this market comes from three main factors:

·the adoption of wireless solutions and the freedom they allow;
increasing deployment of UC systems;
employee turnover; and
growing awareness of the benefits of using headsets, including the benefits of wireless solutions.

·increasing deployment of UC systems; and
·a growing awareness of the benefits of headsets.
The contact center market is our second largest revenue stream and most mature market.  We believe thatmarket, and we expect this market to grow slowly over the long-term outlook for the contact center is one of modest growth.long-term.  We expect that contact centers will increasinglyalso adopt VoIP technologyUC to help improve productivity and reduce costs.  We develop headsetsaudio endpoints tailored specifically tailored to VoIP applicationsUC, and as VoIPUC adoption increases, we believe thatcontinues to increase, we will continue to lead in new product performance.performance by creating solutions that combine hardware and software for improved customer solutions.
 
Mobile
 
We believe that use of headsets with mobile phones has grown worldwide. Mobile represents our largesta large unit volume market and provides a significant opportunity for growth, especially now that we have largely completed the transition from corded to Bluetooth products for mobile phone applications.is our second largest revenue stream.  Use of headsets is growing worldwide, particularlywith mobile phones has grown due to factors such as continued Bluetooth technology adoption and hands-free legislation for cell phones.regarding the use of mobile phones while driving.  As headsets become more mainstream,widely used, users are becoming more fashion conscious and style has become as important as functionality and technology.  Our mobile headsets merge technological innovations with style.  Growth in the mobile headset market has slowed in the United States ("U.S."), and we believe this market is likely to grow more slowly in the future than it has in the past as it continues to mature.
 
EntertainmentGaming and Computer Audio
EntertainmentGaming and Computer Audiocomputer audio headsets, whether they are used for interactive on-line or console gaming, or switching between music and phone calls for multi-functional devices, represent an emerging market opportunity for us.
We believe that a number of fundamental factors are likely to increase our customers’ needneeds for PC-compatible headsets in the future, including the convergence of telephony and entertainment, internetInternet multimedia applications such as streaming audio and video, VoIP,increasing use of softphones, gaming, and video conferencing.  As devices providing these users’ needs converge, our headsets may need to be PC-compatible, cell phone compatible with PCs, mobile phones, MP3 compatible orplayers and various combinations of these.  We are monitoringbelieve our product roadmaproadmaps address the convergence brought about by these needs and we are currently increasing our investment in this area to meet these potentialenable future customer requirements.growth.
 
Home and Home Office (“H2O”)
Home and Home Office represents an emerging market.  Telephone usage in these environments often requires mobility, the performance of multiple tasks, and work-at-home lifestyles.  We expect the use of headsets in this market to increase with the growth in home offices, remote workers, and professionals working from home.


Specialty Products
 
Our specialty products sold under our Clarity brand address the unique needs of various consumer groups, one of which is the increasing number of people worldwide suffering from hearing loss worldwide.  Clarity offersloss.  We offer a comprehensive range of communications products that serveserves customers with mild, moderate, and severe hearing loss as well as the deaf community.  Our distribution of these products includes specialized distributors, retail, government programs, audiologists and other health care professionals.

AUDIO ENTERTAINMENT GROUP
General Industry Background
AEG operates predominantly in the consumer electronics market and focuses on the design, manufacture and distribution of a wide range of products, such as docking audio systems, multimedia speakers, headphones, and other audio products.  Our AEG segment targets advanced audio solutions for personal computers, video gaming, personal audio, MP3 players and home theater.  We offer our products primarily under two brands – Altec Lansing and inMotion.
The consumer electronics market is undergoing a significant transformation where, as a result of digital technology and increased availability of digital content, a variety of once isolated market segments, including televisions, DVD players, stereos, CD players, cameras and PCs are converging to create a market for new network devices.  This change is driving the demand for new high-end, flexible digital solutions in home theater, video gaming and personal audio.  Higher portability, connectivity and wireless technology are other industry trends, especially in the mobile markets, that require high-end audio solutions.  Our success in this market will depend on our ability to develop and provide innovative solutions that maximize the audio functions of devices such as MP3 players, such as the Apple iPod, satellite radio and music enabled cellular phones, including the Apple iPhone.  To this end, the inMotion product line provides a portable audio system for MP3 players, including the iPod and iPhone, CDs, and other portable audio players.  The major manufacturers in this changing and demanding industry require certain key competencies, which are:
·leadership in innovation;
·a powerful brand; and
·global distribution.
Because our AEG products are primarily consumer goods sold in the retail channel, the holiday sales in the December quarter typically account for a seasonal spike in net revenues.
In fiscal 2009, our AEG segment was adversely impacted by continued pressures from strong competition, declines in foreign exchange rates and weak economic conditions.  These are the key factors affecting revenue as well as gross margin for our AEG segment and the Company as a whole.  We substantially completed the refreshment of the AEG product line in fiscal 2009 but did not achieve the anticipated results due to a weaker than expected holiday season and the economic decline due to the global recession.  We are evaluating various alternatives to achieve profitability for AEG and project the segment will generate relatively small losses in the first half of fiscal 2010 and should be profitable in the second half of fiscal 2010 based on new products with lower costs comprising most of the sales mix by the second half of the fiscal year.

Markets
Docking Audio
Our Docking Audio market provides the largest revenue source in the AEG business, and includes all speakers whether USB, AC or battery-powered that work with portable digital players, such as iPod or MP3 players under the inMotion brand, and also portable speakers for use with other audio solutions such as music enabled cellular phones.  We believe there is a significant growth opportunity for us driven by the growth of the MP3 player and cellular markets.  Our future growth in this market depends on the growth of the MP3 player market, our ability to successfully attach to new generations of MP3 players, and the design and development of competitively priced products that keep up with this rapidly developing and highly competitive market.


PC Audio
Our second largest overall market in the AEG business in terms of revenue is the PC Audio market, first identified with the PC-speaker.  PC Audio, or “active powered” products are defined as self-powered speaker systems used for computers and other multi-media application systems.  Typical applications of PC Audio products include PC audio, gaming, and home theater.  We believe there are opportunities for this market to grow if we:
·continue efforts to maintain our strength in this category domestically, while expanding into international markets; and
·introduce new products that incorporate breakthrough technologies and designs.

Other
The remainder of the AEG products, which represent a small portion of total AEG net revenues, include a wide array of headphone products for portable stereos, CD players, MP3 players and other audio devices, and home audio and home theater products.

In the second quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company transitioned the responsibility and management of Altec Lansing branded PC headsets from the AEG segment to the ACG segment, and as a result, effective July 1, 2007, the revenue and resulting gross profit from all PC headsets is included in the ACG reporting segment within the Gaming and Computer Audio category.   

FOREIGN OPERATIONS
 
In fiscal 2007, 2008years 2012, 2011 and 20092010, net revenues outside the U.S. accounted for approximately 39%43%, 39%41%, and 38%, respectively, of our total net revenues.  Revenues derived from foreign sales are generally are subject to additional risks such as fluctuations in exchange rates, increased tariffs, the imposition of other trade barriers, and potential currency restrictions.  In fiscal 2009,year 2012, we continued to engage in hedging activities to limit our transaction and economic exposures, and to mitigate our exchange rate risks.  We hedgedhedge our economic exposure by hedging a portion of our positions in theanticipated Euro and the Great Britain Pound denominated sales and our Mexican Peso denominated expenditures, which together constitute the most significant portion of our currency exposure.  In addition, we hedge our balance sheet exposure by hedging Euro, Great Britain Pound and Australian Dollar denominated cash balances, accounts receivable and accounts payable. There have been fluctuations in the value of the U.S. Dollar relative to the Euro and Great Britain Pound. While our existing hedges cover a certain amount of exposure for fiscal year 2013, any long-term weakening of the Euro and Great Britain Pound relative to the U.S. Dollar may have a material adverse impact on our financial results.

Further information regarding our foreign operations, as required by Item 101(d) of Regulation S-K, can be found in theNote 19, Geographical Information, of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes herein.in this Form 10-K.
 
COMPETITION
 
The market for our products is very competitive and some of our competitors have significantgreater financial resources than we do, as well as production, marketing, engineering and other capabilities to develop, manufacture, market and sell their products.
 
In the ACG segment, oneOne of our primary competitors is GN Netcom, a subsidiary of GN Great Nordic Ltd.Store Nord A/S., a Danish telecommunications conglomerate, whothat competes with us in the office, contact center, and mobile markets and on a limited scale, in the PCgaming and computer audio market.  In addition, Aliph, Motorola, Logitech, Blue Ant Wireless, Samsung, and AliphTurtle Beach are significant competitors in the consumer headset market, and Sennheiser Communications is a competitor in the computer, office, and contact center markets.  WeThere may also believe there may be increased competition from the major cellmobile phone and accessory device makers such as Nokia, Motorola, Sony, SamsungLG Electronics, and Apple.Samsung.

We believe the principal factors for ACG to be successful and competitive in each of itsthe markets are the following:we serve are:
 
·our understanding of emerging marketsour understanding of emerging trends and new technologies, such as UC, and our ability to react quickly to the opportunities that they provide;
our ability to bring products to market that deliver on performance, product design, style, comfort, features, sound quality, simplicity, price and reliability;
·our ability to bring to market products that deliver on performance, product design, style, comfort, features, sound quality, simplicity, price and reliability;
maintenance of our brand name recognition and reputation;
superior customer service, support and warranty terms; and
·maintenance of our brand name recognition and reputation;
·superior customer service, support and warranty terms; and
·effective and efficient distribution channels that allow us to meet delivery schedules.


In the AEG segment, our major competitors include Bose, Apple, Logitech, Creative Labs, iHome, and Harman International.  AEG predominantly serves the consumer electronics market.  This market is principally served by the retail channel, and, to a lesser extent, through certain OEMs.  We are experiencing a new dynamic in the consumer electronics industry driven by the digital evolution that is influencing the way consumers look for solutions to their musical entertainment needs.  Our key competition is coming from new and existing solution providers that offer a convenient, cost effective and lifestyle-compatible method of delivering content when people want it, where they want it,efficient distribution channels that allow us to market and how they want it.sell our products.

We believe the principal factors for AEGthat our products and our strategy enable us to be successful and competitive in each of its markets are the following:
·our understanding of changing market trends, consumer needs, technologies and our ability to capitalize on the opportunities resulting from these market changes;
·bringing to market well-differentiated products that perform well against competitive offerings, price, style, brand, and effective displays in retail settings;
·efficient and cost-effective supply chain processes; and
·excellent channel service and support with a reputation for quality.
We believe that we have competed successfully with respect to these factors with our ACG products; however, we have not recently competed successfully with our AEG products.  We substantially completed the refreshment of the AEG product line in fiscal 2009 but did not achieve the anticipated results due to a weaker than expected holiday season and the economic decline due to the global recession.  We are evaluating various alternatives to achieve profitability for AEG and project the segment will generate relatively small losses in the first half of fiscal 2010 and should be profitable in the second half of fiscal 2010compete based on new products with lower costs comprising most of the sales mix by the second half of the fiscal year.these factors.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
We believe that the future success of our business depends upon our ability to enhance our existing products, to develop compelling new products, to develop cost effective products, to qualify thesehave our products withqualified by our technology partners and customers, to successfully introduce these products to existing and new markets on a timely basis, and to commence and sustain volume production to meet customer demands.
 
During fiscal 2009,year 2012, we developed and introduced innovative products that enabled us to better address changing customer demands and emerging market trends.  Specifically, we introduced a number of new products, which featured new technologies to address both the ACG and AEG market trends.  Our goal is to bring the right products to market at the right time and we will continue to improve ourhave best in class development processes during fiscal 2010.processes.
 
Our core R&Dresearch and development focus in fiscal 2010 isyear 2013 continues to be on UC which will require incremental investments in firmware and software engineering to ensureenhance the broad compatibility of our products in the enterprise systems with which they will be deployed.deployed and to develop value-added software application for business users.  The products we are developing require significant technological knowledge and may be protected by intellectual property. Separately or together, this technological knowledge and our intellectual property may increase the barriers to entry for many competitors. We are also investing in this area with the goal of increasing the value-add of our products and offerings.  We expect to reduce the level of internal staffing and the related expense in Bluetooth new product development and rely to a greater extent on development partners.  We will also continue our effortscontinually striving to improve the efficiency of our development processes through, among other things, strategic architecting, common platforms, and increased use of software tools, and better training.test tools.

5



The success of new product introductions is dependent on a number of factors including appropriate new product selection, timely completion and introduction of new product designs,to the market, cost-effective manufacturing, of such products, quality, of new products, the acceptance of new technologies such as Bluetooth, and general market acceptance ofacceptance.  See further discussion on our business risks associated with our manufacturers under the risk titled "Our business will be materially adversely affected if we are unable to develop, manufacture, and market new products.  Traditionally, the technology of telephone headsets has evolved slowly,products in response to changing customer requirements and our product life cycles have historically been relatively long.  The next generation products usually include stylistic changes and quality improvements, but these products are based on technology that is similar to our existing products. Our newer emerging technology products, particularlynew technologies" within Item 1A Risk Factors in the mobile and computer markets, are exhibiting shorter life cycles more similar to the consumer electronics market and are consequently more sensitive to market trends and fashion.  With the acquisition of Altec Lansing, we have increased our consumer business in the electronics markets.  We believe that changes in technology will come at a faster pace.  In addition, to avoid product obsolescence, we will continue to monitor technological changes in telephony, as well as users' demands for new technologies.this Form 10-K.


During fiscal 2007, 2008years 2012, 2011 and 2009,2010, we incurred approximately $71.9$69.7 million $77.0, $63.2 million, and $72.1$57.8 million, respectively, in research, development and engineering expenses.  Historically, we have conducted most of our research, development and developmentengineering with an in-house staff, with limited use of contractors.  Key locations for our research, development and developmentengineering staff are our facilities in the United States (“U.S.”), Mexico, China, and the United Kingdom.  During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, we opened a design facility in Suzhou, China, co-located with our other Asia Pacific hub operations, which focused primarily on ACG products.  In March 2009, we announced our plans to outsource the production of our Bluetooth products in China.  As a result, our manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China will be closed, and we are currently in the process of putting the facility and the related land rights up for sale.  Our intention is for Bluetooth research and development, supply chain management as well as sales, marketing and administrative support functions, which are all part of our Asia Pacific hub, to continue to be led from our Suzhou facility until our Suzhou facility is sold, at which time, our employees will be relocated to a new nearby location better suited for their continuing responsibilities.  In the second half of fiscal 2008 and the first half of fiscal 2009, in conjunction with our restructuring of AEG’s China operations, we moved AEG’s research and development facilities which had been located in Dongguan, China and Hong Kong to a new site located in Shenzhen, China.

SALES AND DISTRIBUTION
 
We maintain a worldwide direct sales force worldwide to provide ongoing customer support and service globally.  We use commissioned manufacturers' representatives to assist in selling through the retail channel.  We have substantially integrated our sales organization between our two business segments.

We have a well-established, multi-level worldwide distribution network in North America, Europe, Australia, Japan, and New Zealand where use of our products is widespread to support our customers’customers' needs. To more efficientlyOur distribution channels in other regions are less mature, and effectively service customer orders,while we have substantially integrated our distribution processes for our ACGprimarily serve the contact center markets in those regions, we are expanding into the office, mobile, gaming and AEG businessescomputer audio, and specialty telephone markets in order to take advantages of synergies, which has resulted in a reduced number of distribution centers.  We are continuing to evaluate our logistics processes, and are in the process of implementing new strategies to further reduce our transportation costs.  Currently, we have distribution centers located in the following locations:

·
Tijuana, Mexico, which provides logistics services for products destined for customers in the U.S., Canada, Asia Pacific, and Latin America regions;
·Etten-Leur, Netherlands, which provides logistics services for products shipped to customers in our Europe, Middle East and Africa market;
·Milford, Pennsylvania, which provides logistics services for products which are primarily shipped to customers in the US;
·Hong Kong, which provides logistics services for products which are shipped to our Tijuana, Mexico, Milford, Pennsylvania and Netherlands distribution centers as well as to customers located in Asia;
·Suzhou, China, which provides logistics services for products which are shipped within Mainland China;
·Melbourne, Australia, which provides logistics services for products which are shipped to the retail channel in Australia and New Zealand;
·Sao Paulo, Brazil, which provides logistics services for products which are shipped to customers within Brazil; and
·Tokyo, Japan, which provides logistics services for products which are shipped to customers within Japan.

We use third party warehouses in Etten-Leur, Netherlands as well as in Hong Kong, Australia, Brazil and Japan.  We operate all other warehouse facilities.those locations.

Our commercial distributors include headset specialists, and national wholesalers, and regional wholesalers.  The wholesalers typically offer a wide variety of products from multiple vendors to both resellers and end users.  Our commercial distribution channel generally maintains inventory of our products.  Our distribution of specialty products includes specialized distributors, retail, government programs, audiologists, and other health care professionals.
 
We use commissioned manufacturers' representatives to assist in selling through the retail channel. Our retail channel consists of (1) consumer electronics retailers, consumer products retailers and office supply distributors; (2)distributors, wireless carriers, catalog and mail order companies; (3)companies, and mass merchants; (4) warehouse clubs; and (5) wireless carrier stores.merchants.  Our AEG products are predominantly distributed through retailers.  In addition, ACG headsets are sold through retailers who sell headsets to corporate customers, small businesses, and to individuals who use them for a variety of personal and professional purposes.  Revenues from this channel are cyclical,seasonal with our third fiscal quarter typically being the strongest quarter due to holiday seasonality.  Our retail channel also maintains a substantial inventoryA portion of our products, and a substantial amount of our domestic retail partners manage inventories of both ACG and AEG products on consignment.

We have a broad, diverse group of customers whose businesses are located throughout the world.  Our principal customerschannel partners are distributors, retailers, carriers, and OEMs.  Our commercial distributors and retailers represent our first and second largest sales channels in terms of net revenues, respectively.  Our two business segments share many of the same customers.  No customer accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated net revenues in fiscal 2007, 2008year 2012, 2011 or 2009.


Our telephony OEMs, and manufacturers of automatic call distributor systems and other telecommunications, and computer equipment providers also utilizeresell our headsets.  Contact center equipment OEMs do not typically manufacture their own peripheral products and, therefore, distribute our headsets under their own private label or as a Plantronics-branded product.  Mobile OEMs include both manufacturers of cell phones and wireless carriers.  Wireless carriers do not manufacture headsets but distributesell our headsets as a Plantronics-branded product or under their own private label.  Mobile OEMs, on the other hand, generally require their own design and will sell products under their private label.  

Our telephonyTelephone service provider channel is comprised of telephone service providers that purchase headsets from us for use by their own agents.  Certain service providers also resell headsets to their customers.

Computer OEMs include both manufacturers of computer hardware (including PCs and specialized components and accessories for PCs) and software.  Most computer OEMs do not manufacture headsets but look for manufacturers such as Plantronics to supply headsets that can be used with their products. We supply certain headsets to computer OEMs particularly for use in UC systems.

We also make direct sales as a General Services Administration (“GSA”) contractor to certain government agencies in the U.S., including NASAthe National Aeronautics and Space Administration ("NASA") and other federal government agencies, including the FAA.Department of Defense.  In addition, certain distributors are authorized resellers under a GSA schedule price list and sell our products to government customers pursuant to that agreement.  These sales did not comprise a significant portion of our net revenues in fiscal 2009.year 2012, 2011 or 2010.


6


Our products may also be purchased directly from our website at www.plantronics.com.

We continue to evaluate our logistics processes and implement new strategies to further reduce our transportation costs and improve lead-times to customers. Currently, we have distribution centers in the following locations:

Tijuana, Mexico, which provides logistics services for products destined for customers in the U.S., Canada, Asia Pacific, and Latin America regions;
Prague, Czech Republic, which provides logistics services for products shipped to customers in our Europe, Middle East and Africa regions;
Suzhou, China, which provides logistics services for products shipped to customers within Mainland China;
Melbourne, Australia, which provides logistics services for products shipped to the retail channel in Australia and New Zealand;
Sao Paulo, Brazil, which provides logistics services for products shipped to customers in Brazil; and
Tokyo, Japan, which provides logistics services for products shipped to customers in Japan.

With respect to the above locations, we use third party warehouses in the Czech Republic, Australia, Brazil, and Japan. We operate all other warehouse facilities.

BACKLOG
 
Our backlog of unfilled orders was $28.0$26.8 million at March 31, 20092012 compared to $35.5$29.6 million at March 31, 2008.2011.  We include all purchase orders scheduled for delivery over the next 12 months in backlog.  For both segments of our business, weWe have a “book and ship” business model whereby we fulfill the majority of our orders within 48 hours of our receipt of the order.  Our backlog is occasionally subject to cancellation or rescheduling by the customer on short notice with little or no penalty.  Because of our “book and ship” model, as well as the uncertainty of order cancellations or rescheduling, we do not believe our backlog as of any particular date is indicative of actual sales for any future period and,and; therefore, should not be used as a measure of future revenue.
 
MANUFACTURING AND SOURCES OF MATERIALS
 
Manufacturing operations for our ACG products consist primarily of assembly and testing.  We have two maintesting which is performed in our manufacturing facilities, which are locatedfacility in Tijuana, Mexico, and Suzhou, China.  In March 2009, we entered into an agreement with an existing third party contract manufacturer tomaintain a small assembly operation in California primarily for custom products.  We outsource the manufacturing of our Bluetooth products to a third party manufacturer in China which will result in the discontinuance of manufacturing of our Bluetooth products at the Suzhou, China facility in fiscal 2010.China. We have a substantially smaller assembly operation in California, and our assembly operation in the United Kingdom which was closed during fiscal 2009.  In addition, wealso outsource the manufacturing of a limited number of our other products to third parties, typically in China and other countries in Asia.  

Prior toSee further discussion on our business risks associated with our manufacturers under the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, approximately half of our AEG products were manufactured at a facility in Dongguan, China,risk titled “We depend on original design manufacturers and the remainder of the products were outsourced to a limited number of third party contract manufacturers who are predominantly located in China.  We shut downmay not have adequate capacity to fulfill our Dongguan, China facility at the endneeds or may not meet our quality and delivery objectives which could have an adverse effect on our business” within Item 1A Risk Factors of the third quarter of fiscal 2008 and, in fiscal 2009, we principally outsourced production to third party manufacturers in China along with the limited use of our Suzhou, China facility.  this 10-K.

We purchase the components for our ACG products, including proprietary semi-custom integrated circuits, amplifier boards and other electrical components, primarily from suppliers in Asia, Mexico, the U.S., and Europe.  We purchase the components for our AEG products from suppliers in China, which was managed from our procurement office in Shenzhen, China.  The majority of ourthe components and sub-assemblies used in our manufacturing operations are obtained, or are reasonably available, from dual-source suppliers, although we do have a certain number of sole-source suppliers.

As a result of our restructuring activities in fiscal 2008 in Hong Kong and China for our AEG products and in fiscal 2009 in China and Mexico for our ACG products, we expect to be able to reduce manufacturing costs as well as costs associated with procurement activities.


We procure materials to meet forecasted customer requirements.  Special products and certain large orders are quoted for delivery after receipt of orders at specific lead times.  We maintain minimum levels of finished goods based on market demand in addition to inventories of raw materials, work in process, and sub-assemblies and components.  In addition, certain vendors maintain inventories on consignment which primarily consist of finished goods and components.  We write-down inventory items determined to be either excess or obsolete.obsolete to the lower of cost or market value.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
We have compliedare required to comply and are currently in compliance with the European Union ("EU") and other Directives on the Restrictions of the use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“RoHS”) and on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment ("WEEE") requirements.  Additionally, we are compliant with the RoHS initiatives in China and Korea.
 

7


We are subject to various federal, state, local, and foreign environmental laws and regulations, including those governing the use, discharge, and disposal of hazardous substances in the ordinary course of our manufacturing process.  We believe that our current manufacturing and other operations comply in all material respects with applicable environmental laws and regulations.  However,regulations; however, it is possible that future environmental legislation may be enacted or current environmental legislation may be interpreted to create an environmental liability with respect to our facilities, operations, or products.product. See further discussion on our business risks associated with environmental legislation under the risk titled "We are subject to environmental laws and regulations that expose us to a number of risks and could result in significant liabilities and costs" within Item 1A Risk Factors of this Form 10-K.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
We maintain a program of seeking patent protection for our technologies when we believe it is commercially appropriate.  As of March 31, 2009,2012, we had 475approximately 570 worldwide patents in force, expiring between 2009calendar years 2012 and 2033.2035.

We intend to continue to seek patents on our inventions when commercially appropriate. Our success will depend in part on our ability to obtain patents and preserve other intellectual property rights covering the design and operation of our products.  We intend to continue to seek patentsSee further discussion on our inventions when commercially appropriate.  The process of seeking patent protection can be lengthy and expensive, and there can be no assurance that patents will be issued for currently pending or future applications or thatbusiness risks associated with our existing patents or any new patents issued will be of sufficient scope or strength or provide meaningful protection or any commercial advantage to us.  We may be subject to, or may initiate, litigation or patent office interference proceedings, which may require significant financial and management resources.  The failure to obtain necessary licenses or other rights or the advent of litigation arising out of any such intellectual property under the risk titled "Our intellectual property rights could be infringed on by others, and we may infringe on the intellectual property rights of others resulting in claims could have a material adverse effect onor lawsuits. Even if we prevail, claims and lawsuits are costly and time consuming to pursue or defend and may divert management's time from our operations.business"within Item 1A Risk Factors of this Form 10-K.
 
We own trademark registrations in the U.S. and a number of other countries with respect to the Plantronics Clarity and Altec LansingClarity trademarks as well as the names of many of our products and product features.  We currently have U.S. and foreign trademark applications pending in connection with certain new products and product features.  We also attempt to protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information through comprehensive security measures, including agreements with customers and suppliers, and proprietary information agreements with employees and consultants.  We may seek copyright protection where we believe it is applicable.  We own a number of domain name registrations and intend to seek more as appropriate.  There can be no assurance that our existing or future copyright registrations, trademarks, trade secrets, or domain names will be of sufficient scope or strength or provide meaningful protection or any commercial advantage to us.
 


8


EMPLOYEES
 
On March 31, 2009,2012, we employed approximately 3,6003,100 people worldwide, including approximately 1,900 and 7002,100 employees at our manufacturing facilitiesfacility in Tijuana, Mexico and Suzhou, China, respectively.Mexico.  To our knowledge, no employees are currently covered by collective bargaining agreements.  We experienced a brief work stoppage in our Suzhou, China plant as a result of our March 2009 restructuring announcement that we will be discontinuing Bluetooth production at this location in fiscal 2010.  That stoppage was resolved, and we believe that in China, and throughout the world, our employee relations are good. 

10EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT



Set forth in the table below is certain information regarding the executive officersteam of Plantronics and their ages as of March 31, 2009.Plantronics:

NAME AGE POSITION
Ken Kannappan*
 4952 President and Chief Executive Officer
Clay Hausmann
Barbara Scherer *
 3756 Senior Vice President, Corporate MarketingFinance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer
Don HoustonJoe Burton * 5447Senior Vice President, Engineering and Development and Chief Technology Officer
Don Houston *
57 Senior Vice President, Sales
Barry Margerum 5760 Chief Strategy Officer
Vicki MarionMarilyn Mersereau 55President, Audio Entertainment Group
Renee Niemi44Vice President, General Manager, Mobile & Entertainment
Mike Perkins50Vice President, Product Development & Technology
Barbara Scherer5358 Senior Vice President, Finance & AdministrationMarketing and Chief FinancialMarketing Officer
Joyce Shimizu
Renee Niemi *
 5447 Senior Vice President, General Manager Home & Home OfficeCommunication Solutions
Carsten Trads 5356 President, Clarity EquipmentDivision
Philip Vanhoutte*
 5356 Managing Director, Europe, Middle East & Africa
Patricia Wadors47Senior Vice President, Human Resources
Larry Wuerz 5154 Senior Vice President, Worldwide Operations
Chuck Yort50Vice President, General Manager, Business to Business Solutions
*    Executive is also considered an Executive Officer as defined under Regulation S-K Item 401(b).

Mr. Kannappan joined Plantronics in 1995 as Vice President of Sales and was promoted to various positions prior to being named President and Chief Operating Officer in March 1998.  In January 1999, he was promoted to Chief Executive Officer and appointed to thehas been a member of our Board of Directors.Directors since 1999.  Prior to joining Plantronics, Mr. Kannappan wasserved as Senior Vice President of Investment Banking for Kidder, Peabody & Co. Incorporated, where he was employed from 1985 to1995.to 1995.   Mr. Kannappan currently serves on the Board of Directors at Mattson Technology, Inc., a supplier of advanced process equipment for the semiconductor industry. Mr. Kannappan has a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from Yale University and a Master of Business Administration from Stanford University.  Mr. Kannappan is
Ms. Scherer joined Plantronics in 1997 as Vice President of Finance & Administration and Chief Financial Officer.  In 1998, Ms. Scherer was promoted to Senior Vice President of Finance & Administration and Chief Financial Officer.  Prior to joining Plantronics, Ms. Scherer held various executive management positions in the data storage industry, principally with Micropolis Corporation. She also performed strategic planning with the Boston Consulting Group and was a Directormember of Mattson Technology,the corporate finance team at ARCO.  In September 2004, Ms. Scherer joined the Board of Directors of Keithley Instruments, a test and measurement company, on which she served until the company was acquired in December 2010. In August 2011, Ms. Scherer was elected to the Board of Directors of Netgear, Inc., a supplierglobal networking company that delivers innovative products to consumers, businesses and service providers. Ms. Scherer has Bachelor degrees in Economics and Environmental Studies from the University of advanced process equipment forCalifornia, Santa Barbara and received a Master of Business Administration from the semiconductor industry.
Yale School of Organization and Management.  
Mr. HausmannBurton joined Plantronics in 20052011 as Chief Technology Officer and Senior Vice President Corporate Communicationsof Engineering and was promoted to Vice President, Corporate Marketing in 2006.Development. Prior to joining Plantronics, Mr. HausmannBurton held various executive management, engineering leadership, strategy, and architecture-level positions. From October 2010 to May 2011, Mr. Burton was employed by Polycom, Inc., a global provider of unified communications solutions for telepresence, video and voice, most recently as Executive Vice President, Chief Strategy and Technology Officer and, for a period of time, as General Manager, Service Provider concurrently with his technology leadership role. From 2001 to 2010, Mr. Burton was employed by Cisco Systems, Inc., a global provider of networking equipment, and served as Managing Director of the San Franciscoin various roles with increasing responsibility including Vice President and Los Angeles Offices of Ogilvy Public Relations Worldwide.  Mr. Hausmann hasChief Technology Officer for Unified Communications and Vice President, SaaS Platform Engineering, Collaboration Software Group. He holds a Bachelor of ArtsScience degree in Broadcast JournalismComputer Information Systems from Excelsior College (formerly Regents College) and attended the S.I. Newhouse SchoolStanford Executive Program.

9


Mr. Houston joined Plantronics in 1996 as Vice President of Sales and was promoted to Senior Vice President of Sales in 1998.   From 1995 through 1996, Mr. Houston served as Vice President of Worldwide Sales for Proxima Corporation, a designer, developer, manufacturer, and marketer of multi-media projection products.  From 1985 to 1995, Mr. Houston held a number ofvarious management positions at Calcomp, Inc., which isa company engaged in the business of manufacturing computer peripherals for the CAD and graphic market, including Regional Sales Manager and Vice President of Sales, Service and Marketing.market.  Prior to 1985, Mr. Houston held various sales and marketing management positions with IBM Corporation.  Mr. Houston graduated from the University of Arizona with a Bachelor of Science degree in Business/Marketing.
Mr. Margerum joined Plantronics in 1994 as Vice President of Marketing and was promoted in 1996 to President and General Manager of the Computer and Mobile Systems Group.  In 1997, he left Plantronics to become President and CEO of Euphonix, Inc., a public company in the high-end audio equipment space.  In 2000, he re-joined Plantronics and in 2004, he became Vice President of Strategy and Business Development and, in 2008, he was named Chief Strategy Officer.  Prior to joining Plantronics, from 1989 to 1994, Mr. Margerum was CEO of MitemMITEM Corporation, a middleware software company.  From 1980 to 1989, he washeld a variety of marketing and sales positions, including Vice President of Marketing for GRiD Systems Corporation, a laptop computer manufacturer, where he held a variety of marketing and sales positions.manufacturer.   Mr. Margerum also worked for Apple, Inc. and IBMserves on the Board of Directors of MITEM Corporation. Mr. Margerum holds a Bachelor of Science in Engineering from Princeton University and a Master of Business Administration from Stanford University.

Ms. MarionMersereau joined Plantronics in 2007April 2012 as Senior Vice President, of the Audio Entertainment Group.Marketing and Chief Marketing Officer.  Prior to joining Plantronics, from November 2011 to February 2012,  Ms. Marion was an angel investor, directorMersereau served as Chief Marketing Officer and advisor for Rivet International from 2006Senior Vice President of C3 Energy Network, a provider of energy management software solutions. From 2002 to 2007.�� She held CEO positions2011, at Viadux,Cisco Systems, Inc. from 2001 to 2006, a global provider of networking equipment, Ms. Mersereau served in various roles of increasing responsibility including Senior Vice President of Corporate Marketing. Earlier in her career Ms. Mersereau served in various senior marketing roles at  IBM, Coca-Cola, Wendy's and also at Jabra Corporation from 1996 to 2001.Burger King International. Ms. Marion also held senior management positions at IRT Corporation from 1987 to 1995.  Ms. MarionMersereau holds a Bachelor of Arts in Economicsdegree from Stanford University.

the University of Western Ontario. 
Ms. Niemi joined Plantronics in 2005 with nearly 21 years experience in the mobile computingas Vice President and communications industries.General Manager, Mobile and Entertainment.  In 2009, she was promoted to Senior Vice President, Communications Solutions.  Prior to joining Plantronics, Ms. Niemi held senior positions with companies such as Visto Corporation, Mobilesys, Inc., Xircom, and NEC Technologies, and was most recently at Danger, Inc.  Ms. Niemi also spent close to seven years at Xircom, Inc. where she served as Vice President of Worldwide Marketing, responsible for branding, product strategy, market development, e-commerce, and marketing.  Ms. Niemi graduated from Santa Clara University with a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering.  She also earned a certificate in General Management for High Technology from Stanford University’sUniversity's IEEE Joint Program.


Mr. Perkins joined Plantronics in 2008 as Vice President, Product Development and Technology.  Prior to joining Plantronics, he held various positions at HP including Vice President/General Manager of HP’s Voodoo Business Unit and several Research and Development Vice President roles in HP’s locations in California, Grenoble, France and Bristol, England.  Prior to his positions at HP, he was the Senior Vice President Research and Development at LeapFrog Enterprises from 2002 to 2005.   Mr. Perkins holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Applied Mechanics and Biomedical Engineering from the University of California at San Diego.

Ms. Scherer joined Plantronics in 1997 as Vice President of Finance & Administration and Chief Financial Officer.  In 1998, Ms. Scherer was promoted to Senior Vice President of Finance & Administration and Chief Financial Officer.  Prior to joining Plantronics, Ms. Scherer held various executive management positions in the data storage industry, principally with Micropolis Corporation, did strategic planning with the Boston Consulting Group, and was a member of the corporate finance team at ARCO.  Ms. Scherer has Bachelor degrees in Economics and in Environmental Studies from the University of California, Santa Barbara and received a Master of Business Administration from the Yale School of Organization and Management.  Ms. Scherer is also a Director of Keithley Instruments Inc, a supplier of measurement and testing devices.
Ms. Shimizu joined Plantronics in 1983 and in 2005 was named Vice President, General Manager of the Home and Home Office Business Group.  Prior to this promotion, she had served as our Vice President of Strategic Portfolio and Product Management since 2003.  She also previously served as our President of the Mobile Communications product group.  From 1995 to 1999, Ms. Shimizu was the Senior Marketing Director for the Computer and Mobile Systems product group, the predecessor to the Mobile Communications product group.  Ms. Shimizu held various positions prior to 1995 in our marketing and sales organizations. Ms. Shimizu received a Bachelor's degree in Japanese from the University of California, Los Angeles and a Master of Business Administration from the Monterey Institute of International Studies.
Mr. Trads joined Clarity (formerly Walker-Ameriphone) in 2003 as President. From 1994 untilPrior to joining Plantronics, from 1994 to 1998, Mr. Trads held various positions withinserved as a Senior Vice President at GN ReSound, a manufacturer of hearing aids and audiological measurement equipment.Resound. From 1998 to 2003, Mr. Trads served as President of GN ReSounds’Resounds' North American operation and from 1994 until 1998 he served as a Senior Vice President at its headquarters in Copenhagen, Denmark, where he was a member of the executive management committee and the global management group and also led the sales and marketing organization.operation. From 1991 to 1994, Mr. Trads was Vice President of Sales and Marketing for Dancall Radio A/S, a manufacturer of cell phones and cordless phones. From 1985 to 1991, he held management positions in the distribution and marketing divisions of Bang and Olufsen Group, a global manufacturer of consumer electronics.  Mr. Trads holds a degree in Business Administration and Management from the Copenhagen Business School in Denmark.
Mr. Vanhoutte joined Plantronics in 2003 as Managing Director of Europe, Middle East, and Africa (“EMEA”).  FromEffective for fiscal year 2013, Mr. Vanhoutte will serve as Managing Director of Europe and Africa. Prior to joining Plantronics, from 2001 untilto 2003, heMr. Vanhoutte served as Corporate Vice President of Marketing at Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications. From 2000 toIn 2001, Mr. Vanhouttehe served as Vice President of Strategic Market Development at Ericsson’sEricsson's Personal Communications Division. From 1998 until 2000, he served as Senior Vice President of Products, Marketing and Sales at MCI WorldCom’sWorldCom's International Division in London.  From 1994 until 1998, Mr. Vanhoutte held various marketing and general management positions at Dell Computer Corporation including, General Manager for the Business Systems Division in the U.S., Managing Director for Dell Direct in the United Kingdom and Ireland, and Vice President of Products, Marketing & Services for EMEA.  Beginning in 1991, he worked for Nokia Data, as Vice President of Marketing, which was merged into Fujitsu-ICL Systems Inc. where he continued as Vice President of Marketing, Personal Systems and Client-Server Division until 1994.  From 1985 until 1991, Mr. Vanhoutte worked in various European marketing and division manager roles with Wang Laboratories.  He started his career at Arthur Andersen’s Benelux Information Consulting Division in 1977 where he specialized in structured programming and office automation. Mr. Vanhoutte studied Applied Economics and Engineering at the University of Leuven, Belgium.

Ms. Wadors joined Plantronics in 2010 as Senior Vice President of Human Resources and Facilities. Prior to joining Plantronics, Ms. Wadors worked at Yahoo, Inc. where she served as Senior Vice President of Total Rewards, Systems and Mergers and Acquisitions - Human Resources from 2009 to 2010, and as Senior Vice President of World Wide Business Partners - Human Resources from 2007 to 2009. Ms. Wadors has held various human resource management positions with Align Technology, Inc., Applied Materials, Inc., Merck & Co., Inc. and Viacom, Inc. Ms. Wadors graduated from Ramapo College with a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration with a focus in Human Resource Management.
Mr. Wuerz joined Plantronics in 2007 as Senior Vice President of Worldwide Operations.  Prior to Plantronics, Mr. Wuerz spent 28 years at Hewlett-Packard (“HP”Company ("HP") where he held several senior positions.  Most recently, Mr. Wuerz was the Worldwide Vice President of Operations and Supply Chain for the Desktop Personal Computer organization, including consumer, commercial and workstation PCs. Prior to this role, Mr. Wuerz held the same title for HP’sHP's Consumer Desktop Personal Computer organization.  In addition to Mr. Wuerz’sWuerz's operations roles at HP, he also held senior positions in other functional areas, including Research and Development and Human Resources.  Mr. Wuerz holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of Missouri - Rolla and a Master of Science in Electrical Engineering degree from Stanford University and a Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering from the University of Missouri – Rolla.University.


Mr. Yort joined Plantronics in 2005 as Vice President and General Manager of Business-to-Business Solutions.  Prior to joining Plantronics, Mr. Yort was Vice President of Business Development at Venturi Wireless, where he led strategic relations with mobile wireless carriers and infrastructure players.  Before Venturi, he was the Vice President of Business Development and Marketing at PolyFuel, Inc., a pioneer in direct methanol fuel cell-powered products.  From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Yort directed Palm, Inc.’s enterprise business as its general manager.  He has also held management positions at 3Com, HP and Inmac.  Mr. Yort has a Master of Business Administration from Stanford University's Graduate School of Business and a Bachelor of Science in Engineering degree and a Bachelor of Arts degree from Princeton University.
Executive officers serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors.  There are no family relationships between any of the directors and executive officers of Plantronics.
 

11


ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORSFACTORS
 
Investors in our stock should carefully consider the following risk factors in connection with any investment in our stock.  Our stock price will reflect the performance of our business relative to, among other things, our competition, expectations of securities analysts or investors, and general economic market conditions and industry conditions.  Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected if any of the following risks occur.  Accordingly, the trading price of our stock could decline, and investors could lose all or part of their investment.
 
EconomicAdverse or uncertain economic conditions could continue tomay materially adversely affect the Company.

Our operationsGlobal economic concerns such as the recurrence of recession on a regional or global basis have increased uncertainty and performance depend significantly on worldwide economic conditions.  Uncertainty about currentunpredictability for our business and added risk to our future outlook. A global economic conditions posesdownturn, a risk as consumers and businesses have postponed spending in response to tighter credit, negative financial news and/or declines in income or asset values, which have had a material negative effect on demand for our products.  Other factors that have influenced demand include volatility in fuel and other energy costs, conditionsdownturn in the residential real estate and mortgage markets, labor and healthcare costs, access to credit, consumer confidence, and other macroeconomic factors affecting consumer spending behavior.  These and other economic factors have hadU.S. or a material adverse effect on demand formore severe downturn in Europe, whether short-term or prolonged, could result in reductions in sales of our products, longer sales cycles, slower adoption of new technologies, increased price competition and on our financial conditioncustomer and operating results and maysupplier bankruptcies.

Financial institutions continue to have such an effectexperience significant market pressure and increasing regulatory scrutiny, most recently in connection with lenders' exposure to the future.

The current financial turmoil affectingsovereign debt of countries like Greece, Italy and Spain. As a result of the banking systempressure and financial markets and the possibility that additional financial institutionsregulatory scrutiny, lenders may be more likely to further consolidate, cease to do business, or go outbe required to meet increased compulsory capitalization thresholds, any of business has resultedwhich could result in a tightening inof the credit markets, a low level of liquidity in many financial markets, and extremeincreased volatility in fixed income, credit, currency and equity markets. There could be a number of follow-onnegative effects from the credit crisis on our business, including the insolvency of key suppliers or their inability to obtainimpaired credit to finance development and/or manufacture products resulting in product delays,; inability of customers, including channel partners, to obtain credit to finance purchases of our products;availability and insolvenciesincreased financial instability of our customers, and/orsuppliers and distributors and other sales channel partners.sources. Any of these events could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Other effects may include the failure of derivative counterparties and other financial institutions negatively impacting our treasury operations.  Other income and expense also could vary materially from expectations depending on gains or losses realized on the sale or exchange of financial instruments; impairment charges resulting from revaluations of debt and equity securities and other investments; interest rates; cash balances; and changes in fair value of derivative instruments. The current volatility in the financial markets and overall economic uncertainty increase the risk the actual amounts realized in theUncertainty regarding future on our financial instruments could differ significantly from the fair values currently assigned to them.

As a result of the worldwide economic conditions described above, revenue in all portions ofalso makes it more challenging for us to forecast operating results, make business decisions, and identify the risks that may affect our business, has declined in the fourth quartersources and uses of fiscal 2009.  We currently believe that revenue in fiscal 2010 will be lower than in fiscal 2009.   If conditions deteriorate further, our forecasted demand may not materialize to the levels we require to achieve our anticipated financial results, which could in turn have a material adverse effect on our revenue, profitability and the market price of our stock.  

A significant portion of our profits comes from the contact center market.  We have experienced a significant decline in that market and a further decline in demand will materially adversely affect our results.  The economic conditions described above have resulted in a reduction in the establishment of new contact centers and in capital investments to expand or upgrade existing centers, and this has negatively affected our business.  We are not able to predict when economic conditions will improve or when an increase in the establishment of new contact centers or an increase in capital investments in contact centers may occur.  Because of our reliance on the contact center market, we have been more affected by changes in the rate of contact center establishment and expansion and the communications products used by contact center agents than would a company serving a broader market.  Any further decrease in the demand for contact centers and related headset products will cause a further decrease in the demand for our products, which will materially adversely affect our business,cash, financial condition and results of operations.


In the office market, voluntary turnover Further, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may impact our revenues and new hiring typically lead to an increaseprofitability because we report our financial statements in office product sales due to the purchase of equipment for new employees.  However, asU.S. Dollars ("USD"), whereas a result of the global recession, the salessignificant portion of our office products have declined because oursales to customers are cutting costs, reducing hiring and/or laying-off employees.  This decreasetransacted in sales of office products has made it difficult to generateother currencies, particularly the revenueEuro and margin necessary to achieve our targeted financial results.

In addition, asthe Great Britain Pound (“GBP”). We hedge a result of the economic slowdown, we have received returns from our retailers of products in excessportion of our historical experience rates.Euro and GBP forecasted revenue exposure for the future twelve month period. We can offer no assurance that such strategies will be effective in minimizing our exposure. If product returns continue at such levels or increase,the Euro and GBP fall against the USD, our revenues, willgross profit and profitability in the future could be negatively impacted since returns net against revenue.  Failureaffected. See also our risk titled “We are exposed to meet our anticipated demand projections has created excess levels of inventory,fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates which has resulted in additional reserves for excess and obsolete inventory, negatively impacting our financial results.

During the third quarter of fiscal 2009, as a result of the effect of the current economic conditions on the business, an impairment review was triggered which resulted in an impairment charge in our AEG reporting segment of $54.7 million of goodwill, $58.7 million of intangible assets and $4.1 million of property, plant and equipment.  We performed our annual impairment review of goodwill and purchased intangible assets with indefinite lives in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 which did not indicate any further impairment of goodwill or intangible assets.  However, if forecasted gross profit growth rates are not achieved due to further declines in the current economic conditions, it is reasonably possible that we could incur additional impairment charges as a result of our next annual impairment tests in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 or that an impairment review may be triggered for the remaining intangible assets which could require an additional impairment charge in the future.  We will continue to evaluate the recoverability of the carrying amount of our goodwill and long-lived assets on an ongoing basis, and we may incur substantial impairment charges, which would adversely affect our financial results.  There can be no assurance that the outcome of such reviews in the future will not result in substantial impairment charges.revenues, gross profit, and profitability.”

Our operating results are difficult to predict, and fluctuations may cause volatility in the trading price of our common stock.

Given the nature of the markets in which we compete, our revenues and profitability are difficult to predict for many reasons, including the following:

·



Our operating results are highly dependent on the volume and timing of orders received during the quarter, which are difficult to forecast.quarter. Customers generally order on an as-needed basis, and we typically do not obtain firm, long-term purchase commitments from our customers.customers, making forecasting difficult. As a result, our revenues in any quarter depend primarily on orders booked and shipped in that quarter.

·



We incur a large portion of our costs in advance of sales orders because we must plan research and production, order components and enter into development, incur sales and marketing expenditures, and other operating commitments prior to obtaining firm commitments from our customers. In the event we acquire too much inventoryour inventories for certainone or more products exceed demand, the risk of future inventory write-downs increases. InConversely, in the event we have inadequate inventory to timely meet the demand for particular products, we may miss significant revenue opportunities or incur significant expenses such as air freight, costs for expediting shipments, and other negative variances in our manufacturing processes as we attempt to make up for the shortfall.  When a significant portion of our revenue is derived from new products, forecasting the appropriate volumes of production is even more difficult.
·In the ACG segment, our prices and gross margins are generally lower for sales to Business-to-Consumer (“B2C”) customers compared to sales to our Business-to-Business (“B2B”) customers.  In addition, our prices and gross margins can vary significantly by product line as well as within product lines.  Therefore, our profitability depends, in part, on the mix of our B2B to B2C customers as well as our product mix.  In the AEG segment, our prices and gross margins are generally lower for our PC Audio products than for our Docking Audio products; therefore, our profitability depends, in part, on our mix of PC Audio to Docking Audio products.  The size and timing of our product mix and opportunities in these markets are difficult to predict.
·We have substantially refreshed our AEG product line; however, market adoption of new products is difficult to predict.
·A significant portion of our annual retail sales for AEG generally occurs in the third fiscal quarter, thereby increasing the difficulty of predicting revenues and profitability from quarter to quarter and in managing inventory levels.

Fluctuations in our operating results, including the failure to meet our expectations or the expectations of financial analysts, may cause volatility, including material decreases, in the trading price of our common stock.



Our consumerThe success of our business has had and may continue to have an adverse effectdepends heavily on our financial condition.ability to effectively market our UC products, and our business could be materially adversely affected if markets do not develop as we expect.

Our consumerWe compete in the business which primarily consistsmarket for the sale of our AEGoffice and contact center products.  We believe that our greatest long-term opportunity for profit growth is in the UC office market, and our foremost strategic objective for this segment Bluetooth headsetsis to increase headset adoption. UC is the integration of voice and computervideo-based communications systems enhanced with software applications and gaming headsets has beenInternet Protocol (“IP”) networks. It may include the integration or consolidation of devices and willmedia associated with a variety of business workflows and applications, including e-mail, instant messaging, presence, audio, video and web conferencing, and unified messaging. UC seeks to provide seamless connectivity and user experience for enterprise workers regardless of their location and environment, improving overall business efficiency and providing more effective collaboration among an increasingly distributed workforce. We continue to invest in the development of new products and to enhance existing products to be significantly impactedmore appealing in functionality and design for the UC market. We also target certain vertical segments to increase sales.  We continue to believe that the implementation of UC technologies by large corporations will be a significant long-term driver of enterprise headset adoption, and, as a result, a key long-term driver of revenue and product growth. However, we can give no assurance that significant growth in UC will occur or that we will be able to take advantage of any growth that does occur.

Our ability to realize our UC plans and to achieve the weak retail environment whichfinancial results projected to arise from UC adoption could negatively impact our revenue, gross profit and operating results.  The risks faced in connection with this include the following:be adversely affected by a number of factors including:




The risk that, as UC becomes more widely adopted, competitors will offer solutions that will effectively commoditize our headsets which, in turn, will reduce the sales prices for our headsets.
 
·



we believe that the turnaround for AEG is largelyOur plans are dependent onupon the market success of its new product portfolio.  We placed somemajor platform providers such as Microsoft Corporation, Cisco Systems, Inc., Avaya, Inc., Alcatel-Lucent, and IBM, and we have limited ability to influence such providers with respect to the functionality of the products withintheir platforms, their rate of deployment, and their willingness to integrate their platforms with our new portfolio beginning in the Fall of 2008 which continued through the end of fiscal 2009 and will continue through fiscal 2010, although ongoing product refreshes on a routine basis after that will also be required.  solutions.




The development of these new productsUC solutions is technically complex and this may not evolve as anticipated.  There can be no assurancedelay or obstruct our ability to introduce solutions that these new products will be successfulare cost effective, feature-rich, stable and during the time we are developing the new products, our competitors are selling productsattractive to our customers and increasing their market share;on a timely basis.

·



competitionOur development of UC solutions is dependent on our ability to implement and execute new and different processes in connection with the design, development and manufacturing of complex electronic systems comprised of hardware, firmware and software that must work in a wide variety of environments and multiple variations, which may in some instances increase the risk of development delays or errors and require the hiring of new personnel and/or third party contractors.




Because UC offerings involve complex integration of hardware and software with UC infrastructure, our sales model and expertise will need to continue to increase in the retail markets more thanevolve.  If we expect;
·meeting the spring and fall market windows for consumer products;
·difficulties retainingfail to anticipate or obtaining shelf space for consumer productseffectively implement changes in our sales channel;model or channel our selling techniques and efforts at the primary UC decision makers within enterprises, our ability to maintain and grow our share of the UC market may be adversely impacted.

·



difficulties retaining or improving the brand recognition associatedAs UC becomes more widely adopted we anticipate that competition for market share will increase, and some competitors may have superior technical and economic resources.




UC solutions may not be adopted with the Altec Lansing brand during the turnaround;
·difficulties in achieving a sufficient gross marginbreadth and uncertaintiesspeed in the demand for consumer audio productsmarketplace that we currently anticipate.




UC may evolve rapidly and unpredictably and our ability to adapt to those changes and future requirements may impact our profitability in the current economic environment;this market and our overall margins.

Because the major providers of UC software utilize complex and proprietary platforms in which our UC products will be integrated, it will be necessary for us to expand our technical support capabilities. This expansion will result in additional expenses to hire and train the personnel and develop the infrastructure necessary to adequately serve our UC customers. Our support expenditures may substantially increase over time as these platforms evolve and as UC becomes more commonly adopted.

If these investments do not generate incremental revenue, our business could be materially adversely affected.  


13


The failure of our suppliers to provide quality components or services in a timely manner could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our growth and ability to meet customer demand depends in part on our ability to timely obtain raw materials, components, sub-assemblies, and products from our suppliers. We buy raw materials, components and sub-assemblies from a variety of suppliers and assemble them into finished products. We also have certain of our components and products manufactured for us by third party suppliers. The cost, quality, and availability of such goods are essential to the successful production and sale of our products. Obtaining raw materials, components, sub-assemblies, and finished products entails various risks, including the following:

·



the global downturnRapid increases in the economy has lessened the amount spent generally by consumers decreasing theproduction levels to meet unanticipated demand for our products could result in higher costs for components and sub-assemblies, increased expenditures for freight to expedite delivery of required materials, and higher overtime costs and other expenses. These higher expenditures could reduce our profit margins. Further, if production is increased rapidly, there may be decreased manufacturing yields, which may also reduce our margins.




We obtain certain raw materials, sub-assemblies, components and products from single suppliers, including a majority of our Bluetooth products from GoerTek, Inc. Alternate sources for these items may not be readily available or at acceptable prices. Any failure of GoerTek or our other suppliers to remain in business, provide us with the quantity of components or products that we need or purchase the raw materials, subcomponents and parts required to produce and provide to us the components or products we need could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.




Although we generally use standard raw materials, parts and components for our products, the high development costs associated with existing and emerging wireless and other technologies may require us to work with a single source of silicon chips, chip-sets or other components or materials (“components or materials”) on any particular product. We, or any of our suppliers of components or materials, may experience challenges in designing, developing and manufacturing components or materials using these new technologies which could affect our ability to meet market schedules.  Our components or materials suppliers may decide for commercial reasons to discontinue components or materials that we have designed into our products or may cease doing business completely due to adverse economic conditions or otherwise. Due to our dependence on single suppliers for certain components or materials, we could experience higher prices, a delay in development of the components or materials, be forced to redesign or end of life products, make large last-time buys which are held in inventory for extended periods of time or be unable to meet customer demand for these products.  If this occurs, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected as a result of these factors.




Because of the lead times required to obtain certain raw materials, sub-assemblies, components and products from certain suppliers, we may not be able to react quickly to changes in demand, potentially resulting in either excess inventories of such goods or materials, sub-assemblies, components and product shortages. Lead times are particularly long on silicon-based components incorporating radio frequency and digital signal processing technologies and such components make up an increasingly larger portion of our product costs.  In particular, many consumer product orders have shorter lead times than the component lead times, making it increasingly necessary to carry more inventory in anticipation of those orders, which may not materialize.  Failure to synchronize the timing of purchases of raw materials, sub-assemblies, components and products to meet demand could increase our inventories and/or decrease our revenues and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.




We buy most of our raw materials, components and subassemblies on a purchase order basis and do not have long-term commitments from our suppliers as to price or supply. Prices for many commodities are rising and are increasing our costs. Additionally, if our suppliers experience increased demand or shortages, it could affect the timeliness of deliveries to us. Any such shortages or further increases in prices could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.




As part of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") has proposed disclosure requirements regarding the use of certain minerals, known as conflict minerals, which are mined from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries, as well as procedures regarding a manufacturer's efforts to prevent the sourcing of such minerals and metals produced from those minerals. The implementation of these requirements could affect the sourcing and availability of metals used in the manufacture of a limited number of raw material parts contained in our products. For example, the implementation of these disclosure requirements may decrease the number of suppliers capable of supplying our needs for certain metals, thereby negatively affecting our ability to obtain products in sufficient quantities or at competitive prices. Our material sourcing is broad based and multi-tiered, and we may not be able to conclusively verify the origins for all metals used in our products.


14


If we do not match production to demand, we may lose business or our gross margins could be materially adversely affected.

Our industry is characterized by rapid technological change,changes, frequent new product introductions, short-term customer commitments and rapid changes in demand. We determine production levels based on our forecasts of demand for our products. Actual demand for our products depends on many factors, which makes it difficult to forecast. In view of the uncertainties inherent in the recovery from the global recession, including the pace and scale of the recovery, it is particularly difficult to make accurate forecasts in this business environment. Significant unanticipated fluctuations in product supply or demand could cause operating problems. For example, if forecasted demand does not develop, we could have excess inventory and capacity.  We have experienced differences between our actual and our forecasted demand in the past and expect differences to arise in the future.

Some of our products utilize long-lead time parts which are available from a limited set of vendors. The combined effects of variability of demand among theour customer base andwith significant long-lead time of single sourced materials has historicallyin the past contributed to significant inventory write-downs, particularly in inventory for consumer products. For B2BOCC products, long life-cycles periodically necessitate last-time buys of raw materials whichthat may be used over the course of several years. We routinely review inventory for usage potential, including fulfillment of customer warranty obligations and spare part requirements.  Werequirements, and we write down to net realizablemarket value the excess and obsolete (“E&O”) inventory.  We evaluateinventory, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

From time to time, we or our competitors may announce new products, capabilities, or technologies that may replace or shorten the future realizable value of inventories and impact on gross margins, taking into consideration product life cycles technological and product changes, demand visibility and other market conditions.  We believeof our current process for writing down inventory appropriately balancesproducts or cause customers to defer or stop purchasing our products until new products become available. Additionally, the riskannouncement of new products may incite customers to increase purchases of successful legacy products as part of a last time buy strategy; thereby increasing sales in the marketplace with a fair representationshort-term while decreasing future sales by delaying consumer adoption of new products. These inherent risks transitioning to new products increase the difficulty of accurately forecasting demand for discontinued products as well as demand and acceptance for new products. Accordingly, we must effectively manage inventory levels to have an adequate supply of the realizable valuenew product and avoid retention of excess legacy product; however, we must also concurrently maintain sufficient levels of older product inventory to support continued sales during the transition. Our failure to effectively manage transitions from old products to new could result in inventory obsolescence, and/or loss of revenue and associated gross profit, which may further result in one or more material adverse effect on our revenues and profitability.

Over-forecast of demand could result in higher inventories of finished products, components, and sub-assemblies. In addition, because our retail customers have pronounced seasonality, we must build inventory well in advance of the December quarter in order to stock up for the anticipated future demand.  If we are unable to sell these inventories, we would have to write off some or all of our inventory.

In viewinventories of excess products and unusable components and sub-assemblies. Conversely, if we are unable to deliver products on time to meet the uncertainties inherent inmarket window of our retail customers, we will lose opportunities to increase revenues and profits, we may incur penalties for late delivery and we may be unable to later sell the global recession, it is particularly difficult to make accurate forecasts in this business environment.  Significant unanticipated fluctuations in supply or demand and the global trend towards consignment of products could cause the following operating problems, among others:

·If forecasted demand does not develop, we could have excess inventory and excess capacity.  Over-forecast of demand could result in higher inventories of finished products, components and sub-assemblies.  In addition, because our retail customers have pronounced seasonality, we must build inventory well in advance of the December quarter in order to stock up for the anticipated future demand.  If we were unable to sell these inventories, we would have to write off some or all of our inventories of excess products and unusable components and sub-assemblies.  Excess manufacturing capacity could lead to higher production costs and lower margins.

·If demand increases beyond that forecasted, we would have to rapidly increase production.  We currently depend on suppliers to provide additional volumes of components and sub-assemblies, and we are experiencing greater dependence on single source suppliers; therefore, we might not be able to increase production rapidly enough to meet unexpected demand.  There could be short-term losses of sales while we are trying to increase production.


·
The production and distribution of Bluetooth and other wireless headsets presents many significant manufacturing, marketing and other operational risks and uncertainties:

·our dependence on third parties to supply key components, many of which have long lead times;
·our ability to forecast demand for the variety of new products within this product category for which relevant data is incomplete or unavailable; and
·longer lead times with suppliers than commitments from some of our customers.

·If we are unable to deliver products on time to meet the market window of our retail customers, we will lose opportunities to increase revenues and profits, or we may incur penalties for late delivery.  We may also be unable to sell these finished goods, which would result in excess or obsolete inventory.
excess inventory. 

Any of the foregoing problems could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We sell our products through various channels of distribution that can be volatile, and failure to establish and maintain successful relationships with our channel partners could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.  We have experienced the bankruptcy of certain customers and further bankruptcies or financial difficulties of our customers may occur.

We sell substantially all of our products through distributors, retailers, OEMs and telephony service providers.  Our existing relationships with these parties are not exclusive and can be terminated by either party without cause.  Our channel partners also sell or can potentially sell products offered by our competitors.  To the extent that our competitors offer our channel partners more favorable terms or more compelling products, such partners may decline to carry, de-emphasize or discontinue carrying our products.  In the future, we may not be able to retain or attract a sufficient number of qualified channel partners.  Further, such partners may not recommend or may stop recommending our products.  In the future, our OEMs or potential OEMs may elect to manufacture their own products that are similar to those we currently sell to them.  The inability to establish or maintain successful relationships with distributors, OEMs, retailers and telephony service providers or to expand our distribution channels could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.  Finally, as a result of the global recession we have experienced the bankruptcy of certain customers, and it is not possible to predict whether additional bankruptcies of our customers may occur.

As a result of the evolution of our B2C business, our customer mix is changing, and certain retailers, OEMs and wireless carriers are becoming more significant.  This greater reliance on certain large channel partners could increase the volatility of our revenues and earnings.  In particular, we have several large customers whose order patterns are difficult to predict.  Offers and promotions by these customers may result in significant fluctuations of their purchasing activities over time.  If we are unable to anticipate the purchase requirements of these customers, our revenues may be adversely affected, or we may be exposed to large volumes of inventory that cannot be immediately resold to other customers.

We have strong competitors and expect to face additional competition in the future. If we are unable to compete effectively, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

All of our markets are intensely competitive. We could experience a decline inface pressure on our average selling prices, competition on sales terms and conditions, or continualcompetition with respect to performance, technical and feature enhancements from our competitors in the retail market.competitors. Also, aggressive industry pricing practices have resultedmay result in downward pressure on margins from both our primary competitors as well as from less established brands.margins.

Currently, our single largest competitor is GN Store Nord A/S (“GN”), a Danish telecommunications conglomerate with whom we experience price competition in the business markets. Motorola is a significant competitor in the consumer headset market, primarily in the mobile Bluetooth market, and has a brand name that is very well known and supported with significant marketing investments. Motorola also benefits from the ability to bundle other offerings with its headsets.  We are also experiencing competition from other consumer electronics companies that currently manufacture and sell mobile phones or computer peripheral equipment. These competitors generally are larger, offer broader product lines, bundle or integrate with other products’products' communications headset tops and bases manufactured by them or others, offer products containing bases that are incompatible with our headset tops and have substantially greater financial, marketing and other resources than we do.resources.
16



15


Competitors in audio devices vary by product line.  The most competitive product line is headsets for cell phones where we compete with Motorola, Nokia, GN’sAliph's Jawbone brand, BlueAnt Wireless, Samsung, GN's Jabra brand, Bose and Sony Ericsson Samsung, Aliph’s Jawbone brand, and Belkin among many others.  Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources than we have,us, and each of them has established market positions in this business. In the PCUC and office and contact center markets, the largest competitor iscompetitors are GN, as well asLogitech and Sennheiser Communications. For PCthe entertainment and gaming headset applications,computer audio market, our primary competitor is Logitech.  In the Audio Entertainment business, competitors include Bose, Apple,are Logitech Creative Labs, iHome, and Harman International.

Sennheiser.  Our product markets are intensely competitive, and market leadership changes frequently as a result of new products, designs and pricing.  We are facing additional competition from companies, principally located in the Asia Pacific region, which offer very low cost headset products including products that are modeled on or are direct copies of our products. These new competitors are offering very low cost products which resultsresult in pricing pressure in the market. If market prices are substantially reduced by such new entrants into the headset market, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

If we do not continue to distinguish our products, particularly our retail products, through distinctive, technologically advanced features and design, as well as continue to build and strengthen our brand recognition, our products may become commoditized and our business could be harmed.   If we do not otherwise compete effectively, demand for our products could decline, our revenues and gross margins could decrease, we could lose market share, and our revenues and earnings could decline.

The success of our business depends heavily on our ability to effectively market our products, and our business could be materially adversely affected if markets do not develop as we expect.
We compete in the business market for the sale of our office and contact center products.  We believe that our greatest long-term opportunity for profit growth in ACG is in the office market, and our foremost strategic objective for this segment is to increase headset adoption.  To this end, we are investing in creating new products that are more appealing in functionality and design as well as targeting certain vertical segments to increase sales.  We continue to believe that the implementation of UC technologies by large corporations will be a significant long-term driver of office headset adoption, and, as a result, a key long-term driver of revenue and product growth.  Despite weak economic conditions, trial deployments of UC solutions and headsets continue to grow, with some evidence that the cost savings and productivity enhancements derived from UC are driving the expansion of existing deployments in both the U.S. and Europe. We can give no assurance that significant growth in UC will occur during the recession or thereafter.  However, we believe that we are well positioned in the UC market and that our competitive position continues to improve.
Our ability to realize our UC plans and to achieve the financial results projected to arise from UC adoption could be adversely affected by the following factors: (i) the risk that, as UC becomes more widely adopted, competitors will offer solutions that will effectively commoditize our headsets which, in turn, will reduce the sales prices for our headsets; (ii) our plans are dependent upon adoption of our UC solution by major platform providers such as Microsoft, Avaya, IBM and Cisco, and we have a limited ability to influence such providers with respect to the functionality of their platforms, their rate of deployment, and their willingness to integrate their platforms with our solutions; (iii) the development of UC solutions is technically complex and this may delay or obstruct our ability to introduce solutions to the market on a timely basis and that are cost effective, feature rich, stable and attractive to our customers; (iv) as UC becomes more widely adopted we anticipate that competition for market share will increase, and some competitors may have superior technical and economic resources, and (v) UC solutions may not be adopted with the breadth and speed in the marketplace that we currently anticipate.
If these investments do not generate incremental revenue, our business could be materially affected.  We are also experiencing a more aggressive and competitive environment with respect to price in our business markets, leading to increased order volatility which puts pressure on profitability and could result in a loss of market share if we do not respond effectively.

We also compete in the consumer market for the sale of our mobile, gaming and computer audio, gaming, Altec Lansing and Clarity products.  We believe that effective product promotion is highly relevant in the consumer market, which is dominated by large brands that have significant consumer mindshare.  We have invested in marketing initiatives to raise awareness and consideration of the Plantronics’ products.  We believe this will help increase preference for Plantronics and promote headset adoption overall.  The consumer market is characterized by relatively rapid product obsolescence, and we are at risk if we do not have the right products available at the right time to meet consumer needs.  In addition, some of our competitors have significant brand recognition, and we are experiencing more price-based competition in pricing actions, which can result in significant losses and excess inventory.

If we are unable to stimulate growth in our business or if our costs to stimulate demand do not generate incremental profit, or if we experience significant price competition, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could suffer.  In addition, failure to effectively market our products to customers could lead to lower and more volatile revenue and earnings, excess inventory and the inability to recover the associated development costs, any of which could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Prices of certain raw materials, components, semiconductors and sub-assemblies may rise depending upon global market conditions.

We have experienced volatility in costs from our suppliers, particularly in light of the price fluctuations of oil, gold, copper and other commodities, semiconductors and other components and products in the U.S. and around the world. We may continue to experience volatility, which could negatively affect our profitability or market share. If we are unable to pass cost increases on to our customers or to achieve operating efficiencies that offset these increases, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

We depend on original design manufacturers and contract manufacturers who may not have adequate capacity to fulfill our needs or may not meet our quality and delivery objectives which could have an adverse effect on our business.

Original design manufacturers and contract manufacturers produce key portions of our product lines for us, including, for example, GoerTek, Inc. which manufacturers the majority of our Bluetooth products. Our reliance on these original design manufacturers and contract manufacturers involves significant risks, including reduced control over quality and logistics management, the potential lack of adequate capacity and timely deliveries and unanticipated or inconveniently timed loss of services. Financial instability of our manufacturers or contractors resulting from the global recession or otherwise could result in our having to find new suppliers which could increase our costs and delay our product deliveries. These manufacturers and contractors may also choose to discontinue manufacturing our products for a variety of reasons. Consequently, if one or more original design manufacturers or contract manufacturers is unable or unwilling to meet our demand, delivery or price requirements, our business and operating results in all or a portion of our product lines could be severely and materially affected in the event it is difficult, costly or time-consuming to identify and ramp-up alternative manufacturers.


16

17


Our consumer business is volatile and failure to compete successfully in this business may have an adverse effect on our financial condition.

Our consumer business, which consists primarily of Bluetooth headsets and computer and gaming headsets, is highly competitive and presents many significant manufacturing, marketing and operational risks and uncertainties. The risks include the following:




the market for mono Bluetooth headsets appears to be shrinking as evidenced by continuing declines in retail sales in the U.S., at least partially attributable to increasing integration of Bluetooth systems into automobiles;




reductions in the number of key suppliers participating in the Bluetooth market, thereby reducing our sourcing options and potentially increasing our costs at a time when our ability to offset higher costs with corresponding product price increases is limited;




difficulties retaining or obtaining shelf space for consumer products in our sales channel, particularly with large retailers as the market for mono Bluetooth headsets continues to contract;




the varying pace and scale of global economic recovery creates uncertainty and unpredictability about the demand for consumer products;




our ability to forecast trends and thereafter timely meet the market windows for consumer products, particularly as it relates to our dependence on third parties to supply key components, many of which have longer lead times than commitments from some of our customers;




difficulties achieving or maintaining sufficient gross margin and uncertainties in the forecasting of demand for the variety of Bluetooth headsets, computer and gaming headsets and new products generally within this category for which relevant data is incomplete or unavailable;



our focus on UC products may weaken our competitive position; and




competition may increase more than we expect and result in product pricing pressures.

Our business will be materially adversely affected if we are not ableunable to develop, manufacture, and market new products in response to changing customer requirements and new technologies.

The market for our products is characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards, short product life cycles and frequent new product introductions. As a result, we must continually introduce new products and technologies and enhance existing products in order to remain competitive, particularly with respect to our AEG business.competitive.

The technology used in our products is evolving more rapidly now than it has historically, and we anticipate that this trend may accelerate.will continue. Historically, the technology used in lightweight communications headsets and speakers has evolved slowly. New products have primarily offered stylistic changes and quality improvements rather than significant new technologies. Our increasing reliance and focus on the consumerUC market has resulted in a growing portion of our products incorporatingthat integrate significant new technologies, experiencingtechnology. In addition, our increasing participation in the consumer market requires us to rapidly and frequently adopt new technology and, thus, our consumer products experience shorter lifecycles and a need to offer deeper product lines.lifecycles. We believe this is particularly true for our newer emerging technology products especially in the speaker, mobile, computer, residential and certain parts of the office markets.  In particular, we anticipate a trend towards more integrated solutions that combine audio, video, and software functionality, while currentlyhistorically our focus iswas limited to audio products.

We are also experiencing a trend away from corded headsets to cordless products.  In general, our corded headsetsOffice phones have had higher gross margins than our cordless products, but the margin on cordless headsets is trending higher.  In addition, we expect that office phones will beginbegun to incorporate Bluetooth functionality which would openhas opened the market to consumer Bluetooth headsets and reducereduced the demand for our traditional office telephony headsets and adapters as well as impacting potential revenues from our own wireless headset systems, resulting in lost revenue, and lower margins.margins, or both. Should we not be able to maintain the highersales and margins on our traditional cordless products thatdecline and we recently achieved,are unable to successfully design, develop and market alternatives at historically comparable margins, our revenue and profits willmay decrease.

In addition, innovative technologies such as UC have moved the platform for certain of our products from our customers’customers' closed proprietary systems to open platforms such as the PC. In turn, the PC has become more open as a result of technologies such technologies as cloud computing and trends toward more open source software code development. As a result, we are exposed to the risk that current and potential competitors could enter our markets and commoditize our products by offering similar products.


17


The success of our products depends on several factors, including our ability to:

·



anticipate technology and market trends;
·



develop innovative new products and enhancements on a timely basis;
·



distinguish our products from those of our competitors;
·



create industrial designdesigns that appealsappeal to our customers and end-users;
·



manufacture and deliver high-quality products in sufficient volumes;volumes and acceptable margins; and
·



price our products competitively.

If we are unable to develop, manufacture, market and introduce enhanced or new products in a timely manner in response to changing market conditions or customer requirements, including changing fashion trends and styles, it will materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.  Furthermore, as we develop new generations of products more quickly, we expect that the pace of product obsolescence will increase concurrently.  The disposition of inventories of excess or obsolete products may result in reductions to our operating margins and materially adversely affect our earnings and results of operations.

We depend on original design manufacturers and contract manufacturers who may not have adequate capacity to fulfill our needs or may not meet our quality and delivery objectives which could have an adverse effect on our business.

Original design manufacturers and contract manufacturers produce key portions of our product lines for us, including all of our Bluetooth products and most of our AEG products.  Our reliance on these original design manufacturers and contract manufacturers involves significant risks, including reduced control over quality and logistics management, the potential lack of adequate capacity and loss of services.  Financial instability of our manufacturers or contractors resulting from the global recession or otherwise could result in our having to find new suppliers, which could increase our costs and delay our product deliveries. These manufacturers and contractors may also choose to discontinue building our products for a variety of reasons.  Consequently, we may experience delays in the timeliness, quality and adequacy of product deliveries, any of which could harm our business and operating results.


We recently announced that we will outsource the manufacturing of all of our Bluetooth headsets to GoerTek, Inc., which is an existing supplier located in Weifang, China.  As a result, we plan to stop manufacturing in our Suzhou, China facility in the first half of fiscal 2010.  The manufacturing of our Bluetooth products will therefore be dependent upon GoerTek to deliver timely the quantities of products that we demand and to meet our quality standards.  In the event that GoerTek is unable to meet our requirements or becomes unable to remain in business as a result of the global recession or otherwise, our Bluetooth business could be severely and materially affected as it may be difficult to ramp-up a new manufacturer on a timely and cost effective basis.

Prices of certain raw materials, components and sub-assemblies may rise or fall depending upon global market conditions.

We have experienced volatility in costs from our suppliers, particularly in light of the price fluctuations of oil and other products in the U.S. and around the world.  We may continue to experience volatility which could affect profitability and/or market share.  If we experience cost increases and are unable to pass these on to our customers or to achieve operating efficiencies that offset these increases, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

The failure of our suppliers to provide quality components or services in a timely manner could adversely affect our results.

Our growth and ability to meet customer demand depends in part on our ability to obtain timely deliveries of raw materials, components, sub-assemblies and products from our suppliers.  We buy raw materials, components and sub-assemblies from a variety of suppliers and assemble them into finished products.  We also have certain of our products manufactured for us by third party suppliers.  The cost, quality, and availability of such goods are essential to the successful production and sale of our products.  Obtaining raw materials, components, sub-assemblies and finished products entails various risks, including the following:

·Rapid increases in production levels to meet unanticipated demand for our products could result in higher costs for components and sub-assemblies, increased expenditures for freight to expedite delivery of required materials, and higher overtime costs and other expenses.  These higher expenditures could lower our profit margins.  Further, if production is increased rapidly, there may be decreased manufacturing yields, which may also lower our margins.

·
We obtain certain raw materials, sub-assemblies, components and products from single suppliers, including all of our Bluetooth products from GoerTek, Inc.  Alternate sources for these items are not readily available.  Any failure of our suppliers to remain in business, to provide us with the quantity of components or products that we need or to purchase the raw materials, subcomponents and parts required by them to produce and provide to us the components or products we need could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

·Although we generally use standard raw materials, parts and components for our products, the high development costs associated with emerging wireless technologies requires us to work with only a single source of silicon chip-sets on any particular new product.  We, or our supplier(s) of chip-sets, may experience challenges in designing, developing and manufacturing components in these new technologies which could affect our ability to meet market schedules.  Due to our dependence on single suppliers for certain chip sets, we could experience higher prices, a delay in development of the chip-set, or the inability to meet our customer demand for these new products.  Additionally, these suppliers or other suppliers may enter into bankruptcy, discontinue production of the parts we depend on or may not be able to produce due to financial difficulties or to the global recession.  If this occurs, we may have difficulty obtaining sufficient product to meet our needs.  This could cause us to fail to meet customer expectations.  If customers turn to our competitors to meet their needs, there could be a long-term adverse impact on our revenues and profitability.  Our business, operating results and financial condition could therefore be materially adversely affected as a result of these factors.

·Because of the lead times required to obtain certain raw materials, sub-assemblies, components and products from certain foreign suppliers, we may not be able to react quickly to changes in demand, potentially resulting in either excess inventories of such goods or shortages of the raw materials, sub-assemblies, components and products.  Lead times are particularly long on silicon-based components incorporating radio frequency and digital signal processing technologies and such components are an increasingly important part of our product costs.  In particular, many B2C customer orders have shorter lead times than the component lead times, making it increasingly necessary to carry more inventory in anticipation of those orders, which may not materialize.  Failure in the future to match the timing of purchases of raw materials, sub-assemblies, components and products to demand could increase our inventories and/or decrease our revenues and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.


·Most of our suppliers are not obligated to continue to provide us with raw materials, components and sub-assemblies.  Rather, we buy most of our raw materials, components and subassemblies on a purchase order basis.  If our suppliers experience increased demand or shortages, it could affect deliveries to us.  In turn, this would affect our ability to manufacture and sell products that are dependent on those raw materials, components and subassemblies.  Any such shortages would materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have significant foreign manufacturing operations that are inherently risky,and rely on third party manufacturers located outside the United States, and a significant amount of our revenues are generated internationally.internationally, which subjects our business to risks of international operations.

We have a manufacturing facility in Tijuana, Mexico and a design and manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China.  In our Suzhou, China location, we intend to stop our manufacturing operations in fiscal 2010.Mexico. We also have suppliers and other vendors throughout Asia, including GoerTek, Inc. who will be the sole manufacturer of our Bluetooth products located in Weifang, China.China, which is the manufacturer of the majority of our Bluetooth products. We also generate a significant amount of our revenues from foreign customers.  The inherent risks of international operations could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The types of risks faced in connection with international operations and sales include, among others:

·



fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;
·



cultural differences in the conduct of business;
·



greater difficulty in accounts receivable collection and longer collection periods;
·



the impact of therecessionary, volatile or adverse global recession;economic conditions;
·



reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;
·



unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;
·



tariffs and other trade barriers;
·



political conditions, health epidemics, civil unrest or criminal activities within each country;
·



the management and operation of an enterprise spread over various countries;
·



the burden and administrative costs of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws and regulations;



currency restrictions; and
·



currency restrictions.compliance with anti-bribery laws, including, without limitation, compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the United Kingdom's Bribery Act.

The above-listed and other inherent risks of international operations could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates which may adversely affect our revenues, gross profit, and profitability.

Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates impact our revenues and profitability because we report our financial statements in U.S. dollars,USD, whereas a significant portion of our sales to customers are transacted in other currencies, particularly the Euro and Great Britain Pound (“GBP”).the GBP. Furthermore, fluctuations in foreign currenciescurrency rates impact our global pricing strategy resulting in our lowering or raising selling prices in one or more currencies in order to avoid disparity with U.S. dollarUSD prices and to respond to currency-driven competitive pricing actions. We also have significant manufacturing operations in Mexico and fluctuations in the currencyMexican Peso exchange rate can impact our gross profit and profitability. DuringAdditionally, a large majority of our suppliers are located internationally, principally in Asia. Accordingly, volatile or sustained increases or decreases in exchange rates of Asian currencies may result in increased costs or reductions in the last halfnumber of fiscal 2009, we experienced an unfavorable impact on our net income primarily as a result of the weakening of the Euro and GBP against the U.S. dollar.  qualified suppliers.

Currency exchange rates are difficult to predict,volatile, and while we may not be able to predicthedge our major exposures, changes in exchange rates in the future.  future may still have a negative impact on our financial results. Among the factors that may affect currency values are trade balances, the level of short-term interest rates, differences in relative values of similar assets in different currencies, long-term opportunities for investment and capital appreciation, and political developments.


18


We hedge a portion of our Euro and GBP forecasted revenue exposureexposures for the future 12 month period, which partially offset the impactperiod. In addition, we hedge a portion of a stronger dollar during partour Mexican Peso forecasted cost of fiscal 2009.  However, over time, the current exchange rates or a further increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relativerevenues. Although we have employed these hedging techniques to minimize these risks, we can offer no assurance that such strategies will be effective. If the Euro orand GBP fall against the GBP could negatively impactUSD, our revenues, gross profit and profitability in the future.future could be negatively affected.

We also have intangibleforeign currency forward contracts denominated in Euros, GBP and Australian Dollars which hedge against a portion of our foreign-currency denominated assets and goodwill recorded onliabilities. Our foreign currency forward contracts reduce, but do not eliminate, the impact of currency exchange rate movements. For example, we do not execute forward contracts in all currencies in which we conduct business.

We sell our balance sheetproducts through various channels of distribution that can be volatile, and we have recently recognized an impairment loss.  If the carrying value offailure to establish and maintain successful relationships with our goodwill or intangible assets is not recoverable, a further impairment loss may be recognized, which wouldchannel partners could materially adversely affect our business, financial results.condition, or results of operations. In addition, bankruptcies or financial difficulties of our customers may impact our business.

We sell substantially all of our products to end users through distributors, retailers, OEMs, and telephony service providers. Effectively managing these relationships and avoiding channel conflicts can be difficult and time-consuming. Our existing relationships with these parties are not exclusive and can be terminated by us or them without cause. In the future, we may not be able to retain or attract a sufficient number of qualified distributors, retailers, OEMs, and telephony service providers. These customers also sell or may sell products offered by our competitors. To the extent that our competitors offer these customers more favorable terms or more compelling products, such customers may decline to carry, de-emphasize, or discontinue carrying our products. Further, such customers may not recommend or may stop recommending our products. In the future, our OEMs or potential OEMs may elect to manufacture their own products that are similar to those we currently sell to them. The inability to establish or maintain successful relationships with distributors, OEMs, retailers and telephony service providers or to expand our distribution channels could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations. We have experienced the bankruptcy of certain customers; for example, in fiscal year 2012, the bankruptcy of one of our customers negatively impacted our operating income by $1.2 million. It is not possible to predict whether additional bankruptcies may occur.

As a result of the acquisitionevolution of Altec Lansingour consumer business, our customer mix is changing, and Volume Logiccertain retailers, OEMs, and wireless carriers are more significant.  This reliance on certain large channel partners could increase the volatility of our revenues and earnings. In particular, we have several large customers whose order patterns are difficult to predict. Offers and promotions by these customers may result in fiscal 2006,significant fluctuations of their purchasing activities over time.  If we recorded a significant amount of goodwill and intangible assets on our balance sheet.


During the third quarter of fiscal 2009, as a result of the effect of the current economic conditions on the business, an impairment review was triggered which resulted in an impairment of $54.7 million of goodwill, $58.7 million of intangible assets relatedare unable to anticipate the purchase requirements of Altec Lansing and $4.1 million of AEG property, plant and equipment.

We completedthese customers, our annual review of goodwill and purchased intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 which indicated that there was no further impairment of goodwillrevenues may be adversely affected, or intangible assets.  Given the current economic environment and the uncertainties regarding the impact on the business, there can be no assurance that the estimates and assumptions regarding the duration of the current economic downturn, or the period or strength of recovery, made for purposes of testing the goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment during the third and fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 will prove to be accurate predictions of the future.  If the assumptions regarding forecasted revenue or margin growth rates of the AEG reporting unit are not achieved or if certain alternatives being evaluated by management to improve the profitability of the AEG segment do not materialize, it is reasonably possible we may be requiredexposed to record additional impairment charges relatedlarge volumes of inventory that cannot be resold to the Altec Lansing trademark and trade name in future periods, whether in connection with our next annual impairment review in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 or prior to that if indicators of impairment exist.  It is also reasonably possible that an impairment review may be triggered for the remaining intangible assets associated with Altec Lansing.  The net book value of these intangible assets as of March 31, 2009 was $21.9 million.  It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be material.other customers.
 
Our corporate tax rate may increase, which could adversely impact our cash flow, financial condition and results of operations.

We have significant operations in various tax jurisdictions throughout the world, and a substantial portion of our taxable income historically has been generated historically in jurisdictions outside of the U.S. Currently, some of our operations are taxed at rates substantially lower than U.S. tax rates. If our income in these lower tax jurisdictions were no longer to qualify for these lower tax rates, if the applicable tax laws were rescinded or changed, or if the mix of our earnings shifts from lower rate jurisdictions to higher rate jurisdictions, our operating results could be materially adversely affected. While we are looking at opportunities to reduce our tax rate, there is no assurance that our tax planning strategies will be successful.  In addition, many of these strategies will require a period of time to implement.  Moreover, ifIf U.S. or other foreign tax authorities change applicable foreign tax laws or successfully challenge the manner in which our profits are currently recognized, our overall taxes could increase, and our business, cash flow, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

The provisionsOur Board of FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretationDirectors has authorized the repurchase of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income tax positions.  This interpretation requires that we recognizeshares of our common stock to enhance stockholder value and may do so again in the consolidated financial statements only those tax positions determinedfuture. Stock repurchases may not result in enhanced stockholder value, may not prove to be more likely than notthe best use of being sustainedour cash resources and may require us to draw additional funds on our existing credit agreement.

On March 8, 2012, we announced the completion of a 7,000,000 share repurchase program initially authorized by our Board of Directors in May 2011. We further announced that our Board of Directors had authorized an additional 1,000,000 share repurchase program. There can be no assurance that our stock repurchase programs will have a beneficial impact on our stock price or if our Board of Directors will authorize additional stock repurchase programs in the future. Additionally, the timing of our stock repurchases varies with fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock such that at any particular time our domestic cash flow from operations has been, and may be again in the future, insufficient to fully cover our stock repurchases and support our working capital needs. In May 2011 we entered into a credit agreement (“Credit Agreement”) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association which hasprovides for a $100 million unsecured revolving credit facility. We have previously drawn funds and expect to continue drawing funds under the potentialCredit Agreement from time to add more variability totime, which amounts bear interest. Moreover, the Credit Agreement contains affirmative and negative covenants with which we must comply. These restrictions apply regardless of whether any loans are outstanding and could adversely impact how we operate our future effective tax rates.business.


19


We are subject to environmental laws and regulations that expose us to a number of risks and could result in significant liabilities and costs.

There are multiple initiatives in several jurisdictions regarding the removal of certain potential environmentally sensitive materials from our products to comply with the European Union (“EU”) and other Directives on the Restrictions of the use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“RoHS”) and on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“WEEE”).  In certain jurisdictions, the RoHS legislation was enacted as of July 1, 2006; however, other jurisdictions have delayed implementation. While we believe that we will have the resources and ability to fully meet the requirements of the RoHS and WEEE directives universally, ifIf unusual occurrences arise or if we are wrong in our assessment of what it will take to fully comply with the RoHS and WEEE directives, there is a risk that we will not be able to comply with the legislation as passed by the EU member states or other global jurisdictions. Moreover, if additional new or existing environmental laws or regulations in the U.S., Europe or other jurisdictions are enacted or amended, we may be required to modify some or all of our products or replace one or more components in those products which, if such modifications are possible, may be time-consuming, expensive to implement and decrease end-user demand as result of increased price. If thisany of the foregoing were to happen, our ability to sell one or more of our products may be limited or prohibited causing a material negative effect on our financial results may occur.results.

We are subject to various federal, state, local, and foreign environmental laws and regulations on a global basis, including those governing the use, discharge, and disposal of hazardous substances in the ordinary course of our manufacturing process. Although we believe that our current manufacturing operations comply in all material respects with applicable environmental laws and regulations, it is possible that future environmental legislation may be enacted or current environmental legislation may be interpreted in any given country to create environmental liability with respect to our facilities, operations, or products.  To the extent that we incur claims for environmental matters exceeding reserves or insurance for environmental liability, our operating results could be negatively impacted.


Our products are subject to various regulatory requirements, and changes in such regulatory requirements may adversely impact our gross margins as we comply with such changes or reduce our ability to generate revenues if we are unable to comply.

Our products must meet the requirements set by regulatory authorities in the numerous jurisdictions in which we sell them.  For example, certain of our office and contact center products must meet certain standards to work with local phone systems.  Certain of our wireless office and mobile products must work within existing frequency ranges permitted in various jurisdictions.  As regulations and local laws change, we must modify our products to address those changes.  Regulatory restrictions may increase the costs to design, manufacture and sell our products, resulting in a decrease in our margins or a decrease in demand for our products if the costs are passed along.  Compliance with regulatory restrictions may impact the technical quality and capabilities of our products reducing their marketability.

We have intellectual property rights that could be infringed on by others, and we may infringe on the intellectual property rights of others.others resulting in claims or lawsuits. Even if we prevail, claims and lawsuits are costly and time consuming to pursue or defend and may divert management's time from our business.

Our success depends in part on our ability to protect our copyrights, patents, trademarks, trade dress, trade secrets, and other intellectual property, including our rights to certain domain names. We rely primarily on a combination of nondisclosure agreements and other contractual provisions as well as patent, trademark, trade secret, and copyright laws to protect our proprietary rights. Effective trademark, patent, copyright, and trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which our products and media properties are distributed to customers. The process of seeking intellectual property protection can be lengthy and expensive. Patents may not be issued in response to our applications, and any patents that may be issued may be invalidated, circumvented, or challenged by others. If we are required to enforce our intellectual property or other proprietary rights through litigation, the costs and diversion of management's attention could be substantial. In addition, the rights granted under any intellectual property may not provide us competitive advantages or be adequate to safeguard and maintain our proprietary rights. Moreover, the laws of certain countries do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of the U.S. If we do not enforce and protect our intellectual property rights, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Patents, copyrights, trademarks, and trade secrets are owned by individuals or entities whothat may make claims or commence litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. As we have grown, the intellectual property rights claims against us have increased. There has also been a general trend of increasing intellectual property assertioninfringement claims against corporations that make and sell products. Our products and technologies may be subject to certain third-party claims and, regardless of the merits of the claim, intellectual property claims are often time-consuming and expensive to litigate, settle, or otherwise resolve. In addition, to the extent claims against us are successful, we may have to pay substantial monetary damages or discontinue the manufacture and distribution of products that are found to be in violation of another party’sparty's rights. We also may have to obtain, or renew on less favorable terms, licenses to manufacture and distribute our products, which may significantly increase our operating expenses. In addition, many of our agreements with our distributors and resellers require us to indemnify them for certain third-party intellectual property infringement claims. Discharging our indemnity obligations may involve time-consuming and expensive litigation mayand result in substantial settlements or damages awards, may result in our products being enjoined, and may result in the loss of a distribution channel or retail partner.partner, any of which may have a material adverse impact on our operating results.


20


Our products are subject to various regulatory requirements, and changes in such regulatory requirements may adversely impact our gross margins as we comply with such changes or reduce our ability to generate revenues if we are unable to comply.

Our products must meet the requirements set by regulatory authorities in the numerous jurisdictions in which we sell them. For example, certain of our office and contact center products must meet certain standards to work with local phone systems. Certain of our wireless office and mobile products must work within existing frequency ranges permitted in various jurisdictions. As regulations and local laws change, we must modify our products to address those changes. Regulatory restrictions may increase the costs to design, manufacture, and sell our products, resulting in a decrease in our margins or a decrease in demand for our products if the costs are passed along. Compliance with regulatory restrictions may impact the technical quality and capabilities of our products reducing their marketability. If we do not comply with these regulations, our products might interfere with other devices that properly use the frequency ranges in which our products operate, and we may be responsible for the damages that our products cause. This could result in our having to alter the performance of our products and make payment of substantial monetary damages or penalties.

We are exposed to potential lawsuits alleging defects in our products and/or other claims related to the use of our products.

The usesales of our products exposesexpose us to the risk of product liability, andincluding hearing loss claims. These claims have in the past been, and are currently being, asserted against us. None of the previously resolved claims have materially affected our business, financial condition, or results of operations, nor do we believe that any of the pending claims will have such an effect. Although we maintain product liability insurance, the coverage provided under our policies could be unavailable or insufficient to cover the full amount of any such claim.one or more claims. Therefore, successful product liability or hearing loss claims brought against us could have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

OurFor example, our mobile headsets are used with mobile telephones.  Theretelephones and there has been continuing public controversy over whether the radio frequency emissions from mobile telephonesphones are harmful to users of mobile phones. We believe that there is noare unaware of any conclusive proof of any health hazard from the use of mobile telephonesphones but research in this area is incomplete.  Wecontinues. Although we have tested our headsets through independent laboratories and have found that use of our corded headsets reduces radio frequency emissions at the user's head to virtually zero. Our zero and our Bluetooth and other wireless headsets emit significantly less powerful radio frequency emissions than mobile phones.  However,phones; if research establishes a health hazard from the use of mobile telephonesphones or public controversy grows even in the absence of conclusive research findings, there could be an adverse impact on the demand for mobile phones, which reduces demand for headset products.likelihood of litigation against us may increase.  Likewise, should research establish a link between radio frequency emissions and corded or wireless headsets or should we become a party to litigation claiming such a link and public concern in this area grows, demand for our corded or wireless headsets could be reduced creating a material adverse effect on our financial results.


There is also continuing and increasing public controversy over the use of mobile telephonesphones by operators of motor vehicles. While we believe that our products enhance driver safety by permitting a motor vehicle operator to generally be able to keep both hands free to operate the vehicle, there is no certainty that this is the case, and we may be subject to claims arising from allegations that use of a mobile telephonephone and headset contributed to a motor vehicle accident. We maintain product liability insurance and general liability insurance that we believe would cover any such claims.  However,claims; however, the coverage provided under our policies could be unavailable or insufficient to cover the full amount of any such claim.one or more claims. Therefore, successful product liability claims brought against us could have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition, and results of operations.


21


Our stock price may be volatile and the value of youran investment in Plantronics stock could be diminished.

The market price for our common stock has been affected and may continue to be affected by a number of factors, including:

·



uncertain economic conditions, including the length and severityscope of the recovery from the domestic and global recession or double dip recession in the U.S. or Europe, slowing economic growth in Asia, inflationary pressures, and thea potential decline in investor confidence in the market place;
·



failure to meet our forecasts or the expectations and forecasts of securities analysts;



changes in our published forecasts of future results of operations;
·



quarterly variations in our or our competitors' results of operations and changes in market share;
·



the announcement of new products or product enhancements by us or our competitors;
·



further deteriorationour ability to develop, introduce, ship and support new products and product enhancements and manage product transitions;



repurchases of the current economy could impact our common shares under our repurchase plans;



our decision to declare future dividends;dividends or increase or decrease dividends over historical rates;
·



the loss of services of one or more of our executive officers or other key employees;
·



changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;
·



developments in our industry;
·



sales of substantial numbers of shares of our common stock in the public market;
·our ability to successfully complete the product refresh for the Altec Lansing products and turn around the AEG business;
·


general economic, political, and market conditions, including market volatility; and
·



other factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors.
We may be required to record further impairment charges in future quarters as a result of the decline in value of our investments in auction rate securities.

We hold a variety of auction rate securities (“ARS”) primarily comprised of interest bearing state sponsored student loan revenue bonds guaranteed by the Department of Education.  These ARS investments are designed to provide liquidity via an auction process that resets the applicable interest rate at predetermined calendar intervals, typically every 7 or 35 days.  However, the uncertainties in the credit markets have affected all of our holdings, and, as a consequence, these investments are not currently liquid.  As a result, we will not be able to access these funds until a future auction of these investments is successful, the underlying securities are redeemed by the issuer, or a buyer is found outside of the auction process.  Maturity dates for these ARS investments range from 2029 to 2039.

The valuation of our investment portfolio is subject to uncertainties that are difficult to predict.  Factors that may impact its valuation include changes to credit rating, interest rate changes, and general liquidity in the Student Loan Market.
In November 2008, we accepted an agreement (the “Agreement”) from UBS AG (“UBS”), the investment provider for our $28.0 million par value ARS portfolio, granting us certain rights relating to our ARS (the “Rights”).  The Rights permit us to require UBS to purchase our ARS at par value, which is defined as the price equal to the liquidation preference of the ARS plus accrued but unpaid dividends or interest, at any time during the period from June 30, 2010 to July 2, 2012.  Conversely, UBS has the right, in its discretion, to purchase or sell the ARS at any time until July 2, 2012, so long as we receive payment at par value upon any sale or liquidation.  We expect to sell our ARS under the Rights.  However, if we do not exercise the Rights before July 2, 2012, they will expire and UBS will have no further rights or obligation to buy the ARS.  So long as we hold the Rights, the ARS will continue to accrue interest as determined by the auction process of the terms of the ARS.  UBS’s obligations under the Rights are not secured and do not require UBS to obtain any financing to support its performance obligations under the Rights.  UBS has disclaimed any assurance that it will have sufficient financial resources to satisfy its obligations under the Rights.


In connection with the acceptance of the UBS offer in November 2008, we transferred our ARS from long-term investments available-for-sale to long-term trading securities.  The transfer to trading securities reflects management’s intent to exercise the Rights option during the period June 30, 2010 to July 3, 2012.  Prior to the Agreement with UBS, the intent was to hold the ARS until the market recovered.  At the time of transfer, we recognized a loss on the ARS of approximately $4.0 million in Interest and other income (expense), net in the third quarter of fiscal 2009, an increase of $1.1 million from the unrealized loss of $2.9 million recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within Stockholders’ Equity as of March 31, 2008.   In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, an additional unrealized loss of $0.3 million was recorded in Interest and other income (expense), net which was offset by a $0.3 million unrealized gain on the Rights.

Although we currently have the ability to hold these ARS investments until a recovery of the auction process, until maturity or until purchased by UBS, if the current market conditions deteriorate further, a recovery in market values does not occur or UBS does not purchase, we may incur further other-than-temporary impairment charges resulting in realized losses in our statement of operations, which would reduce net income.

War, terrorism, public health issues or other business interruptions could disrupt supply, delivery or demand of products, which could negatively affect our operations and performance.

War, terrorism, public health issues or other business interruptions whether in the U.S. or abroad, have caused or could cause damage or disruption to international commerce by creating economic and political uncertainties that may have a strong negative impact on the global economy, our company, and our suppliers or customers.  Our major business operations are subject to interruption by earthquake, flood or other natural disasters, fire, power shortages, terrorist attacks, and other hostile acts, public health issues, and other events beyond our control.  Our corporate headquarters, information technology, manufacturing, certain research and development activities, and other critical business operations, are located near major seismic faults or flood zones.  While we are partially insured for earthquake-related losses or floods, our operating results and financial condition could be materially affected in the event of a major earthquake or other natural or manmade disaster.

We have a production facility in Mexico, which is one of the countries that has been most affected by the H1N1 “swine flu” virus.  We have not experienced any disruption in our operations as a result of the emergence of the swine flu virus.  However, the manufacturing and distribution of our products in Mexico could be severely impacted if the Mexican government were to close or quarantine our facilities in Mexico or if we had to temporarily close our facilities due to an outbreak of the swine flu or a similar disease or epidemic.  Concerns related to the swine flu have not been limited to Mexico, and swine flu or other epidemics could also affect our other facilities.  In addition, these factors could also affect our suppliers, leading to a shortage of components, or our customers, leading to a reduction in their demand for our products.

Although it is impossible to predict the occurrences or consequences of any of the events described above, such events could significantly disrupt our operations.  In addition, should major public health issues, including pandemics, arise, we could be negatively impacted by the need for more stringent employee travel restrictions, limitations in the availability of freight services, governmental actions limiting the movement of products between various regions, delays in production ramps of new products, and disruptions in the operations of our manufacturing vendors and component suppliers.  Our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected by these events.

Our business could be materially adversely affected if we lose the benefit of the services of key personnel.

Our success depends to a large extent upon the services of a limited number of executive officers and other key employees. The unanticipated loss of the services of one or more of our executive officers or key employees could have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We also believe that our future success will depend in large part upon our ability to attract and retain additional highly skilled technical, management, sales and marketing personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense. We may not be successful in attracting and retaining such personnel, and our failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

We have $14.4 million of goodwill and other intangible assets recorded on our balance sheet.  If the carrying value of our goodwill or intangible assets is not recoverable, an impairment loss may be recognized, which would adversely affect our financial results.

As a result of past acquisitions, we have $14.4 millionof goodwill and other intangible assets on our consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2012.  It is not possible at this time to determine if any future impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be material related to these remaining assets. If such a charge is necessary, it may have a material adverse effect our financial results.

If we are unable to protect our information systems against service interruption, misappropriation of data or breaches of security, our operations could be disrupted, our reputation may be damaged, and we may be financially liable for damages.

We rely on networks, information systems and other technology (“information systems”), including the Internet and third-party hosted services, to support a variety of business activities, including procurement, manufacturing, distribution, invoicing and collections. We use information systems to process and report financial information internally and to comply with regulatory reporting. In addition, we depend on information systems for communications with our suppliers, distributors, and customers. Consequently, our business may be impacted by system shutdowns or service disruptions during routine operations such as system upgrades or user errors, as well as network or hardware failures, malicious software, hackers, natural disasters, communications interruptions, or other events. Such events could result in unintended disclosure of sensitive information or assets. Furthermore, we may experience targeted attacks and although we continue to invest in personnel, technologies and training to prepare for and reduce the adverse consequences of such attacks these investments are expensive and do not guarantee that such attacks will be unsuccessful.

If our information systems are disrupted or shutdown and we fail to timely and effectively resolve the issues, we could experience delays in reporting our financial results and we may lose revenue and profits. Misuse, leakage or falsification of information could result in a violation of data privacy laws and regulations, damage our reputation, and have a negative impact on net operating revenues. In addition, we may suffer financial damage and damage to our reputation because of loss or misappropriation of our confidential information or assets or those of our partners, customers or suppliers. We could also be required to spend significant financial and other resources to remedy security breaches or to repair or replace networks and information systems.

22



War, terrorism, public health issues, natural disasters, or other business interruptions could disrupt supply, delivery, or demand of products, which could negatively affect our operations and performance.

War, terrorism, public health issues, natural disasters, or other business interruptions whether in the U.S. or abroad, have caused or could cause damage or disruption to international commerce by creating economic and political uncertainties that may have a strong negative impact on the global economy, us, and our suppliers or customers.  Our major business operations and those of many of our vendors and their sub-suppliers (collectively, "Suppliers") are subject to interruption by disasters including, without limitation, earthquakes, floods and volcanic eruptions or other natural or manmade disasters, fire, power shortages, terrorist attacks and other hostile acts, public health issues, flu or similar epidemics or pandemics, and other events beyond our control and the control of our Suppliers.  Our corporate headquarters, information technology, manufacturing, certain research and development activities, and other critical business operations are located near major seismic faults or flood zones.  While we are partially insured for earthquake-related losses or floods, our operating results and financial condition could be materially affected in the event of a major earthquake or other natural or manmade disaster.

Although it is impossible to predict the occurrences or consequences of any of the events described above, such events could significantly disrupt our operations or the operations of our Suppliers.  In addition, should any of the events above arise we could be negatively impacted by the need for more stringent employee travel restrictions, limitations in the availability of freight services, governmental actions limiting the movement of products between various regions, delays in production, and disruptions in the operations of our Suppliers.  Our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected by these events.

We are required to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and any adverse results from such evaluation could result in a loss of investor confidence in our financial reports and have an adverse effect on our stock price.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, our management is required to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We have an ongoing program to perform the system and process evaluation and testing necessary to comply with these requirements.


We have and will continue to consume management resources and incur significant expenses and management resources for Section 404 compliance on an ongoing basis. In the event that our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, or independent registered public accounting firm determines in the future that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective as defined under Section 404, we could be subject to one or more investigations or enforcement actions by state or federal regulatory agencies, stockholder lawsuits or other adverse actions requiring us to incur defense costs, pay fines, settlements or judgments and causing investor perceptions mayto be adversely affected and could causepotentially resulting in a decline in the market price of our stock.

We may still be subject to certain liabilities from our discontinued Audio Entertainment Group ("AEG") business segment.

Under the terms of an Asset Purchase Agreement, dated October 2, 2009, by and among us, certain of our subsidiaries and Audio Technologies Acquisition, LLC (the "Asset Purchase Agreement"), a First Amendment to the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated November 30, 2009, a Side Letter to the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated January 8, 2010, and a second Side Letter to the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated February 15, 2010 (collectively, the “Purchase Agreement”), we retained certain assets and liabilities of Altec Lansing as of the closing date, December 1, 2009 and may be required to indemnify the purchaser ("Purchaser") for certain losses they may incur.  If the Purchaser incurs certain losses, the Purchaser may make an indemnification claim and we may be required to pay certain expenses or reimburse Purchaser for losses they incur, which could harm our operating results.  In addition, our ability to defend ourselves may be impaired because most of our former AEG employees are employees of the Purchaser and our management may have to devote a substantial amount of time to resolving the claim, and, as we are no longer in the AEG business, we may not be able to readily offer products, service and intellectual property in settlement.  In addition, these indemnity claims may divert management attention from our continued business.  It may also be difficult to determine whether a claim from a third party stemmed from actions taken by us or the Purchaser and we may expend substantial resources trying to determine which party has responsibility for the claim.


23


Provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law andor a decision by our adoptionBoard of Directors to adopt a stockholder rights plan in the future may delay or prevent a third party from acquiring us, which could decrease the value of our stock.

Our Board of Directors has the authority to issue preferred stock and to determine the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting and conversion rights, of those shares without any further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of our preferred stock could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire us. In addition, we are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which could also have the effect of delaying or preventing our acquisition by a third party. Further, certain provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws could delay or make more difficult a merger, tender offer or proxy contest, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

In 2002,Additionally, the stockholders rights plan adopted by our Board of Directors adopted a stockholder rights plan, pursuant to which we distributed one right for each outstanding share of common stock held by stockholders of record as of April 12, 2002.  Because the rights may substantially dilute the stock ownership of a person or group attempting to take us over without the approval ofin 2002 ("Rights Plan") recently expired. Were our Board of Directors to approve the renewal of the Rights Plan or adopt a new or similar plan, could make itthe ability of one or more difficult for a third partyparties to acquire us or a significant percentage of our outstanding capital stock withoutwould be more difficult and require any third parties to first negotiatingnegotiate with our Board of Directors, regarding such acquisition.thereby potentially decreasing the value placed on our stock.




ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVEDUNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
None.
 
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIESPROPERTIES
 
Our principal executive offices are located in Santa Cruz, California.  Our facilities are located throughout the Americas, Europe, and Asia.  The table below lists the major facilities owned or leased as of March 31, 2009:2012:

LocationSquare FootageLease/OwnPrimary Use
Audio Communications Group 
Chattanooga, Tennessee16,65010,125LeaseOwnLight Assembly, Sales and Marketing, Engineering, Administration
Hoofddorp, Netherlands14,788LeaseAdministrative
San Diego, California10,24813,400LeaseIndustrial and Office Space
Santa Cruz, California79,253OwnLight Assembly, Sales and Marketing, Engineering, Administration
Santa Cruz, California44,183OwnLight Assembly, Sales, Engineering, Administration
Santa Cruz, California39,892OwnLight Assembly, Sales, Engineering, Administration
Santa Cruz, California18,250LeaseLight Assembly, Sales, Engineering, Administration
Santa Cruz, California20,325LeaseLight Assembly, Sales, Engineering, Administration
Shenzhen, ChinaSanta Cruz, California23,2507,000LeaseLight Assembly, Sales, Engineering, Administration and Design Center
Suzhou, P.R. China 1
145,732OwnAssembly
Suzhou, P.R.ChinaChina64,05142,012OwnLeaseEngineering,Sales, Administration, and Design Center, Quality, TAC
Tijuana, Mexico95,980LeaseEngineering, Assembly, Administration
Tijuana, Mexico61,785LeaseEngineering, Assembly
Tijuana, Mexico289,589LeaseLogistic and Distribution Center
Tijuana, Mexico53,732LeaseEngineering, Assembly, Design Center, Call Center
Wootton Basset,Bassett, UK21,824OwnLight Assembly,Main Building Sales, Engineering, Administration
Wootton Basset,Bassett, UK15,970OwnLight Assembly, Sales, Engineering, Administration
Wootton Basset, UK5,445LeaseSales and Marketing
Audio Entertainment Group
Milford, Pennsylvania187,000OwnSales and Marketing, Engineering, Administration, DistributionCurrently leased to a third party

We believe that our existing properties are suitable and generally adequate for our current business; however, future growth may require that we obtain additional space. We are currently evaluating the purchase of a new manufacturing facility in Mexico that would replace and consolidate our existing leased facilities shown in the preceding table. If we complete the purchase in the first half of fiscal year 2013, we would expect to move into the new facility in the first quarter of fiscal year 2014.

1
In March 2009, we announced our plans to outsource the production of our Bluetooth products in China.  As a result, our facility in Suzhou, China will be closed, and we are currently in the process of putting the facility and the related land rights up for sale.  Our intention is for Bluetooth research and development, supply chain management as well as sales, marketing and administrative support functions, which are all part of our Asia Pacific hub, to continue to be led from our Suzhou facility until our Suzhou facility is sold, at which time, our employees will be relocated to a new nearby location better suited for their continuing responsibilities.




ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGSPROCEEDINGS

Six class action lawsuits have been filed against the Companyus alleging that our Bluetooth headsets may cause noise-induced hearing loss.  Shannon Wars et al. vs. Plantronics, Inc. was filed on November 14, 2006 in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas.  Lori Raines, et al. vs. Plantronics, Inc. was filed on October 20, 2006 in the U.S. District Court, Central District of California.  Kyle Edwards, et al vs. Plantronics, Inc. was filed on October 17, 2006 in the U.S. District Court, Middle District of Florida.  Ralph Cook vs. Plantronics, Inc. was filed on February 8, 2007 in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia.  Randy Pierce vs. Plantronics, Inc. was filed on January 10, 2007 in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Arkansas.  Bruce Schiller, et al vs. Plantronics, Inc. was filed on October 10, 2006 in the Superior Court of the State of California in and for the County of Los Angeles.  The complaints state that they do not seek damages for personal injury to any individual.  These complaints seek various remedies, including injunctive relief requiring the Companyus to include certain additional warnings with its our Bluetooth headsets and to redesign the headsets to limit the volume produced, or, alternatively, to provide the user with the ability to determine the level of sound emitted from the headset.  Plaintiffs also seek unspecified general, special, and punitive damages, as well as restitution.  The federal cases have been consolidated for all pre-trial purposes in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of Los Angeles before Judge Fischer.  The California State Court case was dismissed by the plaintiffs.  The parties agreed in principle to settle their claims.  The U.S. District Court granted preliminary approvalfor the Central District of Los Angeles signed an order approving the final settlement of the lawsuit entitled In Re Bluetooth Headset Products Liability Litigation brought against Plantronics, Inc., Motorola, Inc. and GN Netcom, Inc. alleging that the three companies failed to adequately warn consumers of the potential for long term noise induced hearing loss if they used Bluetooth headsets.  The companies contested the claims of the lawsuit but settled the lawsuit on a nationwide basis for an amount which we believe is less than the cost of litigating and winning the lawsuit.  On September 25, 2009, the Court signed a judgment in the case resolving all matters except the issue of outstanding attorneys' fees, which will be split among the three defendants.  On October 22, 2009, the Court issued an order setting the class counsel's attorneys' fees and costs and the incentive award at the maximum amounts agreed to by the parties in their proposed nationwide settlement.  The parties are in process of providing notice of the proposed settlementobjectors to the nationwide class.  Objectionssettlement appealed the judgment issued by the District Court. The United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit (Ninth Circuit) on August 19, 2011, issued a decision vacating and remanding the case to and opt outsthe District Court. On remand, the District Court is instructed to properly exercise its discretion in accordance with the principles set forth in the decision by the Ninth Circuit. In re-examining this case, the District Court may re-affirm its prior approval of the settlement, are being received.  The Court is scheduled to hear the objections in early July 2009.  We anticipate thatdisapprove the settlement or approve a modified settlement. The District Court must properly analyze the conduct of the parties and their counsel in accordance with the instructions of the Ninth Circuit. The District Court established a schedule to accomplish this analysis and to re-issue its decision and judgment. We will be approved incontinue to defend our interests throughout this process and the second quarterremainder of fiscal 2010.the case. We believe that any loss related to these proceedings would not be material and have adequately reserved for these costs in the consolidated financial statements.

In addition, we are presently engaged in various legal actions arising in the normal course of our business.  We believe that it is unlikely that any of these actions will have a material adverse impact on our operating results.  However,results; however, because of the inherent uncertainties of litigation, the outcome of any of these actions could be unfavorable and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERSMINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

None.Not applicable.


PART II
 
ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'SREGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER REPURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
Price Range of Common Stock
 
Our common stock is publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange.Exchange ("NYSE") under the symbol “PLT”.  The following table sets forth the low and high sales prices as reported by an independent source, underon the symbol PLT,NYSE for each period indicated.

 Low  High 
Fiscal 2008      
Low High
Fiscal Year 2012   
First Quarter $22.82  $26.22 $33.51
 $38.87
Second Quarter  25.77   29.92 28.45
 38.26
Third Quarter  22.32   32.71 27.45
 35.98
Fourth Quarter  17.82   26.00 35.12
 40.26
Fiscal 2009        
Fiscal Year 2011 
  
First Quarter $18.89  $25.18 $27.80
 $34.17
Second Quarter  20.69   26.06 26.79
 34.28
Third Quarter  9.89   22.52 33.30
 38.20
Fourth Quarter  7.84   14.06 33.75
 38.04

Cash Dividends
In fiscal 2008 and 2009, we declared quarterly cash dividends of $0.05 per share resulting in total dividends declared of $9.7 million and $9.8 million in each year, respectively.
On May 5, 2009, the Company announced that the Board of Directors had declared the Company’s twentieth quarterly cash dividend of $0.05 per share of the Company’s common stock, payable on June 10, 2009 to stockholders of record on May 20, 2009. 

As of March 31, 2009, we had a credit agreement with a major bank containing covenants that would limit our ability to pay cash dividends on shares of our common stock except under certain conditions.  However, effective April 1, 2009, we terminated the credit agreement as we believe we have sufficient cash on hand along with anticipated cash flow to meet future operational requirements.   Therefore, we are no longer subject to any covenants that limit our ability to declare and pay dividends.  The actual declaration of future dividends and the establishment of record and payment dates are subject to final determination by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of Plantronics each quarter after its review of our financial performance.


Share Repurchase Programs
At March 31, 2007, we had no remaining shares of common stock authorized for repurchase under previous repurchase programs.  On January 25, 2008, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of 1,000,000 shares of common stock under which the Company may purchase shares in the open market from time to time.  During fiscal 2008 and 2009, we repurchased 1,000,000 shares of our common stock under this repurchase plan in the open market at a total cost of $18.3 million and an average price of $18.30 per share.  On November 10, 2008, the Board of Directors authorized a new plan to repurchase 1,000,000 shares of common stock.  During fiscal 2009, we repurchased 89,000 shares of our common stock under this plan in the open market at a total cost of $1.0 million and an average price of $11.54 per share.  As of March 31, 2009, there were 911,000 remaining shares authorized for repurchase.  
The following table presents a month-to-month summary of the stock purchase activity in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009:
        Total Number of  Maximum Number 
        Shares Purchased  of Shares that May 
        as Part of Publicly  Yet Be Purchased 
  Total Number of  Average Price  Announced Plans  Under the Plans 
  Shares Purchased  Paid per Share  or Programs  or Programs 
             
December 28, 2008 to January 24, 2009  26,700  $11.93   26,700   926,700 
January 25, 2009 to February 28, 2009  15,700  $10.86   15,700   911,000 
March 1, 2009 to March 28, 2009  -  $-   -   911,000 
See Note 11 of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding our stock repurchase programs.
As of April 25, 2009,28, 2012, there were approximately 8060 holders of record of our common stock.  Because many of our shares of common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders,beneficial owners, we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders representedbeneficial owners, but we believe it is significantly higher than the number of record holders.  On March 30, 2012, the last trading day of fiscal year 2012, the last sale reported on the NYSE for Plantronics’ common stock was $40.26 per share.

Cash Dividends
In fiscal years 2012 and 2011, we paid quarterly cash dividends of $0.05 per share resulting in total payments of $9.0 million and $9.7 million, respectively. On March 19, 2012, our Board of Directors ("Board") approved a proposal to increase the rate of the Company's quarterly dividend from $0.05 per share to $0.10 per share as presented at the meeting, subject to the Audit Committee approving and declaring dividends. On April 27, 2012, the Audit Committee approved the payment of a dividend of $0.10 per share on June 8, 2012 to holders of record on May 18, 2012. We expect to continue paying a quarterly dividend of $0.10 per share of our common stock; however, the actual declaration of dividends and the establishment of record and payment dates are subject to final determination by these record holders.the Audit Committee of the Board each quarter after its review of our financial performance and financial position.

Share Repurchase Programs
The following table presents a month-to-month summary of the stock purchase activity in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012:
29
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased 1
 
Average Price Paid per Share 4
 Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs 
Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs 5
January 1, 2012 to January 28, 201279,439
 $36.11
 79,439
 705,642
January 29, 2012 to March 3, 2012501,336
2 
$37.80
 497,650
 207,992
March 4, 2012 to March 31, 2012574,379
3 
$37.25
 574,379
 633,613





27


1

On March 1, 2011, the Board of Directors ("Board") authorized a program to repurchase 1,000,000 shares of common stock. During the three months ended March 31, 2012, 390,900 shares were repurchased under this program and, as of March 31, 2012, there were no remaining shares authorized for repurchase. On May 3, 2011, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to 7,000,000 shares of our common stock through open market or privately negotiated transactions. During the three months ended March 31, 2012, 394,181 shares were repurchased under this authorization and, as of March 31, 2012, there were no remaining shares authorized for repurchase. On March 8, 2012, the Board authorized a new program to repurchase 1,000,000 shares of common stock. As of March 31, 2012, there were 633,613 remaining shares authorized for repurchase under this program.
2

Includes 359,887 shares of our common stock received upon settlement of an accelerated share repurchase agreement ("ASR Agreement"). Refer to Note 13, Common Stock Repurchases, of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for more information regarding the ASR Agreement.
3

Includes 3,686 shares tendered to us in satisfaction of employee tax withholding obligations upon the vesting of restricted stock granted under our stock plans.
4

The calculation of average price paid per share only includes amounts attributable to repurchases in the open market. In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012, we received 359,887 shares of our common stock upon settlement of the ASR Agreement, for a total of 1,496,251 shares at an average price per share of $33.42 based on the volume-weighted average price of our common stock during the term of the ASR Agreement, less a discount. Refer to Note 13, Common Stock Repurchases, of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for more information regarding the ASR Agreement.
5

"Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased under the Plans or Programs" reflects the remaining shares authorized for repurchase under the March 8, 2012 program for the repurchase of 1,000,000 shares.

Refer to Note 13, Common Stock Repurchases, of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information regarding our stock repurchase programs.



28


ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following selected financial information has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements.  The information set forth below is not necessarily indicative of results of future operations and should be read in conjunction with Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K in order to fully understand factors that may affect the comparability of the information presented below.
Fiscal year 2010 consisted of 53 weeks and all other fiscal years presented consisted of 52 weeks.  
 Fiscal Year Ended March 31, Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2005   
20061
   
20072
 
 
 
20082,3,4
   
20092,3,4,5,6
 2012 
2011  1, 2
 
2010 1,3
 
2009 1,3,4
 
2008 3
 (in thousands, except earnings (loss) per share) ($ in thousands, except per share data)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:                    
  
  
  
  
Net revenues $559,995  $750,394  $800,154  $856,286  $765,619 $713,368
 $683,602
 $613,837
 $674,590
 $747,935
Net income (loss) $97,520  $81,150  $50,143  $68,395  $(64,899)
               
Basic net income (loss) per common share $2.02  $1.72  $1.06  $1.42  $(1.34)
Diluted net income (loss) per common share $1.92  $1.66  $1.04  $1.39  $(1.34)
Operating income$141,353
 $140,712
 $97,635
 $61,461
 $115,166
Operating margin19.8% 20.6% 15.9% 9.1% 15.4%
Income from continuing operations$142,602
 $140,656
 $100,740
 $57,917
 $121,020
Income from continuing operations, net of tax$109,036
 $109,243
 $76,453
 $45,342
 $92,012
Basic earnings per share - continuing operations$2.48
 $2.29
 $1.58
 $0.93
 $1.91
Diluted earnings per share - continuing operations$2.41
 $2.21
 $1.55
 $0.93
 $1.87
Loss on discontinued operations, net of tax$
 $
 $(19,075) $(110,241) $(23,617)
Cash dividends declared per common share $0.15  $0.20  $0.20  $0.20  $0.20 $0.20
 $0.20
 $0.20
 $0.20
 $0.20
Shares used in basic per share calculations  48,249  47,120  47,361  48,232  48,589 44,023
 47,713
 48,504
 48,589
 48,232
Shares used in diluted per share calculations  50,821  48,788  48,020  49,090  48,589 45,265
 49,344
 49,331
 48,947
 49,090
                   
BALANCE SHEET DATA:                      
  
  
  
Cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments $242,814  $76,732  $103,365  $163,091  $218,180 $334,512
 $429,956
 $369,192
 $218,180
 $163,091
Total assets $487,929  $612,249  $651,304  $741,393  $633,120 $672,470
 $744,647
 $655,351
 $633,120
 $741,393
Long-term liabilities $2,930  $1,453  $696  $14,989  $13,698 
Revolving line of credit$37,000
 $
 $
 $
 $
Other long-term obligations$13,360
 $12,667
 $13,850
 $13,698
 $14,989
Total stockholders' equity $405,719  $435,621  $496,807  $578,620  $525,367 $527,244
 $634,852
 $571,334
 $525,367
 $578,620
OTHER DATA: 
      
  
Cash provided from operating activities$140,448
 $158,232
 $143,729
 $99,150
 $102,900

1On August 18, 2005, we completed the acquisition of Altec Lansing, a privately-held Pennsylvania corporation for a cash purchase price including acquisition costs of approximately $165 million.  The results of operations of Altec Lansing have been included in our consolidated results of operations subsequent to the acquisition on August 18, 2005.  
2

1

We began recognizing the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) beginning in
During fiscal 2007; as a result, $16.9 million, $16.0 million  and $15.7 million in stock-based compensation expense has been included in our consolidated results of operations for the years ended March 31, 2007, 2008 andyear 2009, respectively.  See Note 11 of the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, included elsewhere, herein.
3In November 2007, we announced several restructuring plans to close AEG’swhich included reductions in force including the planned closure of our Suzhou, China Bluetooth manufacturing facility in Dongguan, China, to shut down a related Hong Kong research and development, sales and procurement office and to consolidate procurement, research and development activities for AEG in the Shenzhen, China site.fiscal year 2010.  As a result of these activities, $3.6 million and $0.1$11.0 million in restructuring and other related charges has been included in our consolidated results ofincome from continuing operations for the yearsyear ended March 31, 20082009.  In fiscal year 2010, we recorded an additional $1.9 million of Restructuring and 2009, respectively.  See Note 8other related charges consisting of $0.8 million of severance and benefits and $1.1 million of non-cash charges including $0.7 million for the Consolidated Financial Statementsacceleration of depreciation on building and related notes, included elsewhere, herein.

4Inequipment associated with research and development and administrative functions due to the first quarter of fiscal 2008, we adoptedchange in the provisions of FIN 48;assets’ useful lives as a result the liability of $13.5 million for uncertain tax provisions not expected to be paid within the next twelve months was reclassified to long-term income taxes payable.  See Note 14 of the Consolidated Financial Statementsassets being taken out of service prior to their original service period and related notes, included elsewhere, herein.

5
$0.4 million of additional loss on Assets held for sale.  In the third quarter ofaddition, in fiscal 2009,year 2010, we recorded non-cash impairment charges in the amount of $117.5$5.2 million which consisted of $54.7 millionfor accelerated depreciation related to the goodwill arising from the purchase of Altec Lansing in August 2005, $58.7 million related to intangible assets primarilybuilding and equipment associated with manufacturing operations, which is included in Cost of revenues.  There were no charges in fiscal year 2011; however, we completed the Altec Lansing trademarksale of our Suzhou facility, resulting in an immaterial net gain recorded in Restructuring and trade name and $4.1 millionother related to property, plant and equipment related to the AEG segment.charges. See Notes 6 and 7Note 9 of the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, included elsewhere, herein.


6

2

During fiscal year 2011, we recognized a gain of $5.1 million upon receiving payment from a competitor to dismiss litigation involving the alleged theft of our trade secrets. In addition, we recorded $1.4 million in accelerated amortization expense to reflect the revised estimated life of an intangible asset we deemed to be abandoned.

3

On December 1, 2009, we announced several restructuring plans whichcompleted the sale of Altec Lansing, our AEG segment, and, therefore, its results are no longer included reductions in force in bothcontinuing operations for the periods presented.  Accordingly, we have classified the AEG and ACG’s operationsoperating results, including the planned closure of ACG’s Suzhou, China Bluetooth manufacturing facilityloss on sale, as discontinued operations in fiscal 2010.  As a result of these activities, $12.0 million in restructuring and other related charges has been included in our consolidated resultsthe Consolidated statement of operations for the year ended March 31, 2009.all periods presented.  See Note 84 of the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, included elsewhere, herein.

4

As originally reported in fiscal year 2009, potentially dilutive common shares attributable to employee stock plans diluted shares were excluded from the diluted share calculation as they would have been anti-dilutive and would have reduced the net loss per share; however, as a result of reporting our AEG segment as discontinued operations, the anti-dilution of these potentially dilutive common shares is now based on income from continuing operations as compared to net income (loss) and are now included in the shares used in diluted per share calculation.


ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSIONDISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion and analysis is intended to help you understand our results of operations and financial condition. It is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this report.  This discussion contains forward-looking statements.  Please see the "Cautionary Statement" and "Risk Factors" above for discussions of the uncertainties, risks, and assumptions associated with these statements.  Our fiscal year-end financial reporting periods are 52 or 53 week years ending on the Saturday closest to March 31st.  Fiscal year 2012 had 52 weeks and ended on March 31, 2012. Fiscal year 2011 had 52 weeks and ended on April 2, 2011.  Fiscal year 2010 had 53 weeks, with the extra week occurring in the fourth quarter of the year, and ended on April 3, 2010.  Except as noted, financial results are for continuing operations; Altec Lansing, our former AEG segment, was sold effective December 1, 2009 and is reported as discontinued operations.

OVERVIEW
 
We are a leading worldwide designer, manufacturer, and marketer of lightweight communications headsets, telephone headset systems, and accessories for the worldwide business and consumer markets under the Plantronics brand.  We are also a leading manufacturer and marketer of high quality docking audio products, computer and home entertainment sound systems, and a line of headphones for personal digital media under our Altec Lansing brand.  In addition, we manufacture and market, under our Clarity brand, specialty telephone products, such as telephones for the hearing impaired, and other related products for people with special communication needs.

We ship a broad range of productsOur priorities during fiscal year 2012 were to over 80 countries through a worldwide network of distributors, original equipment manufacturerswin in Unified Communications (“OEMs”UC”), wireless carriers, retailers,to improve our execution effectiveness, and telephony service providers.to deliver strong financial results. We have well-developed distribution channelssharply increased revenues from UC products, growing by 76% over the prior year to $93.4 million, and believe we continue to lead the market in North America, Europe, Australiathis category. We improved our execution effectiveness by extending our Simply Smarter CommunicationsTM technology branding to become an integral part of the value proposition available through UC solutions. We also created the Plantronics Developer Connection (“PDC”), subsequently launched on May 9, 2012, to extend the opportunities in UC to the vast ecosystem of vendors, application developers and New Zealand, where usevertical markets. Even with continued pressures from the macroeconomic environment, we delivered strong financial results. As part of our continued commitment to a strong and innovative set of integrated solutions, we increased research, development and engineering spending by approximately 10% over the prior year, yet still achieved $109.0 million in net income, representing approximately 15% of our net revenues.
We believe UC represents our key long-term driver of revenue and profit growth, and it continues to be our primary focus area. Business communications are being transformed from voice-centric systems supported by traditional PBX infrastructure to communication systems that are fully integrated with voice, video, and data and are supported by feature rich UC software. With this transformation, the requirement for a traditional headset used only for voice communications continues to evolve into a device that delivers contextual intelligence, providing the ability to reach people using the mode of communication that is most effective, on the device that is most convenient, and with control over when and how they can be reached. Our portfolio of UC solutions combines hardware with advanced sensor technology and capitalizes on contextual intelligence, addressing the needs of the constantly changing business environments and evolving work styles to make connecting easier and by sharing presence information to convey user availability and other contextual information. We believe UC systems will become more commonly adopted by enterprises to reduce costs and improve collaboration, and we believe our solutions with Simply Smarter CommunicationsTM technology will be an important part of the UC environment.

The contact center is the most mature market in which we participate, and we expect this market to grow slowly over the long-term. Given the migration to UC by corporations globally, we also expect the market for headsets for non-UC enterprise applications to grow very slowly. We believe the growth of UC will increase overall headset adoption in enterprise environments and we therefore expect most of the growth in Office and Contact Center ("OCC") over the next five years to come from headsets designed for UC.

Based on the prioritization of UC investments in fiscal years 2010 and 2011, our Bluetooth product portfolio for mobile phone applications was less competitive during the first half of fiscal year 2012, contributing to a decline in our Mobile market share. However, by the beginning of our third quarter, we were in volume production on several new models that were well-received and our market share position began recovering. Over the course of the year, we also invested in the stereo Bluetooth mobile category and, at the end of the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012, introduced the BackBeat GO, our first stereo Bluetooth product in several years. While we experienced an approximate 4% decline in the Mobile category in fiscal year 2012 over fiscal year 2011, due in part to weakness in the Bluetooth product category, we believe our recent and planned investments will help position us to maintain share in the overall market for Bluetooth headsets.


30


Integral to our core research and development in fiscal year 2012 were investments in firmware and software engineering to enhance the broad compatibility of our products is widespread.  Our distribution channels in other regions of the world are less mature, and, while we primarily serve the contact center markets in those regions, we are expanding into the office, mobile and entertainment, digital audio, and specialty telephone markets in additional international locations.
Consolidated net revenues in fiscal 2009 were $765.6 million, which is a decrease of 11% from fiscal 2008 net revenues which were $856.3 million.  The year-over-year decrease was primarily attributable to the global recession, resulting in a decrease in demand for our products.  We had an operating loss of $81.2 million in fiscal 2009 as compared to an operating income of $79.4 million in fiscal 2008, a decrease to $160.6 million, primarily due to a $117.5 million impairment charge in the third quarterenterprise systems with which they will be deployed and development of fiscal 2009 related to certain AEG goodwill and long-lived assets along with a decreasevalue-added software applications for business users. We believe our investments in gross margin which was the result of the decreased revenue due to the weakened global economy and restructuring and other related charges of $12.1 million related to various actions taken in efforts to reduce our cost structure and adapt to the current economic conditions.
In our ACG segment, the $73.3 million decrease in net revenues for fiscal 2009 was primarily due to lower OCC product revenues of $90.3 million driven by a weakened economy due to the global recession offset in part by an increase of $15.5 million in sales of mobile headsets.  The mobile headset growth was driven by increased Bluetooth retail placements from an improved product portfolio and demand attributable to certain hands-free driving laws that went into effect in the U.S. in fiscal 2009.

Wireless products represent an opportunity for growth both in the office market and for mobile applications.  The office wireless market, in particular, represents a strong opportunity for profitable growth over many years.  However, due to weak economic conditions during fiscal 2009, office wireless net revenues decreased by $43.0 million or 17% in fiscal 2009 compared to fiscal 2008.  In the Mobile market, particularly for consumer applications, margins are typically lower than for our enterprise applications due to the level of competition and pricing pressures.  Our strategy for improving the profitability of mobile consumer products isstrategic architecting may allow us to differentiate our products fromand sustain strong long-term gross margins. During fiscal year 2012, we continued to strengthen our competitors andstrategic partnerships with platform suppliers to provide compelling solutions underensure that our brandproducts are compatible with regard to features, design, easeall major platforms as UC usage becomes an essential part of use, and performance. Also, to further improve Bluetooth profitability, we announced a restructuring plan in the March 2009 to close ACG’s Suzhou, China manufacturing operations in fiscal 2010 in order to outsource manufacturing of our Bluetooth products to an existing supplier in China.unified work environment.

InLooking forward, we continue to believe that UC is a key long-term driver of revenue and profit growth. We remain cautious about the macroeconomic environment and will monitor our AEG segment, net revenues decreased from $108.4 millionexpenditures accordingly; however, we will continue to invest strategically in fiscal 2008 to $91.0 million in fiscal 2009, and the operating loss increased from $35.8 million to $142.6 million for the corresponding period due to a $117.5 million non-cash impairment chargeour long-term growth opportunities. We will continue focusing on goodwill and long-lived assets.

We focused on cost reductions in the AEG segment and completed the closure of AEG’s manufacturing operations in Dongguan, China and relocated theinnovative product development through our core research and development activities previously in Dongguan, China to Shenzhen, Chinaefforts, including the use of software and services as part of our portfolio. As part of our commitment to UC, we recently announced the 2008 restructuring plan.  We have outsourced most of AEG manufacturingPDC, which provides a software developer kit allowing registered developers access to a networkrich set of qualified contract manufacturers already in placetools and doproviding a limited amount of manufacturing of AEG products in our plant in Suzhou, China.forum to interact, share ideas and develop innovative applications. We also closed AEG’s sales and procurement office in Hong Kong and consolidatedbelieve the sales, procurement and research and development activitiesPDC is a valuable resource for application developers to leverage the contextual intelligence built into our Shenzhen, China location.  Additionally, we completed the consolidationheadsets, ultimately providing an endless array of our selling, generalcapabilities such as user authentication, customer information retrieval based on incoming mobile calls, and administrative functions for mostconnection of our Asia Pacific operations into our Suzhou, China facility.  We implemented further restructuring plans in fiscal 2009 which included reductions in force in AEG’s operations in Milford, Pennsylvania, Luxemburg and Shenzhen, China along with reductions in ACG’s China and US locations.

Throughout fiscal 2009, we remained focused on our long-term strategy to capitalize on the opportunitiesa user's physical actions in the officereal world to the virtual world. We will also continue to grow our sales force and mobile marketsincrease marketing and be well-positioned for Unified Communications ("UC").  While staying focused onother customer service and support as we expand key strategic partnerships to market our long-term strategy, we also made decisions to broadly reduce spending in light of the global recession and its impact on our market and near-term revenue potential.UC products.  We believe we now have an excellent position in the right balance between shortmarket and long-term considerationsa well-deserved reputation for quality and service that we will maintain, if not increase, our relative competitive positioncontinually strive to earn through the economic downturnongoing investment and its eventual recovery.strong execution.

Looking forward into fiscal 2010, we are focused on the following key corporate goals to maximize long-term shareholder value:
·
Be profitable and cash flow positive.  We announced and implemented several restructuring plans in fiscal 2009 along with other cost cutting measures, including management salary reductions, to significantly decrease our operating expenses and overall cost structure.  We also began reducing inventory in the second half of fiscal 2009 and have plans for improved inventory management and lower capital expenditures and operating expenses in fiscal 2010 than in fiscal 2009.  We believe our cost structure is now aligned with current market conditions and supports our plans to be profitable and cash flow positive in fiscal 2010;  however, we will monitor and realign our cost structure as needed to match the actual economic conditions.
·
Establish strong Unified Communications market position for future growth.  We will continue to focus on Unified Communications technologies as we believe the implementation of UC by large corporations will be a significant long-term driver of office headset adoption, and as a result, a key long-term driver of revenue and profit growth.
·
Improve return on invested capital.  We are focused on increasing our profits and reducing our net assets with the goal of improving our return on invested capital.  Initiatives designed to reduce capital include the transition to an outsourced original design manufacturer model for Bluetooth which will reduce inventory and ultimately enable us to sell our plant in China; a broad-based tightening of capital expenditures which we believe will yield a 50% reduction in capital expenditures globally in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009; and leveraging the investments we have made in supply chain management systems to reduce inventory and improve inventory turns.
We intend for the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations to provide information that will assist in understanding our financial statements and therefore, this discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and accompanying notes.   


ANNUAL RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, the consolidated statements of operations data and data by segment.data.  The financial information and the ensuing discussion should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.
Consolidated                  
                   
(in thousands) Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
  2007  2008  2009 
                   
Net revenues $800,154   100.0% $856,286   100.0% $765,619   100.0%
Cost of revenues  491,339   61.4%  507,181   59.2%  469,591   61.3%
Gross profit  308,815   38.6%  349,105   40.8%  296,028   38.7%
                         
Operating expense:                        
Research, development and engineering  71,895   9.0%  76,982   9.0%  72,061   9.4%
Selling, general and administrative  182,108   22.7%  189,156   22.1%  175,601   22.9%
Restructuring and other related charges  -   0.0%  3,584   0.4%  12,074   1.6%
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets  -   0.0%  -   0.0%  117,464   15.4%
Gain on sale of land  (2,637)  (0.3)%  -   0.0%  -   0.0%
Total operating expenses  251,366   31.4%  269,722   31.5%  377,200   49.3%
                         
Operating income (loss)  57,449   7.2%  79,383   9.3%  (81,172)  (10.6)%
                         
Interest and other income (expense), net  4,089   0.5%  5,854   0.7%  (3,544)  (0.5)%
Income (Loss) before income taxes  61,538   7.7%  85,237   10.0%  (84,716)  (11.1)%
Income tax expense (benefit)  11,395   1.4%  16,842   2.0%  (19,817)  (2.6)%
Net income (loss) $50,143   6.3% $68,395   8.0% $(64,899)  (8.5)%
  Except as noted, financial results are for continuing operations.  Altec Lansing, our former AEG segment, was sold effective December 1, 2009.  We have classified the AEG operating results as discontinued operations in the Consolidated statement of operations for all periods presented.

Audio Communications Group                  
                  
(in thousands) Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2007  2008  2009 
                   2012 2011 2010
Net revenues $676,514  100.0% $747,935  100.0% $674,590  100.0% $713,368
 100.0% $683,602
 100.0 % $613,837
 100.0 %
Cost of revenues  381,034  56.3%  403,863  54.0%  382,659  56.7% 329,017
 46.1% 321,846
 47.1 % 312,767
 51.0 %
Gross profit  295,480  43.7%  344,072  46.0%  291,931  43.3% 384,351
 53.9% 361,756
 52.9 % 301,070
 49.0 %
                        
Operating expense:                        
Operating expenses:  
    
  
  
  
Research, development and engineering 61,583  9.1% 65,733  8.8% 63,840  9.5% 69,664
 9.8% 63,183
 9.2 % 57,784
 9.4 %
Selling, general and administrative 151,857  22.5% 163,173  21.8% 155,678  23.1% 173,334
 24.3% 163,389
 23.9 % 143,784
 23.4 %
Gain from litigation settlement 
 % (5,100) (0.7)% 
 
Restructuring and other related charges -  0.0% -  0.0% 10,952  1.6% 
 % (428) (0.1)% 1,867
 0.3 %
Gain on sale of land  (2,637) (0.4)%  -  0.0%  -  0.0%
Total operating expenses  210,803  31.2%  228,906  30.6%  230,470  34.2% 242,998
 34.1% 221,044
 32.3 % 203,435
 33.1 %
Operating income $84,677  12.5% $115,166  15.4% $61,461  9.1% 141,353
 19.8% 140,712
 20.6 % 97,635
 15.9 %
Interest and other income (expense), net 1,249
 0.2% (56)  % 3,105
 0.5 %
Income from continuing operations before income taxes 142,602
 20.0% 140,656
 20.6 % 100,740
 16.4 %
Income tax expense from continuing operations 33,566
 4.7% 31,413
 4.6 % 24,287
 4.0 %
Income from continuing operations, net of tax 109,036
 15.3% 109,243
 16.0 % 76,453
 12.5 %
Discontinued operations:  
    
  
  
  
Loss from operations of discontinued AEG segment (including loss on sale) 
 
 
  % (30,468) (5.0)%
Income tax benefit on discontinued operations 
 
 
  % (11,393) (1.9)%
Loss on discontinued operations 
 
 
  % (19,075) (3.1)%
Net income $109,036
 15.3% $109,243
 16.0 % $57,378
 9.3 %



Audio Entertainment Group

(in thousands) Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
  2007  2008  2009 
                   
Net revenues $123,640   100.0% $108,351   100.0% $91,029   100.0%
Cost of revenues  110,305   89.2%  103,318   95.4%  86,932   95.5%
Gross profit  13,335   10.8%  5,033   4.6%  4,097   4.5%
                         
Operating expense:                        
Research, development and engineering  10,312   8.3%  11,249   10.4%  8,221   9.0%
Selling, general and administrative  30,251   24.5%  25,983   23.9%  19,923   21.9%
Restructuring and other related charges  -   0.0%  3,584   3.3%  1,122   1.2%
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets  -   0.0%  -   0.0%  117,464   129.0%
Total operating expenses  40,563   32.8%  40,816   37.6%  146,730   161.1%
Operating loss $(27,228)  (22.0)% $(35,783)  (33.0)% $(142,633)  (156.6)%



Net Revenues

Audio Communications Group
 Fiscal Year Ended       Fiscal Year Ended       
 March 31, March 31,  Increase March 31, March 31,  Increase  Fiscal Year Ended     Fiscal Year Ended    
(in thousands) 2007 2008  (Decrease) 2008 2009  (Decrease)  March 31, 2012 March 31, 2011 Increase (Decrease) March 31, 2011 March 31, 2010 Increase (Decrease)
                     
Net revenues from unaffiliated customers:                         
Net revenues:                
Office and Contact Center  $475,323  $519,958  $44,635   9.4% $519,958  $429,669  $(90,289)  (17.4)% $531,709
 $490,472
 $41,237
 8.4 % $490,472
 $404,397
 $86,075
 21.3 %
Mobile   146,859   171,880   25,021   17.0%  171,880   187,419   15,539   9.0% 131,825
 137,530
 (5,705) (4.1)% 137,530
 149,756
 (12,226) (8.2)%
Gaming and Computer Audio   30,162   33,612   3,450   11.4%  33,612   34,052   440   1.3% 31,855
 36,736
 (4,881) (13.3)% 36,736
 39,260
 (2,524) (6.4)%
Clarity   24,170   22,485   (1,685)  (7.0)%  22,485   23,450   965   4.3% 17,979
 18,864
 (885) (4.7)% 18,864
 20,424
 (1,560) (7.6)%
Total segment net revenues  $676,514  $747,935  $71,421   10.6% $747,935  $674,590  $(73,345)  (9.8)%
Total net revenues $713,368
 $683,602
 $29,766
 4.4 % $683,602
 $613,837
 $69,765
 11.4 %

Audio Entertainment Group

  Fiscal Year Ended       Fiscal Year Ended       
  March 31, March 31,  Increase March 31, March 31,  Increase 
(in thousands) 2007 2008  (Decrease) 2008 2009  (Decrease) 
                      
Net revenues from unaffiliated customers:                         
Docking Audio  $61,068  $55,399  $(5,669)  (9.3)% $55,399  $46,204  $(9,195)  (16.6)%
PC Audio   52,496   45,828   (6,668)  (12.7)%  45,828   38,884   (6,944)  (15.2)%
Other   10,076   7,124   (2,952)  (29.3)%  7,124   5,941   (1,183)  (16.6)%
Total segment net revenues  $123,640  $108,351  $(15,289)  (12.4)% $108,351  $91,029  $(17,322)  (16.0)%

OCC products represent our largest source of revenues, while Mobile products represent our largest unit volumes.  Net revenues may vary due to seasonality, the timing of new product introductions and discontinuation of existing products, discounts and other incentives, and channel mix. Net revenues derived from sales of consumer goods into the retail channel typically account for a seasonal increase in our net revenues in the third quarter of our fiscal year.

Our consolidated net revenues decreasedincreased in fiscal 2009 asyear 2012 compared to fiscal 2008 primarily dueyear 2011 driven by growth in OCC product revenues as a result of growth in demand for UC.  In addition, favorable foreign exchange fluctuations in the Euro ("EUR") and Great Britain Pound ("GBP") contributed approximately $4.0 million to the impact of global economic weakness due to the global recession.  ACG, which accounted for 88% of thegrowth in our net revenues.

Our consolidated net revenues forincreased in fiscal 2009,year 2011 compared to fiscal year 2010 primarily decreased due to lowerin our OCC product revenues drivencategory as a result of growth in demand for UC, offset partly by a weakened economy offset in part by an increase in sales of Mobile headsets due to an improved product portfolio and demand attributable to certain hands-free driving laws going into effectweakness in the U.S.Bluetooth market and loss of market share which resulted in fiscal 2009.  In the third quarter of fiscal 2009, we began shipping the next generation of AEG products with the goal of creating a competitive portfolio to increase revenues and improve profitability and market share.  However, due to the weakened global economydecrease in fiscal 2009, we did not benefit from these new products as we anticipated.  We are evaluating various alternatives to achieve profitability for AEG and project the segment will generate relatively small losses in the first half of fiscal 2010 and should be profitable in the second half of fiscal 2010 based on new products with lower costs comprising most of the sales mix by the second half of the fiscal year.our Mobile product revenues. While we have experienced significant foreign exchange fluctuations onin our net revenues during the first half of theboth fiscal year,years 2011 and 2010, the overall foreign exchange impact for each of the entire fiscal yearyears was not material.

Our consolidated net revenues increased
Fluctuations in fiscal 2008 as compared to fiscal 2007 entirely due to growth in ACG net revenues, which accounted for approximately 87% of consolidated net revenues in fiscal 2008.  The increase in ACG net revenues isyear 2012 compared to fiscal year 2011 resulted primarily due to increased sales of our office wireless headset systems and mobile Bluetooth headsets.  ACG unit volumes increased from fiscal 2007 to 2008 primarily as a result of increased mobile Bluetooth sales.  In fiscal 2008, we also benefited from the weaker U.S. dollar as a portion of our sales are denominatedfollowing:



$41.2 million increase in OCC net revenues as a result of higher volumes due to growth in demand for UC products;



$5.7 million decrease in Mobile net revenues due mostly to overall weakness in the product category, which resulted in a lower unit volume of sales. We also believe our share of the total global market decreased, with reductions in U.S. market share offset partially by gains achieved internationally; and,



$4.9 million decrease in Gaming and Computer Audio net revenues due primarily to market share loss as a result of decreased investment in this category over the last two years as we have prioritized our investments in UC products and development. We are currently planning to increase our investments in this area to enable future growth.
Fluctuations in Euros and Great Britain Pounds.  AEG net revenues accounted for approximately 13% of consolidated net revenues in fiscal 2008.  In comparison to fiscal 2007, AEG net revenues decreased as we were in a product transition phase and had not yet introduced our new product portfolio.

Net revenues may vary due to the timing of the introduction of new products, seasonality, discounts and other incentives and channel mix.

ACG

Our Office and Contact Center (“OCC”) products represent our largest source of revenues while our Mobile products represent our largest unit volumes.  There has been a growing trend toward wireless products and a corresponding shift away from our corded products.  As a percentage of consolidated ACG net revenues, wireless products represented 51%, 55% and 58% for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.  


Primary fluctuations in the net revenues of ACG in fiscal 2009year 2011 compared to fiscal 2008 were as follows:year 2010 resulted primarily from the following:

·



$86.1 million increase in OCC product net revenues decreased by $90.3 million as a result of weakhigher volumes due to improved global economic conditions.conditions and growth in demand for UC products; and,
·



$12.2 million decrease in Mobile product net revenues increased by $15.5 milliondue primarily due to increased retail placements as a result of an improved product portfolio as well as demand attributable to hands-free driving legislation enacted in several statesoverall weakness in the U.S. in fiscal year 2009. Within thisproduct category, of products, Bluetooth product revenue grew $23.1 million partially offset by a decline of $7.6 million in corded product revenues.
.Gaming and Computer Audio increased by $0.4 million due to the strength of the product portfolio, primarily in the U.S. retail market.
.Clarity increased by $1.0 million primarily due to increased OEM sales in Europe.
Fluctuations in the net revenues of ACG in fiscal 2008 compared to fiscal 2007 were as follows:

·OCC product net revenues increased as a result of growth of $35.8 million in cordless products and $8.8 million from corded products.  The increases are primarily due to the addition of the CS70N to our product line in fiscal 2008, corded product revenue growth internationally, mostly in Europe and Asia Pacific, and some benefit from foreign exchange rates.
·
Mobile product net revenues increased as a result of market growth and greater acceptance of our product portfolio which contributed to a year-over-year increase of $29.8 million in our Bluetooth headsets net revenues, partially offset by a decline of $4.8 million in net revenues from corded mobile headsets.
·Gaming and Computer Audio product net revenues increased due to the transfer of the Altec Lansing branded PC headsets into this category in fiscal 2008.
.Clarity decreased by $1.7 million due to lower shipments to state government programs within the U.S. along with lower OEM sales in Europe.

AEG

Our Altec Lansing products are primarily consumer goods sold in the retail channel, and sales are highly seasonal.  The strongest revenues typically occur in the December quarter due to the holiday period.  Other trends that also impact our AEG revenues include growth of the MP3 player market, and our ability to successfully attach to new generations of MP3 players and to develop products which keep up with the rapidly-developing Docking Audio and PC Audio markets.

Primary fluctuations in the net revenues of AEG in fiscal 2009 compared to fiscal 2008 were as follows:

·Docking Audio product net revenues decreased by $9.2 million due to a decline in sales to warehouse clubs from  the prior year along with reduced sales of surplus products.
·PC Audio product net revenues decreased by $6.9 million as a result of an older product portfolio which is currently being refreshed, weaker economic conditions in the U.S. and Europe along with a focus on selective product placement with higher margin customers.
·Other net revenues decreased by $1.2 million primarily due to a decrease of $1.7 million due to the transfer of responsibility for headset products to ACG in the second quarter of fiscal 2008 partially offset by increased revenue related to new product introductions.

Fluctuations in the net revenues of AEG in fiscal 2008 compared to fiscal 2007 were as follows:

·Docking Audio product net revenues decreased primarily as a result of intense competition in the MP3 accessories market, particularly in the U.S., our reduced share of the MP3 accessories market and price reductions.
·PC Audio product net revenues decreased primarily in Asia and the U.S. due to increased competition and price reductions.
·Other products net revenues decreased due to the transition of the Altec Lansing branded PC headsets from the AEG segment to the ACG segment resultingresulted in a decreaselower unit volume of $7.0 million, partially offset by an increase in headphone and other net revenues of $3.4 million.sales.



Geographical Information

 Fiscal Year Ended        Fiscal Year Ended       
 March 31,  March 31,  Increase  March 31,  March 31,  Increase  Fiscal Year Ended     Fiscal Year Ended    
(in thousands) 2007  2008  (Decrease)  2008  2009  (Decrease)  March 31, 2012 March 31, 2011 Increase (Decrease) March 31, 2011 March 31, 2010 Increase (Decrease)
                        
Net revenues from unaffiliated customers:                        
Net revenues:                
United States $490,551  $521,148  $30,597   6.2% $521,148  $472,239  $(48,909)  (9.4)% $406,233
 $400,292
 $5,941
 1.5% $400,292
 $378,119
 $22,173
 5.9%
                                
As a percentage of net revenues 56.9% 58.6% (1.7) ppt. 58.6% 61.6% (3.0) ppt.
Europe, Middle East and Africa  195,090   214,621   19,531   10.0%  214,621   185,023   (29,598)  (13.8)% 181,761
 169,521
 12,240
 7.2% 169,521
 148,070
 21,451
 14.5%
Asia Pacific  59,927   62,742   2,815   4.7%  62,742   56,160   (6,582)  (10.5)% 74,249
 62,697
 11,552
 18.4% 62,697
 46,494
 16,203
 34.8%
Americas, excluding United States  54,586   57,775   3,189   5.8%  57,775   52,197   (5,578)  (9.7)% 51,125
 51,092
 33
 0.1% 51,092
 41,154
 9,938
 24.1%
Total international net revenues  309,603   335,138   25,535   8.2%  335,138   293,380   (41,758)  (12.5)% 307,135
 283,310
 23,825
 8.4% 283,310
 235,718
 47,592
 20.2%
                                
As a percentage of net revenues 43.1% 41.4% 1.7
 ppt. 41.4% 38.4% 3.0
 ppt.
Total consolidated net revenues $800,154  $856,286  $56,132   7.0% $856,286  $765,619  $(90,667)  (10.6)% $713,368
 $683,602
 $29,766
 4.4% $683,602
 $613,837
 $69,765
 11.4%


Consolidated U.S. net revenue, asAs a percentage of total net revenues, increased 1%consolidated U.S. net revenues decreased by 1.7 percentage points to 57% in fiscal year 2012 from 59% in fiscal year 2011 due mostly to strong international growth in OCC net revenues and by weakness in the strength of our BluetoothMobile product portfolio and demand attributable to hands-free driving legislation enacted in several statescategory in the U.S. in fiscal year 2009.  Consolidated international net revenues, asAs a percentage of total net revenues, decreased from 39% in fiscal 2008 to 38% in fiscal 2009.

In comparison to fiscal 2007, fiscal 2008 consolidated international net revenues increased to 43% in fiscal year 2012 from 41% in fiscal year 2011. The increase in absolute dollars in U.S. net revenues resulted from increased OCC net revenues due to growth in demand for UC. The increase in absolute dollars in international revenues was also due to increased OCC net revenues along with an increase in Mobile net revenues as we gained market share in markets outside the U.S.

As a percentage of total net revenues, remained consistent at 39%.  Internationalconsolidated U.S. net revenues for ACG,decreased by 3.0 percentage points to 59% in fiscal year 2011 from 62% in fiscal year 2010 due mostly to weakness in the Mobile product category in the U.S. As a percentage of total net revenues, consolidated international net revenues increased to 41% in fiscal year 2011 from 37% to 38% primarilyin fiscal year 2010. The increase in absolute dollars in U.S. net revenues was a result of increased OCC net revenues due to the strength of our Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) businessgrowth in ACG; however, thisdemand for UC. The increase was offset in part by decreasedabsolute dollars in international net revenue for AEG.
38

revenues was also due to increased OCC net revenues along with an increase in Mobile net revenues from market share gains in markets outside the U.S.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Profit
 
Cost of revenues consists primarily of direct manufacturing and contract manufacturer costs, including material and direct labor, our operations management team and indirect labor such as supervisors and warehouse workers,warranty expense, freight expense, warrantydepreciation, duty expense, reserves for excess and obsolete inventory, depreciation, royalties, and an allocation of overhead expenses, including facilitiesIT and ITfacilities costs.

Consolidated

  Fiscal Year Ended       Fiscal Year Ended       
  March 31, March 31,  Increase March 31, March 31,  Increase 
(in thousands) 2007 2008  (Decrease) 2008 2009  (Decrease) 
                          
Net revenues  $800,154  $856,286  $56,132   7.0% $856,286  $765,619  $(90,667)  (10.6)%
Cost of revenues   491,339   507,181   15,842   3.2%  507,181   469,591   (37,590)  (7.4)%
Consolidated gross profit  $308,815  $349,105  $40,290   13.0% $349,105  $296,028  $(53,077)  (15.2)%
Consolidated gross profit %   38.6%  40.8%  2.2 ppt.   40.8%  38.7%  (2.1)ppt. 

Audio Communications Group

Net revenues  $676,514  $747,935  $71,421   10.6% $747,935  $674,590  $(73,345)  (9.8)%
Cost of revenues   381,034   403,863   22,829   6.0%  403,863   382,659   (21,204)  (5.3)%
Segment gross profit  $295,480  $344,072  $48,592   16.4% $344,072  $291,931  $(52,141)  (15.2)%
Segment gross profit %   43.7%  46.0%  2.3 ppt.   46.0%  43.3%  (2.7)ppt. 
Audio Entertainment Group

 Fiscal Year Ended     Fiscal Year Ended    
(in thousands) March 31, 2012 March 31, 2011 Increase (Decrease) March 31, 2011 March 31, 2010 Increase (Decrease)
Net revenues  $123,640  $108,351  $(15,289)  (12.4)% $108,351  $91,029  $(17,322)  (16.0)% $713,368
 $683,602
 $29,766
 4.4% $683,602
 $613,837
 $69,765
 11.4%
Cost of revenues   110,305   103,318   (6,987)  (6.3)%  103,318   86,932   (16,386)  (15.9)% 329,017
 321,846
 7,171
 2.2% 321,846
 312,767
 9,079
 2.9%
Segment gross profit  $13,335  $5,033  $(8,302)  (62.3)% $5,033  $4,097  $(936)  (18.6)%
Segment gross profit %   10.8%  4.6%  (6.2)ppt.   4.6%  4.5%  (0.1)ppt. 
Gross profit $384,351
 $361,756
 $22,595
 6.2% $361,756
 $301,070
 $60,686
 20.2%
Gross profit % 53.9% 52.9% 1.0
 ppt. 52.9% 49.0% 3.9
 ppt.

The increase in 2008 and the decrease in 2009 in consolidated gross profit are both attributable to ACG, which accounted for approximately 99% of consolidated gross profit in both fiscal 2008 and 2009.

Fluctuations in the gross profit of ACG and AEG in fiscal 2009year 2012 compared to fiscal 2008 were as follows:

ACG

The decrease in gross profityear 2011 was due primarily due to lowerincreased net revenues.revenues of $29.8 million along with operational efficiencies.  As a percentage of net revenues, gross profit decreased 2.7 percentage pointsincreased due primarily due to operational efficiencies such as lower freight and logistics costs and the following:

·a 2.9 percentage point detriment mostly due to a higher proportion of consumer products than commercial products in the overall revenue mix.  While consumer products carry lower margins than commercial products, the level of product margin on our consumer products has increased significantly primarily due to cost reductions;
·a 0.7 percentage point detriment from higher freight expenses and other manufacturing costs; and
·
a 0.6 percentage point detriment from higher excess and obsolete inventory provisions.  These higher provisions were in part a result of our decision to end of life certain models in our Bluetooth portfolio of products coinciding with the decline in consumer demand due to poor economic conditions and our announcement in March 2009 to outsource Bluetooth manufacturing to an existing supplier in China, thus limiting the number of Bluetooth models to transition.

These decreases in gross profit werebenefits from a weaker U.S. dollar, offset partially offset by a 1.5 percentage point benefit from material cost reductions which improved the product margin on Bluetooth products.net effect of unfavorable component sourcing costs, slightly higher warranty obligations and reserves for excess and obsolete inventory.



AEG

As a percentage of net revenues, AEG gross profit for fiscal 2009 was consistent with fiscal 2008 with the following offsetting fluctuations.

·  a 2.8 percentage point benefit from cost reductions including lower intangible asset amortization as a result of the impairment of certain long-lived assets in the third quarter of fiscal 2009;
·  a 1.5 percentage point benefit from decreased discounting, price protection programs and co-op advertising and marketing development funds programs;
·  a 1.9 percentage point detriment from increased adverse purchase commitments and higher warranty costs;
·  a 1.4 percentage point detriment due to increased freight and duty; and
·  a 1.0 percentage point detriment due to a product mix shift to lower margin products.

Fluctuations in the gross profit of ACG and AEG in fiscal 2008 compared to fiscal 2007 were as follows:

 ACG

The increase in gross profit in fiscal year 2011 compared to fiscal year 2010 was due primarily due to higherincreased net revenues of $69.8 million along with improved margins on those revenues. As a percentage of net revenues, gross profit increased 2.3 percentage pointsdue primarily to higher product margins, driven by a greater proportion of net revenues from our higher margin OCC products and improved Bluetooth margins resulting from our decision to outsource manufacturing which commenced in July 2009, and lower depreciation expenses in fiscal year 2011 due to accelerated depreciation expenses in fiscal year 2010 related to the following:closure of our Suzhou, China manufacturing facility.

·
a 1.6 percentage point benefit from material cost reductions on wireless office and Bluetooth products;
·a 1.5 percentage point benefit primarily from improved productivity in our manufacturing process;
·a 0.7 percentage point benefit from foreign exchange; and
·a 0.6 percentage point benefit from a reduction in excess and obsolete inventory costs.

These benefitsThere are significant variances in gross profit were partially offset by a 2.1 percentage point decrease primarily due to higher warranty costs primarily due to increased sales of Mobile headsets through retail channels where open box warranty returns often occur more frequently than through other sales channels, higher freight expenses as a result of increased rates, a longer supply chain, and a less favorable product mix as corded products, which typically have higher margins than cordless products.
AEG

As a percentage of net revenues, gross profit decreased 6.2 percentage points primarily due to the following:

·a 6.2 percentage point decline due to a 12% decline in the overall sales volume and reduced selling prices of  surplus inventory, primarily in the Docking Audio category; and
·increased freight, duty, royalties and warehousing which yielded a 5.4 percentage point decline.

The decline in gross profit was partially offset by a 5.3 percentage point benefit resulting from a decrease in claims from suppliers and decreased excess and obsolete inventory costs due to the sale of slow moving product to liquidators.

For both our segments, product mix has a significant impact on gross profit as there can be significant variancespercentages between our higher and our lower margin products.  Therefore,products; therefore, small variations in product mix, which can be difficult to predict, can have a significant impact on gross profit.  In addition, if we do not properlyaccurately anticipate changes in demand, we have in the past, and may in the future, incur significant costs associated with writing off excess and obsolete inventory or incur charges for adverse purchase commitments.  While we are focused on actions to improve our gross profit through supply chain management, improvements in product launches, outsourcing manufacturing of our Bluetooth products in China, restructuring AEG’s China manufacturing and procurement functions, including the shut down of our manufacturing plant in Dongguan, China, and improving the effectiveness of our marketing programs, there can be no assurance that these actions will be successful.  Gross profit may also vary based on distribution channel, return rates, the amount of product sold for which royalties are required to be paid, the rate at which royalties are calculated, and other factors.



Research, Development and Engineering
 
Research, development, and engineering costs are expensed as incurred and consist primarily of compensation costs, outside services, including legal fees associated with protecting our intellectual property, expensed materials, depreciation, and an allocation of overhead expenses, including facilities, IT and human resources and IT costs.

Consolidated
  Fiscal Year Ended        Fiscal Year Ended       
  March 31,  March 31,  Increase  March 31,  March 31,  Increase 
(in thousands) 2007  2008  (Decrease)  2008  2009  (Decrease) 
                         
Research, development and engineering $71,895  $76,982  $5,087   7.1% $76,982  $72,061  $(4,921)  (6.4)%
% of total consolidated net revenues  9.0%  9.0%  0.0 ppt.   9.0%  9.4%  0.4 ppt. 
Audio Communications Group                                
                                 
Research, development and engineering $61,583  $65,733  $4,150   6.7% $65,733  $63,840  $(1,893)  (2.9)%
% of total segment net revenues  9.1%  8.8%  (0.3)ppt.   8.8%  9.5%  0.7 ppt. 
                                 
Audio Entertainment Group                                
                                 
Research, development and engineering $10,312  $11,249  $937   9.1% $11,249  $8,221  $(3,028)  (26.9)%
% of total segment net revenues  8.3%  10.4%  2.1 ppt.   10.4%  9.0%  (1.4)ppt. 
  Fiscal Year Ended     Fiscal Year Ended    
(in thousands) March 31, 2012 March 31, 2011 Increase (Decrease) March 31, 2011 March 31, 2010 Increase (Decrease)
Research, development and engineering $69,664
 $63,183
 $6,481
 10.3% $63,183
 $57,784
 $5,399
 9.3%
% of total consolidated net revenues 9.8% 9.2% 0.6
 ppt. 9.2% 9.4% (0.2) ppt.


In fiscal 2009, compared to fiscal 2008, consolidated research, development and engineering expenses decreased primarily as we substantially completed the refresh of the AEG product lines along with our efforts to reduce costs and spending as we experienced a declineThe increase in revenues due to the global recession.  The $1.9 million decrease in ACG research, development and engineering expenses in fiscal 2009,year 2012 compared to fiscal 2008 isyear 2011was due primarily dueto $4.2 million in higher compensation costs resulting from increased headcount and related costs to support investments in UC and software and $1.8 million in increased investments in UC product development, offset partially by lower performance-based compensation related to lower project spending.  In AEG, we began the refreshachievement of the AEG product linestargets.

The increase in fiscal 2008 which we substantially completed during fiscal 2009.  As such, we were able to decrease our research, development and engineering expenses in fiscal 2009 which is primarily due to decreased headcount and related compensation costs along with the reduction in use of outside firms for external design costs.

In fiscal 2008,year 2011 compared to fiscal 2007, consolidated research, development and engineering expenses increasedyear 2010 was due primarily due to increased compensation costs.  The majoritycosts resulting from increased headcount and higher performance-based compensation on higher achievement of the increase in research, developmenttargets, and engineering expenses is attributable to the ACG segment.  The $4.2 million increase in ACG research, development, and engineering expenses in fiscal 2008, compared to fiscal 2007 is primarily related to higher compensation andincreased project expenses, atall reflecting our design centersincreased investments in Suzhou, China, and in the U.S.  These increases are partially offset by reductions in program and compensation expenses for Volume Logic technology development which was absorbed by the B2B product development group.  AEG expenses for fiscal 2008 were relatively flat compared to the prior year.
Projects that the research, development and engineering departments focused on during fiscal 2009 were:
UC.

·the design and development of wireless office system products;
·UC products;
·
Bluetooth products and technology;
·developing common architectures across multiple products and increasing the use of common components across product lines; and
·the refresh of product lines for AEG.
We anticipate that our consolidated research, development and engineering expenses in fiscal 2010 will be lower in comparison to fiscal 2009.
Selling, General and Administrative
 
Selling, general and administrative expense consists primarily of compensation costs, marketing costs, travel expenses, expensed equipment, professional service fees, travel expenses, litigation costs, bad debt expense and allocations of overhead expenses, including IT, facilities, and human resources and IT costs.

Consolidated
  Fiscal Year Ended        Fiscal Year Ended       
  March 31,  March 31,  Increase  March 31,  March 31,  Increase 
(in thousands) 2007  2008  (Decrease)  2008  2009  (Decrease) 
                         
Selling, general and administrative $182,108  $189,156  $7,048   3.9% $189,156  $175,601  $(13,555)  (7.2)%
% of total consolidated net revenues  22.7%  22.1%  (0.6)ppt.   22.1%  22.9%  0.8 ppt. 
Audio Communications Group                                
                                 
Selling, general and administrative $151,857  $163,173  $11,316   7.5% $163,173  $155,678  $(7,495)  (4.6)%
% of total segment net revenues  22.5%  21.8%  (0.7)ppt.   21.8%  23.1%  1.3 ppt. 
                                 
Audio Entertainment Group                                
                                 
Selling, general and administrative $30,251  $25,983  $(4,268)  (14.1)% $25,983  $19,923  $(6,060)  (23.3)%
% of total segment net revenues  24.5%  23.9%  (0.6)ppt.   23.9%  21.9%  (2.0)ppt. 
  Fiscal Year Ended     Fiscal Year Ended    
(in thousands) March 31, 2012 March 31, 2011 Increase (Decrease) March 31, 2011 March 31, 2010 Increase (Decrease)
Selling, general and administrative $173,334
 $163,389
 $9,945
 6.1% $163,389
 $143,784
 $19,605
 13.6%
% of total consolidated net revenues 24.3% 23.9% 0.4
 ppt. 23.9% 23.4% 0.5
 ppt.

In fiscal 2009, compared to fiscal 2008, consolidatedThe increase in selling, general and administrative expenses decreasedin fiscal year 2012 compared to fiscal year 2011was due primarily due to our efforts$8.2 million in higher compensation costs resulting from increased headcount and $2.3 million in increased marketing and sales promotions and travel-related costs associated with increased net revenues. These increases were offset in part by a $1.6 million decrease in professional service fees related to reduce our cost structure along with lower costs attributable to lower revenues and our response to the weakening economic environment.
Fluctuationslitigation that was settled favorably in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011 and lower performance-based compensation from lower achievement of targets.


34


The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses of ACG and AEG in fiscal 2009year 2011 compared to fiscal 2008 were as follows:
ACG

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreasedyear 2010 was due primarily due to the following:
·decreased marketing and sales promotions of $6.2 million;
·decreased expenses of $3.9 million mostly due to lower performance-based compensation costs; and
·a decrease of $2.0$8.9 million in travel and entertainment related expenses.
These decreases were offset in part by the following:

·an increase of $1.6 million in depreciation expenses; and
·an increase of $1.9 million for provisions on doubtful accounts receivable primarily due to the bankruptcy of a significant international distributor.

AEG

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased primarily due to the following:

·decreased compensation and recruitment costs of $2.0 million primarily related to reduced headcount;
·decreased retail representative commissions of $1.0 million primarily due to lower sales volume;
·decreased $1.1 million due to lower outside services due to completion of integration related projects, reduced consulting costs from completion of an Oracle project along with lower audit and legal fees; and
.decreased intangibles amortization expense of $0.8 million as a result of the impairment recognized in the third quarter of  fiscal 2009.

In fiscal 2008, compared to fiscal 2007, consolidated selling, general and administrative expenses increased due to increased compensation as a result of merit increasescosts resulting from increased headcount and higher bonusperformance-based compensation on higher achievement of targets, $7.1 million in increased marketing and commission costssales promotions, travel-related expenses and external sales representative fees and commissions associated with higher net revenues, and profits$2.5 million in ACG, partially offset by a decrease in expenses in AEG.

Fluctuations in the selling, general and administrative expenses of ACG and AEGincreased legal costs due to additional litigation that was settled favorably in fiscal 2008 compared to fiscal 2007 were as follows:

ACG

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased primarily due to the following:

·increased compensation expense of $11.8 million as a result of merit increases and higher bonus and commission costs associated with higher net revenues and profits; and
·increased professional service fees of $3.4 million primarily related to increased retail representation fees resulting from higher net revenues and increased fees for accounting and tax services.

year 2011. These increases were offset in part by a decrease of $3.8$1.1 million in marketingdepreciation expense due to assets being fully depreciated during fiscal year 2010 and sales promotions.
a majority of the current capital projects were not completed and placed in service as of the end of fiscal year 2011.

AEGGain from Litigation Settlement

Selling, general
  Fiscal Year Ended     Fiscal Year Ended    
(in thousands) March 31, 2012 March 31, 2011 Increase (Decrease) March 31, 2011 March 31, 2010 Increase (Decrease)
Gain from Litigation Settlement $
 $(5,100) $5,100
 100.0% $(5,100) $
 $(5,100) 100.0%
% of total consolidated net revenues % (0.7)% 0.7
 ppt. (0.7)% % (0.7) ppt.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011, we entered into a binding settlement agreement to dismiss litigation involving the alleged theft of our trade secrets by a competitor in mobile headsets, and administrative expenses decreased primarily duein the same quarter, pursuant to the following:settlement agreement, we received a $5.1 million payment in exchange for a full release and settlement of the claims.

·decreased spending on integration and retention of employees of $2.7 million as we have completed significant portions of our planned systems integration; and
·increased allocation of support services to cost of revenues and research and development resulting in a decrease of $1.1 million.

We anticipate that our consolidated selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2010 will be lower in comparison to fiscal 2009.
Restructuring and Other Related Charges

Consolidated
  Fiscal Year Ended       Fiscal Year Ended       
  March 31, March 31,  Increase March 31, March 31,  Increase 
(in thousands) 2007 2008  (Decrease) 2008 2009  (Decrease) 
                          
Restructuring and other related charges  $-  $3,584  $3,584   -  $3,584  $12,074  $8,490   236.9%
% of total consolidated net revenues   0.0%  0.4%  0.4 ppt.   0.4%  1.6%  1.2 ppt. 
Audio Communications Group

Restructuring and other related charges  $-  $-  $-   -  $-  $10,952  $10,952   - 
% of total segment net revenues   0.0%  0.0%  - ppt.   0.0%  1.6%  1.6 ppt. 
Audio Entertainment Group

Restructuring and other related charges  $-  $3,584  $3,584   -  $3,584  $1,122  $(2,462)  (68.7)%
% of total segment net revenues   0.0%  3.3%  3.3 ppt.   3.3%  1.2%  (2.1)ppt. 
Q3 Fiscal 2008 Restructuring Action
  Fiscal Year Ended     Fiscal Year Ended    
(in thousands) March 31, 2012 March 31, 2011 Increase (Decrease) March 31, 2011 March 31, 2010 Increase (Decrease)
Restructuring and other related charges $
 $(428) $428
 (100.0)% $(428) $1,867
 $(2,295) (122.9)%
% of total consolidated net revenues % (0.1)% 0.1
 ppt. (0.1)% 0.3% (0.4) ppt.
 
In November 2007,fiscal year 2009, we announced plans to close AEG’s manufacturing facility in Dongguan, China, shut down a related Hong Kong research and development, sales and procurement office and consolidate procurement, research and developmentvarious restructuring activities for AEG in our Shenzhen, China site.  The selling, general and administrative functions of AEG in China have been consolidated with those of ACG throughout the Asia-Pacific region.  These actions resulted in the elimination of all manufacturing operation positions in Dongguan, China and certain related support functions.  This restructuring plan is part of a strategic initiative designed to reduce fixed costs by outsourcing the majority of AEG manufacturing to a network of qualified contract manufacturers already in place.  In November 2007, 730 employeesthat were notified of their termination, 708 in manufacturing, 20 in research and development and 2 in selling, general and administrative.  As of December 31, 2008, all employees had been terminated.  Restructuring and other related charges of approximately $3.7 million related to this restructuring plan, of which $3.6 million was recorded in fiscal 2008 and $0.1 million recorded in fiscal 2009.  The total restructuring charges of $3.7 million consist of $1.4 million for the write-off of facilities and equipment and accelerated depreciation, $1.4 million for severance and benefits, and $0.9 million in professional and administrative and other fees.  All restructuring and other related charges under this plan have been recorded as of March 31, 2009 and all amounts have been paid.  Cost savings from this action, primarily consisting of reduced employee expenses in all function and lower facility costs, was approximately $3.0 million for fiscal 2009 which is expected to remain at this level for fiscal 2010.
Q1 Fiscal 2009 Restructuring Action
In June 2008, we announced a reduction in force at AEG’s operations in Milford, Pennsylvania as part of the strategic initiative designed to reduce costs.  A total of 31 employees were notified of their termination, all of whom were terminatedcompleted as of December 31, 2008.  We recognized $0.2 million2010. There were no charges during the years ended March 31, 2012 or 2011; however, in fiscal year 2011 we recorded an immaterial net gain upon the sale of a facility located in China in connection with the restructuring activities. In fiscal year 2010, we recorded restructuring charges related to this activity in fiscal 2009,of $1.9 million, consisting solely of severance and benefits along with facilities and equipment charges.

Operating Income

  Fiscal Year Ended     Fiscal Year Ended    
(in thousands) March 31, 2012 March 31, 2011 Increase (Decrease) March 31, 2011 March 31, 2010 Increase (Decrease)
Operating income $141,353
 $140,712
 $641
 0.5% $140,712
 $97,635
 $43,077
 44.1%
% of total consolidated net revenues 19.8% 20.6% (0.8) ppt. 20.6% 15.9% 4.7
 ppt.

In fiscal year 2012, we reported operating income of which substantially all costs have been recorded and paid as of March 31, 2009.  Cost savings from this action were $2.2$141.4 million compared to $140.7 million in fiscal 2009year 2011 due to increased net revenues and higher margins resulting primarily from a favorable product mix that consisted of a greater proportion of OCC net revenues, which generally have higher gross margins than other product categories, offset partially by higher operating expenses reflecting our investments in UC.

In fiscal year 2011, we anticipate cost savingsreported operating income of approximately $2.6$140.7 million compared to $97.6 million in fiscal year 2010 consisting of reduced employee expenses in all functions.
Q3 Fiscal 2009 Restructuring Action
In the third quarter of fiscal 2009, we haddue to increased net revenues and higher margins resulting primarily from a reduction in force at AEG’s operations in Luxemburg and Shenzhen, China and ACG’s operations in China as part of the strategic initiative designed to reduce costs.  A total of 624 employees were notified of their termination, all of whom had been terminated as of December 31, 2009.  On January 14, 2009, we announced additional reductions in force related to this restructuring plan which included an additional 199 employees located in ACG’s Tijuana, Mexico, U.S. and global locations who were notified of their termination.  A total of 823 employees, primarily in operations positions but also including other functions, were notified of their termination under this restructuring action, all of whom, except ten employees, had been terminated as of March 31, 2009.  In fiscal 2009, we recorded $8.8 million of restructuring charges related to these activities, of which $0.8 million related to the AEG segment and $8.0 million related to the ACG segment.  These costsfavorable product mix that consisted of $8.1 million in severance and benefits, $0.6 million for the write-offa greater proportion of leasehold improvements due to consolidation of facilities, and $0.1 million in other associated costs.  We believe that substantially all of theOCC net revenues. In addition, we experienced improved Bluetooth margins resulting primarily from lower costs have been incurred as of March 31, 2009, $2.6 million of which related to ACG had not been paid as of March 31, 2009 and is expected to be paid in the first quarter of fiscal 2010.  We currently expect cost savings as a result of the restructuring plan, including the actions announcedoutsourcing our manufacturing operations in January 2009, to be approximately $16.3 millionChina, which began in fiscal 2010 consisting of employee related costs in all functions and reduced facility and related costs in operations due to consolidation of facilities.July 2009.


Q4 Fiscal 2009 Restructuring Action
At the end of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, we announced a plan to close our ACG manufacturing operations in our Suzhou, China facility due to the decision to outsource the manufacturing of our Bluetooth products in China.  A total of 656 employees, primarily in operations positions but also included other functions, were notified of their termination of which none of whom had been terminated as of March 31, 2009.  Most of the employees will be terminated in the second quarter of fiscal 2010 when we plan to exit the manufacturing facility.  In fiscal 2009, we recorded $3.0 million of restructuring charges in the ACG business segment, primarily consisting of severance and benefits.  We expect to incur total restructuring and other related charges of $11.0 to $14.0 million related to this action, including approximately $5.5 to $6.5 million in non-cash charges related to accelerated depreciation, which will be recorded within cost of revenues, $3.5 million in employee termination benefits of which $3.0 million was recorded in fiscal 2009 and $2.0 to $4.0 million in other associated costs.  All remaining costs are expected to be incurred during fiscal 2010, and all cash payments are expected to be funded from our operating cash flows. We currently expect cost savings as a result of the restructuring plan to be approximately $14.0 million in fiscal 2010 and $22.0 million in fiscal 2011.  These anticipated cost savings for fiscal 2010 and 2011 consists primarily of fixed operations costs of $6.0 million and $11.0 million, respectively, product margin improvements due to outsourcing of $5.0 million and $7.0 million, respectively, and research and development expenses of $3.0 million and $4.0 million, respectively.

If forecasted revenue and gross margin growth rates of either the ACG or AEG segment are not achieved, it is reasonably possible that we will need to take further restructuring actions which may result in additional restructuring and other related charges in future periods.  In addition, we continue to review the AEG cost structure and may implement additional cost reduction initiatives in the future.

Impairment of Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

We review goodwill and purchased intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist.  In the third quarter of fiscal 2009, in considering the effects of the current economic environment we determined that sufficient indicators existed requiring us to perform an interim impairment review of our two reporting segments, ACG and AEG.  In addition, as a result of the decline in forecasted revenues, operating margin and cash flows related to the AEG segment, we also reviewed our long-lived assets within the reporting unit for impairment.  These reviews resulted in non-cash impairment charges of $117.5 million recorded in the third quarter of fiscal 2009 which consisted of $54.7 million related to the goodwill arising from the purchase of Altec Lansing in August 2005 representing 100% of the goodwill in the AEG segment, $58.7 million related to intangible assets primarily associated with the Altec Lansing trademark and trade name and $4.1 million related to property, plant and equipment related to the AEG segment.  There was no impairment related to the ACG reporting unit.

We performed our annual review of goodwill and purchased intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 which indicated that there was no further impairment of goodwill or intangible assets.  The assumptions used in the annual impairment review performed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 were consistent with the assumptions used in the interim impairment review in the third quarter of fiscal 2009 as no significant changes were identified.  Given the current economic environment and the uncertainties regarding the impact on the business, there can be no assurance that the estimates and assumptions regarding the duration of the current economic downturn, or the period or strength of recovery, made for purposes of testing the goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment during the third and fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 will prove to be accurate predictions of the future.  If the assumptions regarding forecasted revenue or margin growth rates of the AEG reporting unit are not achieved or if certain alternatives being evaluated by management to improve the profitability of the AEG segment do not materialize, it is reasonably possible we may be required to record additional impairment charges related to the Altec Lansing trademark and trade name in future periods, whether in connection with our next annual impairment review in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 or prior to that if indicators of impairment exist.  It is also reasonably possible that an impairment review may be triggered for the remaining intangible assets associated with Altec Lansing.  The net book value of these intangible assets as of March 31, 2009 was $21.9 million.  It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be material.

Gain on Sale of Land

During the first quarter of fiscal 2007, we sold a parcel of land in Frederick, Maryland, for net proceeds of $2.7 million and recorded a gain of $2.6 million from the sale of this property.

Operating Income (Loss)
Consolidated
  Fiscal Year Ended       Fiscal Year Ended       
  March 31, March 31,  Increase March 31, March 31,  Increase 
(in thousands) 2007 2008  (Decrease) 2008 2009  (Decrease) 
                          
Operating income (loss)  $57,449  $79,383  $21,934   38.2% $79,383  $(81,172) $(160,555)  (202.3)%
% of total consolidated net revenues   7.2%  9.3%  2.1 ppt.   9.3%  (10.6)%  (19.9)ppt. 
Audio Communications Group
Operating income  $84,677  $115,166  $30,489   36.0% $115,166  $61,461  $(53,705)  (46.6)%
% of total segment net revenues   12.5%  15.4%  2.9 ppt.   15.4%  9.1%  (6.3)ppt. 
Audio Entertainment Group
Operating income (loss)  $(27,228) $(35,783) $(8,555)  31.4% $(35,783) $(142,633) $(106,850)  298.6%
% of total segment net revenues   (22.0)%  (33.0)%  (11.0)ppt.   (33.0)%  (156.6)%  (123.6)ppt. 


In fiscal 2009, we had an operating loss of $81.2 million as compared to an operating income of $79.4 million in fiscal 2008 due to lower net revenues, the impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets recorded in the third quarter of fiscal 2009 and increased restructuring and other related charges during fiscal 2009 offset in part by a reduction in normal operating expenses as a result of cost savings programs.

In fiscal 2008, compared to fiscal 2007, consolidated operating income increased due to higher net revenues and the 2.3 percentage point increase in gross profit in ACG, despite the absence of the $2.6 million gain on sale of land recognized in the first quarter of fiscal 2007 and restructuring and other related charges of $3.6 million recognized in the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2008.  The improved operating results in ACG were partially offset by increased operating losses in AEG, primarily due to lower net revenues and gross profit and restructuring and other related charges.

Operating margins may vary based on product mix shifts, product life cycles, and seasonality.  We believe the AEG segment will generate relatively small losses in the first half of fiscal 2010 and should be profitable in the second half of fiscal 2010 based on new products with lower costs comprising most of the mix by the second half of the fiscal year.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net
Consolidated
  Fiscal Year Ended       Fiscal Year Ended       
  March 31, March 31,  Increase March 31, March 31,  Increase 
(in thousands) 2007 2008  (Decrease) 2008 2009  (Decrease) 
                      
Interest and other income (expense), net  $4,089  $5,854  $1,765   43.2% $5,854  $(3,544) $(9,398)  (160.5)%
% of total net revenues   0.5%  0.7%  0.2 ppt.   0.7%  (0.5)%  (1.2)ppt. 
We had a net interest and other expense in fiscal 2009 as compared to a net interest and other income in fiscal 2008 due to higher foreign currency losses and lower interest income as a result of lower interest rates on higher cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments.

In comparison to fiscal 2007, interest
  Fiscal Year Ended     Fiscal Year Ended    
(in thousands) March 31, 2012 March 31, 2011 Increase (Decrease) March 31, 2011 March 31, 2010 Increase (Decrease)
Interest and other income (expense), net $1,249
 $(56) $1,305
 (2,330.4)% $(56) $3,105
 $(3,161) 101.8%
% of total net revenues 0.2%  % 0.2
 ppt.  % 0.5% (0.5) ppt.

Interest and other income (expense), net in fiscal 2008year 2012 increased from fiscal year 2011 due primarily due to higherthe prior year including an expense related to penalties and interest recorded upon settlement of an indirect tax matter in Brazil. In addition, we had greater interest income resulting from increased interest on a higher average investment portfolio in fiscal year 2012.

Interest and other income (expense), net in fiscal year 2011 decreased from fiscal year 2010 due primarily to greater foreign currency exchange gains in fiscal year 2010 as a result of higher average cash balancesa weaker U.S. Dollar in fiscal year 2010 than in fiscal year 2011, in addition to penalties and higher average yields, and lower interest expense resultingrecorded in fiscal year 2011 related to the settlement of an indirect tax matter in Brazil. In addition, we generated income from the repayment of our line of credita government stimulus program in the fourth quarter ofMexico in fiscal 2007.year 2010 that did not recur in fiscal year 2011.



Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

Consolidated
  Fiscal Year Ended        Fiscal Year Ended       
  March 31,  March 31,  Increase  March 31,  March 31,  Increase 
(in thousands) 2007  2008  (Decrease)  2008  2009  (Decrease) 
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes $61,538  $85,237  $23,699   38.5% $85,237  $(84,716) $(169,953)  (199.4)%
Income tax expense (benefit)  11,395   16,842   5,447   47.8%  16,842   (19,817)  (36,659)  (217.7)%
Net income (loss) $50,143  $68,395  $18,252   36.4% $68,395  $(64,899) $(133,294)  (194.9)%
                                 
Effective tax rate  18.5%  19.8%  1.3 ppt.   19.8%  23.4%  3.6 ppt. 
  Fiscal Year Ended   Fiscal Year Ended  
(in thousands) March 31, 2012 March 31, 2011 Increase (Decrease) March 31, 2011 March 31, 2010 Increase (Decrease)
Income from continuing operations before income taxes $142,602
 $140,656
 $1,946
 1.4 % $140,656
 $100,740
 $39,916
 39.6%
Income tax expense from continuing operations 33,566
 31,413
 2,153
 6.9 % 31,413
 24,287
 7,126
 29.3%
Income from continuing operations, net of tax $109,036
 $109,243
 $(207) (0.2)% $109,243
 $76,453
 $32,790
 42.9%
Effective tax rate 23.5% 22.3% 1.2
 ppt. 22.3% 24.1% (1.8) ppt.

In comparison to fiscal 2008,year 2011, the increase in the effective tax rate on the loss before income taxes for fiscal 2009 isyear 2012 was due primarily due to the change in foreign versus domestic income mix, the release of tax reserves resultingreduced benefit from the lapse of the statute of limitations in certain jurisdictions and the reinstatement of the U.S. federal research tax credit offsetas the credit expired in part byDecember 2011; therefore, the non-deductible goodwill impairment charge andeffective tax rate in fiscal year 2012 included the releasebenefit of the deferredcredit for only three quarters. The effective tax liability resulting fromrate for fiscal year 2011 includes the impairmentimpact of credits earned in our fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010 because the associated intangible assets.  credit was reinstated in December 2010 retroactively to January 2010.

In comparisoncomparison to fiscal 2007,year 2010, the increasedecrease in the effective tax rate for fiscal 2008year 2011 was due primarily due to reducedthe increased benefit from the U.S. federal research tax credits in fiscal 2008 as the research credit was available for only nine months in fiscal 2008, compared to fifteen months in fiscal 2007 due to reinstatement of the credit retroactively to January 1, 2006.  We also benefited from a one-time solar credit in fiscal 2007. credit.

Our effective tax rate for fiscal 2009 differs from the statutory rate due to the impact of foreign operations taxed at different statutory rates, income tax credits, state taxes, the impairment of non-deductible goodwillyear 2012, 2011 and other factors.  Our effective tax rate for fiscal 20082010 differs from the statutory rate due to the impact of foreign operations taxed at different statutory rates, income tax credits, state taxes, and other factors.  TheOur future tax rate could be impacted by a shift in the mix of domestic and foreign income, tax treaties with foreign jurisdictions, changes in tax laws in the U.S. or internationally a return to profitability for the AEG business, or a change in estimate of future taxable income which could result in a valuation allowance being required.

On April 1, 2007, we adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”). Under FIN 48, the impact of an uncertain income tax position on income tax expense must be recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained.  An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized unless it has a greater than 50% likelihood of being sustained.  There were no material adjustments as a result of the adoption of FIN 48.  As of March 31, 2009,2012, we had $11.1 million of unrecognized tax benefits compared to $12.4$10.5 million as of March 31, 2008, all2011 and $11.2 million as of whichMarch 31, 2010. The unrecognized tax benefits as of the end of fiscal year 2012 would favorably impact the effective tax rate in future periods if recognized.

36



It is our continuing practice to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. As of March 31, 2009,2012, 2011 and 2010, we had approximately $1.6$1.7 million of accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions, compared to $1.7 million as of March 31, 2008.positions. No penalties have been accrued.
accrued.

Although the timing and outcome of income tax audits is highly uncertain, it is possible that certain unrecognized tax benefits may be reduced as a result of the lapse of the applicable statutes of limitations in federal, state, and foreign jurisdictions within the next twelve months.  Currently, we cannot reasonably estimate the amount of reductions, if any, during the next twelve months.  Any such reduction could be impacted by other changes in unrecognized tax benefits.

We file income tax returnsare subject to taxation in various foreign and state jurisdictions as well as in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various states and foreign jurisdictions. We are no longer subject to either U.S. federal or state income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 20062009. We are under examination by the California Franchise Tax Board for our 2007 and 2005, respectively.2008 tax years. Foreign income tax matters for material tax jurisdictions have been concluded throughfor tax years before 2004,prior to fiscal year 2006, except for the United Kingdom Germany and France which has been concluded for tax years prior to fiscal year 2010.

Discontinued Operations

We entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (“APA”) on October 2, 2009, as subsequently amended, to sell Altec Lansing, our AEG segment.  The sale was completed effective December 1, 2009.  All of the revenues in the AEG segment were derived from sales of Altec Lansing products.  All operations of AEG have been concluded throughclassified as discontinued operations in the Consolidated statement of operations for all periods presented.

There was no income or loss from discontinued operations for the fiscal 2006.years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011. The results from discontinued operations for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010 were as follows (in thousands):

Net revenues $64,916
 
Cost of revenues (53,127) 
Operating expenses (16,433) 
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets (25,194) 
Restructuring and other related charges (19) 
Loss on sale of AEG (611) 
Loss from operations of discontinued AEG segment (including loss on sale of AEG) (30,468) 
Tax benefit from discontinued operations (11,393) 
Loss on discontinued operations, net of tax $(19,075) 

In addition, the results from discontinued operations in fiscal year 2010 included a loss of $0.6 million on sale of Altec Lansing, which is calculated as follows (in thousands):
Proceeds received upon close$11,075
Escrow payments received to date2,065
Remaining escrow payments to be received (subsequently received in fiscal 2011)1,625
Payment to purchaser for adjustment for final value of net assets under APA(3,956)
Total estimated proceeds10,809
Book value of net assets sold(11,057)
Costs incurred upon closing(363)
Loss on sale of AEG$(611)




FINANCIAL CONDITION

The table below provides selected consolidated cash flow information for the periods indicated:

  Fiscal Year Ended 
  March 31,  March 31,  March 31, 
(in thousands) 2007  2008  2009 
          
Cash provided by operating activities $73,048  $102,900  $99,150 
             
Cash used for capital expenditures and other assets (24,028) (23,298) (23,682)
Cash provided by (used for) other investing activities  1,546   (18,850)  (59,490)
Cash used for investing activities (22,482) (42,148) (83,172)
             
Cash provided by (used for)  financing activities $(26,244) $5,618  $(14,915)
(in thousands) March 31, 2012 March 31, 2011 March 31, 2010
Cash provided by operating activities $140,448
 $158,232
 $143,729
       
Capital expenditures and other assets $(19,140) $(18,667) $(6,262)
Cash provided by maturities and sales of investments, net of investment purchases 9,725
 (168,937) 64,760
Proceeds received from sale of AEG segment 
 1,625
 9,121
Cash provided by other investing activities 
 9,066
 277
Cash (used for) provided by investing activities $(9,415) $(176,913) $67,896
       
Repurchase of common stock, including equity forward contract $(273,791) $(105,522) $(49,652)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock 38,222
 50,109
 32,581
Net proceeds from revolving line of credit 37,000
 
 
Payment of cash dividends (9,040)
 (9,703)
 (9,781)
Cash provided by other financing activities 9,348
 9,939
 5,870
Cash used for financing activities $(198,261) $(55,177) $(20,982)

Cash Flows fromProvided by Operating Activities
 
Cash flows fromprovided by operating activities in fiscal 2009 were $99.2year 2012 was $140.4 million and consisted of net income of $109.0 million, non-cash charges of $25.9 million and working capital sources of cash of $5.5 million. Non-cash charges consisted primarily of $17.5 million of stock-based compensation expense, $13.8 million of depreciation and amortization and a $5.6 million income tax benefit associated with stock option exercises, offset in part by a $9.1 million benefit from deferred income taxes and $7.0 million in excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation expense. Working capital sources of cash consisted primarily of an $18.5 million net increase in accrued income taxes due to refunds received in fiscal year 2012 related to over-payments made in fiscal year 2011 and the timing of current year income tax accruals, partly offset by a $9.4 million increase in accounts receivable and a $4.3 million decrease in accrued liabilities. Inventory turns increased to 6.1 as of March 31, 2012 from 5.8 as of March 31, 2011 as a result of lower inventory balances on higher cost of revenues in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012 compared to the same period in fiscal year 2011 due to better inventory management. Days Sales Outstanding ("DSO") increased to 57 days as of March 31, 2012 from 54 days as of March 31, 2011, resulting from a higher accounts receivable balance due to timing of revenues earned during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012 as compared to the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011. The net decrease in accrued liabilities resulted primarily from the payout in fiscal year 2012 of performance-based compensation related to fiscal year 2011 and lower accruals for performance-based compensation in fiscal year 2012 due to lower achievement of targets than in fiscal year 2011.

Cash provided by operating activities in fiscal year 2011 was $158.2 million and consisted of our net lossincome of $64.9$109.2 million, offset by non-cash charges of $147.6$29.1 million and working capital sources of cash of $16.4$19.9 million. Non-cash charges consisted primarily of $117.5 million related to the impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets, $25.8$16.3 million of depreciation and amortization, $15.7$15.9 million of stock-based compensation under SFAS No. 123(R), provision for excessexpense and obsolete inventory of $11.4a $6.2 million provision for sales allowances and doubtful accounts of $2.7 millionincome tax benefit associated with stock option exercises, offset in part by $5.7 million in excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation expense and a $26.9$5.2 million benefit from deferred income taxes. Working capital sources of cash consisted primarily of a decrease in inventory of $13.0 million as we continued to improve the management of our inventory levels, increases in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $10.2 million and $9.9 million, respectively, due to timing of payments along with an increase in income taxes of $4.2 million. Working capital uses of cash consisted primarily of an increase in accounts receivable of $50.7$15.1 million due to cash collectionshigher revenues in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011 than in the prior year quarter. Inventory turns, which is calculated using Cost of revenues from continuing operations only and lower revenues.  Days Sales Outstandingconsolidated inventory balances, increased to 5.8 as of March 31, 2009 was 51 days compared to 572011 from 4.2 as of March 31, 2008.2010 as a result of our lower inventory balances on higher cost of revenues in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011 compared to the same period in fiscal year 2010. DSO, which is calculated using Net revenues from continuing operations only and consolidated accounts receivable balances, increased to 54 days as of March 31, 2011 from 49 days as of March 31, 2010 as a result of higher accounts receivable balance due to timing of revenues earned during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011 as compared to the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010.


38


Cash provided by operating activities in fiscal year 2010 was $143.7 million and consisted of net income of $57.4 million, non-cash charges of $54.3 million and working capital sources of cash of $32.0 million.  Non-cash charges consisted primarily of $25.2 million related to the AEG impairment charge on long-lived assets recorded in discontinued operations, $18.1 million of depreciation and amortization, $14.6 million of stock-based compensation expense, and non-cash restructuring charges of $6.3 million offset in part by a $12.5 million benefit from deferred income taxes.  Working capital sources of cash consisted primarily of a decrease in inventory of $27.6 million as we continued to improve the management of our inventory levels, income tax refunds received and decreases in other assets.  Working capital uses of cash consisted primarily of decreases in accounts payable and accrued liabilities as wefrom reduced our spending during the fiscal year decreasesas a result of the sale of Altec Lansing in gross inventory as we improved management of our inventory levels, and increases in other assets.December 2009.  Inventory turns, decreasedwhich is calculated using Cost of revenues from continuing operations only and consolidated inventory balances, increased to 3.24.2 as of March 31, 2010 from 3.1 as of March 31, 2009 from 3.8 as of March 31, 2008 as a result of our higherlower inventory balances and lower revenues.

Cash flows from operating activitieson higher revenues in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010 compared to the same period in fiscal 2008 were $102.9 million and consisted of net income of $68.4 million, non-cash charges of $44.7 million and working capital uses of cash of $10.2 million.  Non-cash charges consisted primarily of $28.5 million of depreciation and amortization, $16.0 million of stock-based compensation under SFAS No. 123(R), provision for excess and obsolete inventory of $7.8 million and restructuring and other related charges of $1.6 million.  Non-cash charges were partially offset by a $9.3 million non-cash benefit related to deferred income taxes.  Working capital uses of cash consisted primarily of increases in inventory and accounts receivable.  Inventory increased to support higher overall volumes and the transition of manufacturing of consumer headsets to our manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China.  Inventory turns remained flat at 3.8 for fiscal 2007 and 2008.year 2009.  Accounts receivable increased dueremained relatively flat from fiscal year 2009 to higher net revenues.  Days Sales Outstanding as of March 31, 2008 was 57 days comparedfiscal year 2010; however, DSO, which is calculated using Net revenues from continuing operations only and consolidated accounts receivable balances, decreased to 5349 days as of March 31, 2007.  Working capital sources2010 from 59 days as of cash consisted primarilyMarch 31, 2009 as a result of increases in accrued liabilities and income taxes payable which fluctuate withcollections of the timing of payments.

Cash flows from operating activities in fiscal 2007 were $73.0 million and consisted of net income of $50.1 million, non-cash charges of $49.5 million and working capital uses of cash of $26.6 million.  Non-cash charges consisted primarily of $29.2 million of depreciation and amortization, $16.9 million of stock-based compensation under SFAS No. 123(R) and provision for excess and obsolete inventory of $14.6 million.  Non-cash charges were partially offset by non-cash benefits of $8.4 millionaccounts receivable related to deferred income taxes and a $2.5 million gainour AEG business which were retained by us upon the sale of Altec Lansing on the disposal of property, plant and equipment.  Working capital uses of cash consisted primarily of increases in inventory related to finished goods for Bluetooth and wireless office products and working capital sources of cash consisted primarily of a decrease in accounts receivable and an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities which fluctuate with the timing of payments.December 1, 2009.  

We expect that cash provided by operating activities may fluctuate in future periods as a result of a number of factors including fluctuations in our net revenues and operating results, collection of accounts receivable, changes to inventory levels and timing of payments.
 

Cash Flows fromUsed for Investing Activities
 
In fiscal 2009,year 2012, net cash flows used for investing activities was $83.2$9.4 million, consisting primarily of$176.9 million and $91.0 million for the purchase of short-term and long-term investments, respectively, along with capital expenditures of $23.7$19.1 million. These uses of cash were offset in part by net proceeds of $277.6 million from sales and maturities of short-term and long-term investments. Capital expenditures during fiscal year 2012 related primarily to building and leasehold improvements, tooling and various IT projects and equipment.

In fiscal year 2011, net cash used for investing activities was $169.9 million, consisting primarily of $256.3 million and $48.9 million for the purchase of short-term and long-term investments, respectively, along with capital expenditures of $18.6 million. These uses of cash were offset in part by net purchasesproceeds of $142.5 million from sales and maturities of short-term investments, $9.1 million from the sale of Assets held for sale and $1.6 million in net proceeds from the release of escrow related to the sale of Altec Lansing, our AEG segment. Capital expenditures during fiscal year 2011 related primarily to building and leasehold improvements, including the installation of an expanded solar energy system in our headquarters in Santa Cruz, California, tooling and various IT projects and equipment.

In fiscal year 2010, net cash provided by investing activities was $67.9 million, consisting primarily of net maturities and sales of short-term investments of $59.9$64.0 million and $9.1 million in net proceeds from the sale of Altec Lansing, offset in part by capital expenditures of $6.3 million.  Capital expenditures during fiscal 2009year 2010 related primarily related to $4.3 million in costs to complete construction of the new corporate data center in our Santa Cruz, California headquarters, $3.2 million for the construction of our engineering center in Santa Cruz, Californiatooling and $2.3 million for various IT projects.

In fiscal 2008, net cash flows used for investing activities was $42.2 million, consisting of capital expenditures of $23.3 million and net purchases of short-term investments of $18.9 million.  Capital expenditures during fiscal 2008 primarily related to building improvements at our Santa Cruz, California headquarters, including $2.7 million to complete the industrial design wing and $1.2 million for work on the construction of the new corporate data center, and $2.0 million for various IT projects.   

Net cash flows used for investing activities in fiscal 2007 was $22.5 million and consisted of capital expenditures of $24.0 million primarily related to building improvements at our corporate headquarters in Santa Cruz, California, expansion of a warehouse facility in Milford, Pennsylvania, and the purchase of machinery and equipment, tooling, computers and software and net purchases of short-term investments of $1.1 million, offset by $2.7 million related to the sale of land in Frederick, Maryland in the first quarter of fiscal 2007.

We anticipate our capital expenditures to decrease in fiscal 2010year 2013 to range from $51.0 million to $54.0 million. The increase from fiscal 2009 asyear 2012 is primarily related to the potential purchase of a new manufacturing facility in Mexico that would replace and consolidate our existing leased facilities. The estimated cost of the facility includes the purchase of an existing building, solar upgrades, labs, and other building furnishings including furniture and fixtures. If we focus on improving return on invested capital and generating cash flow.  However,complete the purchase of the facility in the future,first half of fiscal year 2013, we may need additionalexpect to complete the required upgrades and to move into the new facility in the first quarter of fiscal year 2014. In addition, we would not renew our existing leases and will consolidate all of our operations into the new facility. As a result of purchasing the building, we would record significant non-cash charges, including approximately $2.0 million in accelerated depreciation related to the remaining useful lives of the leasehold improvements and, once we stop using the leased facilities, anda one-time lease charge of approximately $2.0 million representing the costs we would otherwise continue to incur under the original lease terms. In addition to the potential new facility in Mexico, we plan to migrate to a new enterprise resource planning ("ERP") environment, with capital expenditures to support growth.commencing in the second half of fiscal year 2013 and continuing through the start of our fiscal year 2015. The remainder of the anticipated capital expenditures for fiscal year 2013 consists primarily of building and leasehold improvements in our U.S. headquarters, other IT related expenditures and tooling for new products. We will continue to evaluate new business opportunities and new markets.  If we pursuemarkets; as a result, our future growth within the existing business or new opportunities orand markets in areas in which we do not have existingmay dictate the need for additional facilities we may need additionaland capital expenditures to support future expansion.that growth.


39


Cash Used for Financing Activities
 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities 
Net cash flows used for financing activities in fiscal 2009year 2012 was $14.9$198.3 million and consisted of $273.8 million used for the repurchase of common stock and $9.0 million for dividend payments, offset in part by $37.0 million in proceeds from our revolving line of credit, net of principal payments, $38.2 million in proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options, $7.0 million of excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation and $4.9 million in proceeds from the sale of treasury stock issued for purchases under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”).

Net cash used for financing activities in fiscal year 2011 was $55.4 million and consisted of $17.8$105.5 million used for the repurchase of common stock and $9.7 million in dividend payments, partially offset by $50.1 million in proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options, $4.2 million in proceeds from the sale of treasury stock issued for purchases under our ESPP and $5.7 million of excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation.

Net cash used for financing activities in fiscal year 2010 was $21.0 million and consisted of $49.7 million related to repurchases of common stock and $9.8 million in dividend payments, which were partially offset by $6.9$32.6 million in proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options, and $5.2$3.6 million in proceeds from the sale of treasury stock related to employee stock plan purchases.

Net cash flows provided by financing activities in fiscal 2008 was $5.6 millionissued for purchases under our ESPP and consisted of $9.8 million in proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options, $5.3 million in proceeds from the sale of treasury stock related to employee stock plan purchases and $1.8$2.2 million of excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation, which was partially offset by dividend payments of $9.7 million and $1.6 million related to the repurchase of common stock.  compensation.

Net cash flows used for financing activities in fiscal 2007 was $26.2 million and consisted of $22.0 million related to the repayment of the line of credit which was fully repaid in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, $4.0 million related to the repurchase of common stock and dividend payments of $9.5 million.  This was partially offset by $4.9 million in proceeds from the sale of treasury stock related to employee stock plan purchases, $3.3 million in proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options and $1.2 million of excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation.
On May 5, 2009,1, 2012, we announced that our Board of Directors ("Board") had declared a cash dividend of $0.05$0.10 per share of our common stock, payable on June 10, 20098, 2012 to stockholders of record on May 20, 2009.18, 2012.  This represents a doubling of the per share cash dividend amount in comparison to historical levels. We expect to continue ourpaying a quarterly dividend of $0.05$0.10 per share of our common share.  Thestock; however, the actual declaration of future dividends and the establishment of record and payment dates isare subject to final determination by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of Plantronics each quarter after its review of our financial conditionperformance and financial performance.position.

Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Our primary discretionary cash requirementsuses have historically have been to repurchase stock and for capital expenditures, including tooling for new products and building and leasehold improvements for facilities expansion.repurchases of our common stock.  At March 31, 2009,2012, we had working capital of $377.6$438.0 million, including $218.2$334.5 million of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, compared withto working capital of $335.0$524.1 million, including $163.1$430.0 million of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments at March 31, 2008.
In fiscal 2010, we expect2011.  The decrease in working capital at March 31, 2012 compared to spend $11.0March 31, 2011 is a result of the decrease in cash and cash equivalents due primarily to $12.0 million in capital expenditures, primarily consisting of IT related expenditures and toolingsignificant payments for new products.



On January 25, 2008, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of 1,000,000 shares of common stock under which the Company may purchase shares in the open market from time to time.  During fiscal 2008 and 2009, we repurchased 1,000,000 sharesrepurchases of our common stock under this repurchase plan induring the open market at a total cost of $18.3 million and an average price of $18.30 per share.  On November 10, 2008, the Board of Directors authorized a new plan to repurchase 1,000,000 shares of common stock.  During fiscal 2009, we repurchased 89,000 shares of our common stock under this plan in the open market at a total cost of $1.0 million and an average price of $11.54 per share.  As of year ended March 31, 2009, there2012, which were 911,000 remaining shares authorized for repurchase.  funded primarily from cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments on hand at March 31, 2011 and from net borrowings under our revolving line of credit.

Our cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2009 consists2012 consist of Commercial Paper, U.S. Treasury or Treasury-Backed fundsBills and bank deposits with third party financial institutions.  These bank deposit balances are currently insured under the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee (“TLG”) program administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance.  The current terms of the TLG providing for the unlimited insurance are in force through December 31, 2009.  While weWe monitor bank balances in our operating accounts and adjust the balances as appropriate, these balances could be impacted if the underlying financial institutions fail or there are other adverse conditions in the financial markets.appropriate.  Cash balances are held throughout the world, including substantial amounts held outside of the U.S..  MostU.S.   As of the amountsMarch 31, 2012, of our $334.5 million of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, $11.6 million is held outside ofdomestically while $322.9 million is held by foreign subsidiaries. The costs to repatriate our foreign earnings to the U.S. couldwould likely be repatriatedmaterial; however, our intent is to the U.S., but, underpermanently reinvest our earnings from foreign operations, and our current law, would be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, less applicable foreign tax credits.

We hold a variety of auction rate securities (“ARS”), primarily comprised of interest bearing state sponsored student loan revenue bonds guaranteed by the Department of Education.  These ARS investments are designed to provide liquidity via an auction process that resets the applicable interest rate at predetermined calendar intervals, typically every 7 or 35 days. However, the uncertainties in the credit markets have affected all of our holdings, and, as a consequence, these investments are not currently liquid.  As a result, we will not be able to access these funds until a future auction of these investments is successful, the underlying securities are redeemed by the issuer, or a buyer is found outside of the auction process.  Maturity dates for these ARS investments range from 2029 to 2039.  All of the ARS investments were investment grade quality and were in compliance with our investment policy at the time of acquisition.

In November 2008, we accepted an agreement (the “Agreement”) from UBS AG (“UBS”), the investment provider for our $28.0 million par value ARS portfolio, providing us with certain rights related to our ARS (the “Rights”).  The Rights permit us to require UBS to purchase our ARS at par value, which is defined as the price equal to the liquidation preference of the ARS plus accrued but unpaid dividends or interest, at any time during the period from June 30, 2010 through July 2, 2012.  Conversely, UBS has the right, in its discretion, to purchase or sell our ARS at any time until July 2, 2012, so long as we receive payment at par value upon any sale or liquidation.  We expect to sell our ARS under the Rights.  However, if the Rights are not exercised before July 2, 2012 they will expire and UBS will have no further rights or obligation to buy our ARS.  So long as we hold the Rights, we will continue to accrue interest as determined by the auction process or the terms of the ARS if the auction process fails.  UBS’s obligations under the Rights are not secured andplans do not require UBSus to obtain any financingrepatriate them to support its performance obligationsfund our U.S. operations as we generate sufficient domestic operating cash flow and have access to external funding under our current revolving line of credit. For information regarding tax considerations surrounding the Rights.  UBS has disclaimed any assurance that it will have sufficient financial resourcesundistributed earnings of our foreign operations, refer to satisfy its obligations under the Rights.
The Rights represent a firm agreement in accordance with SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS No. 133”).  The enforceabilityNote 17, Income Taxes, of the Rights resultsNotes to Consolidated Financial Statements in a put option and should be recognized as a free standing asset separate from the ARS.  Upon acceptance of the offer from UBS, we recorded the put option at fair value of $3.9 million using the Black-Scholes options pricing model.  As of March 31, 2009, the fair value of the put option was $4.2 million and was recorded within Other assets in the Consolidated balance sheet  with a corresponding credit to Interest and other income (expense), net in the Consolidated statements of operations for year ended March 31, 2009.  The put option does not meet the definition of a derivative instrument under SFAS No. 133.  Therefore, we have elected to measure the put option at fair value under SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”, in order to match the changes in the fair value of the ARS.  As a result, unrealized gains and losses will be included in earnings in future periods.   

As a result of our intent and ability to hold our ARS investments to maturity, we classified the entire ARS investment balance as long-term investments on our consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2008 and 2009.  Prior to accepting the UBS offer in November 2008, we recorded our ARS investments as available-for-sale and any unrealized gains or losses were recorded to Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within Stockholders’ Equity.  In connection with the acceptance of the UBS offer in November 2008, resulting in the right to require UBS to purchase the ARS at par value beginning on June 30, 2010, we transferred our ARS from long-term investments available-for-sale to long-term trading securities.  The transfer to trading securities reflects management’s intent to exercise our put option during the period from June 30, 2010 to July 3, 2012.  Prior to the Agreement with UBS, the intent was to hold the ARS until the market recovered.  At the time of transfer in November 2008, we recognized a loss on the ARS of approximately $4.0 million in Interest and other income (expense).   In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, an additional unrealized loss of $0.3 million was recorded to Interest and other income (expense), net which was offset by a $0.3 million unrealized gain recorded on the Rights.


50

Table of Contentsthis Form 10-K.
As of March 31, 2009, we utilized a discounted cash flow model to determine an estimated fair value of our investments in ARS.  The key assumptions used in preparing the discounted cash flow model include current estimates for interest rates, timing and amount of cash flows, credit and liquidity premiums and expected holding periods of the ARS.

The valuation of our investment portfolio is subject to uncertainties that are difficult to predict.  Factors that may impact its valuation include changes to credit ratings of the securities as well as to the underlying assets supporting those securities, rates of default of the underlying assets, underlying collateral value, discount rates and ongoing strength and quality of market credit and liquidity.

If the current market conditions deteriorate further, or the anticipated recovery in market values does not occur, we may incur further temporary impairment charges requiring us to record additional unrealized losses in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).  We could also incur other-than-temporary impairment charges resulting in realized losses in our consolidated statement of operations which would reduce net income.  We continue to monitor the market for ARS transactions and consider the impact, if any, on the fair value of our investments.

Our investments are intended to establish a high-quality portfolio that preserves principal and meets liquidity needs, avoids inappropriate concentrations and delivers an appropriate yield in relationship to our investment guidelines and market conditions. We are currently limitingneeds.  As of March 31, 2012, our investments are composed of U.S. Treasury Bills, Government Agency Securities, Commercial Paper, U.S. Corporate Bonds and Certificates of Deposit ("CDs").

From time to time, our Board authorizes programs under which we may repurchase shares of our common stock, depending on market conditions, in ARSthe open market or through privately negotiated transactions, including accelerated share repurchase ("ASR") agreements. During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, we repurchased 8,027,287, 3,315,000 and 1,935,100 shares, respectively, of our common stock as part of these publicly announced repurchase programs for a total cost of $273.8 million, $105.5 million and $49.7 million, respectively. In addition, we withheld 74,732 shares valued at $2.6 million during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, compared to an immaterial amount in fiscal year 2011 and none in fiscal year 2010, in satisfaction of employee tax withholding obligations upon the vesting of restricted stock granted under our current holdingsstock plans.


40


As of March 31, 2012, there were a total of 633,613 remaining shares authorized for repurchase, all of which are under our program approved by the Board of Directors on March 8, 2012. Refer to Note 13, Common Stock Repurchases, of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for more information regarding our stock repurchase programs.

On December 28, 2011, December 7, 2010 and increasingDecember 2, 2009, we retired 5,000,000, 4,000,000 and 2,000,000 shares of treasury stock, respectively, which were returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares.  These were non-cash equity transactions in which the cost of the reacquired shares was recorded as a reduction to both Retained earnings and Treasury stock.

In May 2011, we entered into a Credit Agreement ("Credit Agreement") with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association ( "Bank") which provides for a $100.0 million unsecured revolving line of credit (the "line of credit") to augment our investmentsfinancial flexibility to facilitate the ASR Program and if requested by us, the Bank may increase its commitment thereunder by up to $100.0 million, for a total facility of up to $200.0 million.  Principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest, is due on the maturity date, May 9, 2014 and our obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by our domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions. As of March 31, 2012, we had outstanding borrowings of $37.0 million under the line of credit. Loans under the Credit Agreement bear interest at the election of the Company (1) at the Bank's announced prime rate less 1.50% per annum, (2) at a daily one month LIBOR rate plus 1.10% per annum or (3) at an adjusted LIBOR rate, for a term of one, three or six months, plus 1.10% per annum. The line of credit requires us to comply with the following two financial covenant ratios, in more liquid investments.each case at each fiscal quarter end and determined on a rolling four-quarter basis:

maximum ratio of funded debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA"); and,
minimum EBITDA coverage ratio, which is calculated as interest payments divided by EBITDA.

As of March 31, 2009,2012, we hadwere in compliance with these ratios by a credit agreement with Wells Fargo N.A. (“Wells Fargo”) which includes a $100 million revolvingsubstantial margin.

In addition, we and our subsidiaries are required to maintain unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities plus availability under the Credit Agreement at the end of each fiscal quarter of at least $200.0 million. The line of credit contains affirmative covenants including covenants regarding the payment of taxes and a letterother liabilities, maintenance of insurance, reporting requirements and compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The credit sub-facility.  Borrowingsfacility also contains negative covenants, among other things, limiting our ability to incur debt, make capital expenditures, grant liens, make acquisitions and make investments. The events of default under the line of credit are unsecuredinclude payment defaults, cross defaults with certain other indebtedness, breaches of covenants, judgment defaults and bear interest at the London inter-bank offered rate (“LIBOR”) plus 0.75%.  The linebankruptcy and insolvency events involving us or any of credit expires on August 1, 2010.  At our subsidiaries. As of March 31, 2009, there2012, we were no outstanding borrowingsin compliance with all covenants under the credit facility and our commitments under a letter of credit sub-facility were $0.2 million.  The amounts outstanding under the letter of credit sub-facility are principally associated with purchases of inventory.  The terms of the credit facility contain covenants that materially limit our ability to incur additional debt and pay dividends, among other matters.  They also require us to maintain a minimum annual net income, a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum quick ratio.  As a result of our net loss incurred for the third quarter of fiscal 2009, we did not meet the minimum net income covenant under the credit agreement.  We obtained a waiver of default due to this covenant from Wells Fargo for the quarter ended December 31, 2008; however, we could not draw any funds on the line of credit or new letter of credit advances until an additional amendment was entered into with the bank.  Due to overall net loss for fiscal 2009, we continued to be out of compliance with the covenants as of March 31, 2009.  Effective April 1, 2009, we terminated our credit agreement as we believe that our cash, cash equivalents and future cash flows provide sufficient liquidity to fund our operating needs.  Therefore, we are no longer subject to the covenants of the credit agreement in fiscal 2010.  In the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we entered into a standby letter of credit agreement with Wells Fargo which we use to secure small letters of credits with vendors as requested.  As of April 25, 2009, we had $0.2 million in commitments under the new agreement.credit.

We enter into foreign currency forward-exchange contracts, which typically mature in one month intervals, to hedge theour exposure to foreign currency fluctuations of foreign currency-denominatedEuro, Great Britain Pound and Australian Dollar denominated cash, receivables payables, and cashpayables balances.  We record on the consolidated balance sheet at each reporting period the fair value of our forward-exchange contracts in the Consolidated balance sheets at each reporting period and record any fair value adjustments in our consolidated statementConsolidated statements of operations.  Gains and losses associated with currency rate changes on contracts are recorded within Interest and other income (expense), net in our Consolidated statements of operations, offsetting transaction gains and losses on the related assets and liabilities.  Please see Item 7A, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk, for additional information.

We also have a hedging program to hedge a portion of forecasted revenues denominated in the Euro and Great Britain Pound with put and call option contracts used as collars.  We also hedge a portion of the forecasted expenditures in Mexican Pesos with a cross-currency swap.  At each reporting period, we record the net fair value of our unrealized option contracts onin the consolidatedConsolidated balance sheetsheets with related unrealized gains and losses as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income, (loss), a separate element of Stockholders’ Equity.equity.  Gains and losses associated with realized option contracts and swap contracts are recorded within revenue.Net revenues and Cost of revenues, respectively, in our Consolidated statements of operations.  Please see Item 7A, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk, for additional information.

Our liquidity, capital resources, and results of operations in any period could be affected by the exercise of outstanding stock options, sale of restricted stock grants to employees and the issuance of common stock under our employee stock purchase plan.  Further, theESPP.  The resulting increase in the number of outstanding shares from these equity grants and issuances could affect our earnings per share earnings;share; however, we cannot predict the timing or amount of proceeds from the sale or exercise of these securities or whether they will be exercised at all.

Our AEG segment has incurred operating losses, including a non-cash goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charge of $117.5 million in the third quarter of fiscal 2009, utilizing more cash than has been generated by that segment.  AEG’s cash deficits have been funded by the cash surpluses generated by ACG.  We anticipate that ACG’s cash surpluses will be sufficient to cover any cash deficits generated by AEG during fiscal 2010.


We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents, andshort-term investments, cash provided by operations and the availability of additional funds under the Credit Agreement will be sufficient to fund operations for at least the next twelve months and do not believe that any reduction in the liquidity of the ARS will have a material impact on our overall ability to meet our liquidity needs;months; however, any projections of future financial needs and sources of working capital are subject to uncertainty.  See “Certain Forward-Looking Information” and “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for factors that could affect our estimates for future financial needs and sources of working capital.

41



OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
 
We have not entered into any transactions with unconsolidated entities whereby we have financial guarantees, subordinated retained interests, derivative instruments or other contingent arrangements that expose us to material continuing risks, contingent liabilities, or any other obligation under a variable interest in an unconsolidated entity that provides financing and liquidity support or market risk or credit risk support to the Company.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
 
The following table summarizes the contractual obligations that we were reasonably likely to incur as of March 31, 20092012 and the effect that such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods.

 Payments Due by Period 
    Less than  1-3  3-5  More than  Payments Due by Period
(in thousands) Total  1 year  years  years  5 years  Total Less than 1 year 1-3 years 3-5 years More than 5 years
               
Revolving line of credit $37,000
 $
 $37,000
 $
 $
Operating leases $14,774  $5,066  $5,678  $3,037  $993  13,210
 5,355
 6,041
 1,128
 686
Unconditional purchase obligations  63,365   63,365   -   -   -  58,323
 58,323
 
 
 
Total contractual cash obligations $78,139  $68,431  $5,678  $3,037  $993  $108,533
 $63,678
 $43,041
 $1,128
 $686

Effective April 1, 2007, we adopted the provisions of FIN 48.  As of March 31, 2009,2012, the liabilities for uncertainunrecognized tax positionsbenefits and related interest under the Income Tax Topic of the FASB ASC were $11.1 million and $1.6$1.7 million, respectively.respectively, and are included in Long-term income taxes payable in our Consolidated balance sheet.  We are unable to reliably estimate the timing of future payments related to uncertainunrecognized tax positions; therefore, $12.7 million of income taxes payable has been excluded frombenefits and they are not included in the contractual obligations table above.  However, long-term income taxes payable on our consolidated balance sheet includes these uncertain tax positions.  We do not anticipate any material cash payments associated with our unrecognized tax benefits to be made within the next twelve months associated with our uncertain tax positions.months.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
 
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations are based upon Plantronics’Our consolidated financial statements which have beenare prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  TheAmerica ("U.S. GAAP"). In connection with the preparation of theseour financial statements, requires managementwe are required to make assumptions and estimates about future events, and assumptionsapply judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, and liabilities, at the date of the financial statementsrevenue, expenses and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  On an ongoing basis, werelated disclosures. We base our assumptions, estimates and judgments on historical experience, current trends and on various other factors that Plantronics’ management believes to be reasonable underrelevant at the circumstances,time our consolidated financial statements are prepared. On a regular basis, we review the accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our consolidated financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such differences could be material.

Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies, of which form the basis for makingNotes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We believe the following accounting estimates are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, and they require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, resulting from the need to make estimates about the carrying valueseffect of assets and liabilities.  Management believes the followingmatters that are inherently uncertain. We have reviewed these critical accounting policies, among others, affect its more significant judgmentsestimates and estimates used inrelated disclosures with the preparationAudit Committee of its consolidated financial statements. Actual results may differ from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.our Board of Directors.

We believe our most critical accounting policies and estimates include the following:
·



Revenue Recognition and Related Allowances
·Investments
·Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
·


Inventory and Related ReservesValuation
·



Product Warranty Obligations
·Goodwill and Intangibles
·


Income Taxes


42


Revenue Recognition
Revenue from sales of products to customers is recognized when the following criteria have been met:
·
title and risk of ownership are transferred to customers;
·
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;
·
the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and
·
collection is reasonably assured. 
and Related Allowances
 
We assess collectibilitysell our products directly to customers and through other distribution channels, including distributors, retailers, carriers and original equipment manufacturers ("OEMs"). Commercial distributors and retailers represent our largest sources of net revenues. Sales through our distribution and retail channels are made primarily under agreements allowing for rights of return and include various sales incentive programs, such as rebates, advertising, price protection and other sales incentives. We have an established sales history for these arrangements and we record the estimated reserves and allowances at the time the related revenue is recognized. Customer sales returns are estimated based on a customer’s credit quality, as well as subjectivehistorical data, relevant current data and the monitoring of inventory build-up in the distribution channel. The primary factors affecting our reserve for estimated customer sales returns include the general timing of historical returns and trends, includingestimated return rates. The allowance for sales incentive programs is based on historical experience and contractual terms in the form of lump sum payments or sell-through credits. Future market conditions and product transitions may require us to take actions to increase customer incentive offerings, possibly resulting in an incremental reduction of revenue at the time the incentive is offered. Additionally, certain incentive programs require us to estimate, based on historical experience, the agespecific terms and conditions of the incentive and the estimated number of customers that will actually redeem the incentive.

We have not made any existing accounts receivable balancesmaterial changes in the accounting methodology we use to measure sales return reserves or incentive allowances during the past three fiscal years. Substantially all credits associated with these activities are processed within the following fiscal year and, geographictherefore, do not require subjective long-term estimates; however, if actual results are not consistent with the assumptions and estimates used, we may be exposed to losses or country-specific risks and economic conditionsgains that may affect a customers’ ability to pay.  We defer revenue but recognize related costcould be material. If we increased our estimate as of revenues if collectibility cannot be reasonably assured.  We recognize revenue net of estimated product returns and expected payments to resellers for customer programs including cooperative advertising, marketing development funds, volume rebates, and special pricing programs.
Estimated product returns are deducted from revenues upon shipment, based on historical return rates, assumptions regarding the rate of sell-through to end users from our various channels based on historical sell-through rates and other relevant factors.  Such estimates may need to be revised and could have an adverse impact on revenues if product lives vary significantly from management estimates, a particular selling channel experiences a higher than estimated return rate, or sell-through rates are slower causing inventory build-up.
Co-op advertising and marketing development funds are accounted for in accordance with EITF Issue No. 01-09, “Accounting for Consideration GivenMarch 31, 2012 by a Vendor to a Customer or a Resellerhypothetical 10%, our sales returns reserve and sales incentive allowance would have increased by approximately $0.8 million and $1.3 million, respectively. Net of the Vendor’s Products”.  Under these guidelines, we accrue for these funds as marketing expense if we receive a separately identifiable benefit in exchange and can reasonably estimate the fairestimated value of the identifiable benefit received; otherwise, the amount is recorded as a reduction to revenues.

Reductions to revenue for expectedinventory that would be returned, this would have decreased gross profit and actual payments to resellers for volume rebates and pricing protection are based on actual expenses incurred during the period, estimates for what is due to resellers for estimated credits earned during the period and any adjustments for credits based on actual activity.  If the actual payments exceed management’s estimates, this could result in an adverse impact on our revenues.  Since management has historically been able to reliably estimate the amount of allowances required for future price adjustments and product returns, we recognize revenue, net of projected allowances, upon recognition of the related sale.  In situations where management is unable to reliably estimate the amount of future price adjustments and product returns, we defer recognition of the revenue until the right to future price adjustments and product returns lapses, and we are no longer under any obligation to reduce the price or accept the return of the product.

If market conditions warrant, we may take action to stimulate demand, which could include increasing promotional programs, decreasing prices, or increasing discounts.  Such actions could result in incremental reductions to revenue and margins at the time such incentives are offered.  To the extent that we reduce pricing, we may incur reductions to revenue for price protection based on management’s estimate of inventory in the channel that is subject to such pricing actions.

Investments
The goals of our investment policy, in order of priority, are preservation of capital, maintenance of liquidity, diversification and maximization of after-tax investment income.  Investments are limited to investment grade securities with limitations by policy on the percent of the total portfolio invested in any one issue.  All of our investments are held in our name at a limited number of major financial institutions.  Investments with remaining maturities greater than one year and ARS that we do not have the ability and intent to liquidate within the next twelve months are classified as long-term investments.  Investments are carried at fair value based upon quoted market prices at the end of the reporting period where available.  Our ARS investments are carried at fair value based on a discounted cash flow model.  As of March 31, 2009, all investments except our ARS portfolio are classified as available-for-sale with unrealized gains and losses recorded as a separate component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity.   The specific identification method is used to determine the cost of securities disposed of, with realized gains and losses reflected in Interest and other income (expense), net.  As of March 31, 2009, our ARS portfolio is classified as long-term trading securities due to management’s intent to exercise our put option with UBS Bank during the period from June 30, 2010 to July 3, 2012 with any unrealized losses recorded to Interest and other income (expense), net.

Impairment on investments is determined pursuant to SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities”, and related guidance issued by the FASB and SEC in order to determine the classification of the impairment as “temporary” or “other-than-temporary”.  A temporary impairment charge results in an unrealized loss being recorded in the Other comprehensive income (loss) component of Stockholders’ Equity.  Such an unrealized loss does not affect net income (loss) for the applicable accounting period.  An other-than-temporary impairment charge is recorded as a realized loss in the consolidated statement of operationsby approximately $1.7 million and reduces net income for the applicable accounting period.  The differentiating factors between temporary and other-than-temporary impairment are primarily the length of the time and the extent to which the market value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer and the intent and ability of Plantronics to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments.  We regularly perform credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and consider factors such as historical experience, credit quality, age of the accounts receivable balances, and geographic or country-specific risks and economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay.  The allowance for doubtful accounts is reviewed quarterly and adjusted if necessary based on management’s assessment of a customer’s ability to pay.  If the financial condition of customers should deteriorate, additional allowances may be required, which could have an adverse impact on operating expenses.$1.3 million, respectively.

Inventory and Related ReservesValuation

Inventories are statedvalued at the lower of cost or market.  Cost is computed using standard cost, which approximates actual cost,The Company writes down inventories that have become obsolete or are in excess of anticipated demand or net realizable value. Our estimate of write downs for excess and obsolete inventory are based on a first-in, first-out basis.  Costs such as idle facility expense, double freight,detailed analysis of on-hand inventory and re-handling costs are accounted for as current-period charges.  Additionally, we allocate fixed production overheads to the costspurchase commitments in excess of conversion based on the normal capacity of the production facilities.  All shipping and handling costs incurred in connection with the sale of products are included in the cost of revenues.

forecasted demand. Our products utilizerequire long-lead time parts which are available from a limited setnumber of vendors.  The combined effects of variability of demand among the customer basevendors and, significant long-lead time of single sourced materials has historically contributed to significant inventory write-downs, particularly in inventory for consumer products.  For our commercial products, long life-cycles periodically necessitateoccasionally, last-time buys of raw materials which may be used over the coursefor products with long lifecycles. The effects of several years.  We routinely reviewdemand variability, long-lead times and last-time buys have historically contributed to inventory for usage potential, including fulfillment of customer warranty obligations and spare part requirements.  If we believe that demand no longer allows us to sell our inventory above cost or at all, we write down that inventory to market or write-off excess and obsolete inventories.  Write-downs are determined by reviewing our demand forecast and by determining what inventory, if any, is not saleable.write-downs.  Our demand forecast projectsconsiders projected future shipments, using historical rates and takes into account market conditions, inventory on hand, purchase commitments, product development plans and product life expectancy,cycle, inventory on consignment and other competitive factors. 

We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology we use to estimate our inventory write-downs during the past three fiscal years. If the demand or market conditions for our demand forecast is greaterproducts are less favorable than actual demand, andforecasted or if unforeseen technological changes negatively impact the utility of our inventory, we fail to reduce our supply chain accordingly, we couldmay be required to write downrecord additional inventory,write-downs, which would have a negative impact onnegatively affect our gross profit.


At the point of inventory write-down, a new, lower-cost basis for that inventory is established and subsequent changes in facts and circumstances do not resultoperations in the restoration or increase in that newly establishedperiod the write-downs were recorded. If we increased our estimate as of March 31, 2012 by a hypothetical 10%, our inventory reserves and cost basis.of revenues would have each increased by approximately $0.6 million and our net income would have been reduced by approximately $0.4 million.

Product WarrantyObligations

We provide for product warranties in accordance with the underlying contractual terms given to the customer or end user of the product.  The contractual terms may vary depending upon the geographic region in which the customer is located, the brand and type of product sold, and other conditions, which affect or limit the customers’ rights to return product under warranty.  Where specific warranty return rights are given to customers, we accrueCompany records a liability for the estimated costcosts of those warranties at the time the related revenue is recognized.  Generally, warranties start at the delivery date and continue for one or two years, depending on the type and brand, and the location in which the product was purchased.  Where specific warranty return rights are not given to the customers but where the customers are granted limited rights of return or discounts in lieu of warranty, we record these rights of return or discounts as adjustments to revenue.  In certain circumstances, we may sell product without warranty, and accordingly, no charge is taken for warranty. Factors that affect the warranty obligation include sales terms, which obligate us to provide warranty, product failure rates, estimated return rates, material usage and service deliveryrelated costs incurred in correcting product failures. We assess the adequacy of the recorded warranty obligation quarterly and make adjustments to the obligation based onIf actual experience and changes in estimated future return rates.  Ifresults are not consistent with our estimates are less than the actual costs of providing warranty related services, we could be required to record additional warranty reserves, which would have a negative impact on our gross profit.
Goodwill and Intangibles
As a result of past acquisitions, the Company has recorded goodwill and intangible assets on the consolidated balance sheets.  In accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” we classify intangible assets into three categories: (1) goodwill; (2) intangible assets with indefinite lives not subject to amortization; and (3) intangible assets with definite lives subject to amortization.

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized.  Management performs a review at least annually, in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist, to determine if the carrying values of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are impaired.  In the third quarter of fiscal 2009, in considering the effects of the current economic environment we determined that sufficient indicators existed requiring us to perform an interim impairment review of our two reporting segments, ACG and AEG.

Goodwill has been measured as the excess of the cost of acquisition over the amount assigned to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired less liabilities assumed.  The identification and measurement of goodwill impairment involves the estimation of fair value at the Company’s reporting unit level.  Such impairment tests for goodwill include comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying value, including goodwill.  The estimates of fair values of reporting units are based on the best information available as of the date of the assessment, which primarily incorporate management assumptions, about expected future cash flows, discount rates, overall market growth and our percentage of that market and growth rates in terminal values, estimated costs, and other factors, which utilize historical data, internal estimates, and in some cases outside data.  If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds our estimate of fair value, goodwill may become impaired, and we may be requiredexposed to record an impairment charge, which would negatively impactlosses or gains that could be material. If we increased our operating results.

The fair valueestimate as of the ACG reporting unit was determined using an equal weighting of the income approach and the market comparable approach.  For the income approach, we made the following assumptions:  the current economic downturn would continue through fiscal 2010, followedMarch 31, 2012 by a recovery period in fiscal 2011hypothetical 10%, our warranty obligation and 2012 and then growth in line with industry estimated revenues.  Gross margin trends were consistent with historical trends.  A 3% growth factor was used to calculate the terminal valuecost of our reporting units after fiscal year 2017, consistent with the rate used in the prior year.  The discount rate was adjusted from 13% used in the prior year to 14% reflecting the current volatility of the stock prices of public companies within the consumer electronics industry.  For the market comparable approach, we reviewed comparable companies in the industry.  Revenue multiples were determined for these companies and an average multiple based on prior twelve months revenue of these companies of 0.5 was then applied to the unit revenue.  A 10% control premium was added to determine the value on the marketable controlling interest basis.  Cash and short-term investments were then added back to arrive at an indicated value on a marketable, controlling interest basis.

The fair value of the AEG reporting unit was determined using an equal weighting of the income approach and the underlying asset approach.  For the income approach, we made the following assumptions: the current economic downturn would continue through fiscal 2010, followed by a recovery period in fiscal 2011 and 2012 with slightly better than historical growth and then growth in line with industry norms for each of the major product lines (Docking Audio and PC Audio).  Gross margin assumptions reflect improved margins as the revenue grows.  A 5% growth factor was used to calculate the terminal value of our reporting units, consistent with the rate used in the prior year.  The discount rate was adjusted from 14% used in the prior year to 15% reflecting the current volatility of the stock prices of public companies within the consumer electronics industry.  For the underlying asset approach, the asset and liability balances were adjusted to their fair value equivalents.  The fair value of the equity of the business is then indicated by the sum of the fair value of the assets less the fair value of the liabilities.
For both ACG and AEG, the assumptions used in the annual impairment review performed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 were consistent with the assumptions used in the interim impairment review in the third quarter of fiscal 2009 as no significant changes were identified.

In performing the impairment test for intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, we compare the fair value of intangible assets with indefinite useful lives to its carrying value.  The fair value measurement of purchased intangible assets with indefinite lives involves the estimation of the fair value which is based on our assumptions about expected future cash flows, discount rates, growth rates, estimated costs and other factors which utilize historical data, internal estimates, and in some cases outside data.  If the carrying value of the indefinite useful life intangible asset exceeds our estimate of fair value, goodwill may become impaired, and we may be required to record an impairment charge which would negatively impact its operating results.

The fair value of the Altec Lansing trademark and trade name was determined using the income approach with the same assumptions used for the income approach in determining the fair value of the AEG reporting unit.

Given the current economic environment and the uncertainties regarding the impact on our business, there can be no assurance that our estimates and assumptions regarding the duration of the current economic downturn, or the period or strength of recovery, made for purposes of testing the goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment during the third and fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 will prove to be accurate predictions of the future.  If our assumptions regarding forecasted revenue or margin growth rates of the AEG reporting unit are not achieved or if certain alternatives being evaluated by management to improve the profitability of the AEG segment do not materialize, it is reasonably possible we may be required to record additional impairment charges related to the Altec Lansing trademark and trade name in future periods, whether in connection with our next annual impairment review in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 or prior to that if indicators of impairment exist.  It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be material.

If we were to decrease the long-term growth rate or increase the discount rate used in the income approach by one percentage point, there would be no change in the goodwill impairment amount for the AEG reporting unit and it would not change our conclusion that there was no goodwill impairment in the ACG reporting unit in fiscal 2009.  With respect to the Altec Lansing trademark and trade name, if we were to decrease the long-term growth rate by one percentage point, there would be no significant change in the impairment recorded in fiscal 2009; however, a one percentage point increase in the discount raterevenues would have each increased the impairment of the Altec Lansing trademark and trade name by approximately $1.3 million in fiscal 2009. and our net income would have been reduced by approximately $1.0 million.

Purchased intangible assets with finite lives are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the assets, which range from three to ten years.  Long-lived assets, including intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Impairment of Long-Lived Assets,” (“SFAS No. 144”) whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable.  Such conditions may include an economic downturn or a change in the assessment of future operations.  Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition.  Measurement of an impairment loss for long-lived assets that we expect to hold and use is based on the amount that the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value.  Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

In the third quarter of fiscal 2009, as a result of the impairment indicators that existed, we performed a review of our long-lived assets within the AEG reporting unit to test for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 144.  The fair value of the intangible assets was determined using a discounted cash flow model based on revenue and cost projections estimated by management for the periods 2010 through 2016 and the following discount rates:  13% for technology, 14.7% for customer contracts and relationships and 15% for the inMotion trade name.

If we were to increase the discount rates used in the discounted cash flow approach by one percentage point, there would be no significant change in the impairment amount recorded in fiscal 2009 for the intangible assets with finite lives within the AEG reporting unit.
Income Taxes
We are subject to income taxes both in the U.S. as well as in several foreign jurisdictions.  We must make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for the financial statements.  These estimates occur in the calculation of tax benefits and deductions, tax credits, and tax assets and liabilities which are generated from differences in the timing of when items are recognized for book purposes and when they are recognized for tax purposes.

On April 1, 2007, we adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income tax positions.  Under FIN 48, the impact of an uncertain income tax position on income tax expense must be recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained.  An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized unless it has a greater than 50% likelihood of being sustained. There were no material adjustments as a result of the adoption of FIN 48.  At the adoption date, we had $12.4 million of unrecognized tax benefits.  As of March 31, 2009, we had $11.1 million of unrecognized tax benefits all of which would favorably impact the effective tax rate in future periods if recognized.We continue to follow the practice of recognizing interest and penalties related to income tax matters as a part of the provision for income taxes.

We account for income taxes under an asset and liability approach that requires the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities to be recognized as deferred tax assets and liabilities.  Valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets when, based on available objective evidence, it is more likely than not that the benefit of such assets will not be realized.



We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions and our income tax returns, like those of most companies, are periodically audited by domestic and foreign tax authorities. These audits include questions regarding our tax filing positions, including the timing and amount of deductions and the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions. At any one time, multiple tax years may be subject to audit by the various tax authorities. In evaluating the exposures associated with our various tax filing positions, we record a liability for such exposures. A number of years may elapse before a particular matter for which we have established a liability is audited and fully resolved or clarified.

We recognize the impact of an uncertain income tax position on income tax expense at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained.  An unrecognized tax benefit will not be recognized unless it has a greater than 50% likelihood of being sustained. We adjust our tax liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the period in which an uncertain tax position is effectively settled, the statute of limitations expires for the relevant taxing authority to examine the tax position, or when more information becomes available. We recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters as part of our provision for income taxes.

Our liability for unrecognized tax benefits contains uncertainties because management is required to make assumptions and apply judgment to estimate the exposures associated with our various filing positions. Our effective income tax rate is also affected by changes in tax law, the level of earnings and the results of tax audits.

Our provision for income taxes does not include provisions for U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes associated with the repatriation of undistributed earnings of certain foreign operations that we intend to reinvest indefinitely in the foreign operations. If these earnings were distributed to the U.S. in the form of dividends or otherwise, we would be subject to additional U.S. income taxes, subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits, and foreign withholding taxes. Our current plans do not require repatriation of earnings from foreign operations to fund the U.S. operations because we generate sufficient domestic operating cash flow and have access to external funding under our line of credit. As a result, we do not expect a material impact on our business or financial flexibility with respect to undistributed earnings of our foreign operations.

Although we believe that our judgments and estimates are reasonable, actual results could differ and we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material.

To the extent we prevail in matters for which a liability has been established, or are required to pay amounts in excess of our established liability, our effective income tax rate in a given financial statement period could be materially affected. An unfavorable tax settlement would generally require use of our cash and may result in an increase in our effective income tax rate in the period of resolution. A favorable tax settlement would be recognized as a reduction in our effective income tax rate in the period of resolution.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Recently Adopted Pronouncements

In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2011-08, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment. This ASU allows entities to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If this is the case, the entity is required to perform a more detailed two-step goodwill impairment test that is used to identify potential goodwill impairment and to measure the amount of goodwill impairment losses, if any, to be recognized. We adopted ASU 2011-08 in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012 and it did not have an impact on our financial statements. Refer to Note 8, Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for details of our goodwill impairment analysis.

Recently Issued Pronouncements

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. This ASU requires an entity to disclose both net and gross information about assets and liabilities that have been offset, if any, and the related arrangements. The disclosures under this new guidance are required to be provided retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. We are required to implement this guidance effective for the first quarter of fiscal year 2014. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2011-11 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive Income, as amended, which requires us to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. Certain of the provisions are effective for the us in the first quarter of fiscal year 2013 and will be applied retrospectively.

44


We intend to present other comprehensive income in two separate and consecutive statements.

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVEQUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
The following discusses our exposure to market risk related to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates.  This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties.  Actual results could vary materially as a result of a number of factors including those set forth in "Risk Factors Affecting Future Operating Results."Item 1A, Risk Factors.
 
INTEREST RATE AND MARKET RISK
 
We hadAs of March 31, 2012 and 2011, we reported the following balances in cash and cash equivalents, totaling $163.1 million at short-term investments and long-term investments:

  March 31,
(in millions) 2012 2011
Cash and cash equivalents $209.3
 $277.4
Short-term investments 125.2
 152.6
Long-term investments 55.3
 39.3

As of March 31, 2008 compared2012, our investments were composed of U.S. Treasury Bills, Government Agency Securities, Commercial Paper, U.S. Corporate Bonds and CDs.

Our investment policy and strategy are focused on preservation of capital and supporting our liquidity requirements. A portion of our cash is managed by external managers within the guidelines of our investment policy. Our exposure to $158.2 million at March 31, 2009.market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our investment portfolio. We had no short-termtypically invest in highly rated securities and our policy generally limits the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer. Our investment policy requires investments asto be high credit quality, primarily rated A or A2 and above, with the objective of March 31, 2008 compared to a short term investment balanceminimizing the potential risk of $60.0 million at March 31, 2009.  Cash equivalents have a maturity when purchasedprincipal loss. All highly liquid investments with initial maturities of three months or less;less at the date of purchase are classified as cash equivalents. We classify our investments as either short-term or long-term based on each instrument's underlying effective maturity date. All short-term investments have a maturity of greatereffective maturities less than three12 months, and are classified as available-for-sale.  Long-termwhile all long-term investments of $23.7 million have effective maturities greater than one year,12 months or we do not currently have the ability to liquidate the investment. AllWe may sell our investments prior to their stated maturities for strategic purposes, in anticipation of our long-term investments are held in our name at a limited number of major financial institutionscredit deterioration, or for duration management. We recognized no material realized or unrealized net gains or losses during the years ended March 31, 2012 and consist of ARS, concentrated primarily in student loans.  We have no exposure to sub-prime mortgage securities.2011.

Interest rates have declined significantly in fiscal 2009general were relatively unchanged in the year ended March 31, 2012 compared to the prior year; however, we earned slightly greater interest income due to a higher average investment portfolio in fiscal year 2012 compared with the prior year. Our cash andDuring the year ended March 31, 2012, we generated approximately $1.5 million in interest income from our portfolio of cash equivalents net of short-term working capital needs, are primarily investedand investments, compared to an immaterial amount in U.S. Treasury funds, which had an average yield of approximately 0.98% for fiscal year 2009.   Approximately 29% of our interest income in fiscal 2009 was derived from our $28.0 million par value ARS portfolio which had an average yield of approximately 3.0%.  The ARS are currently resetting at rates of approximately 1.0% in April 2009.  If these rates continue, our interest income will decrease by approximately $0.6 million in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009.  Beyond that, a2011. A hypothetical increase or decrease in our interest rates by 10 basis points would have a minimal impact on our interest income.  In addition, if we sell our ARS under the Rights during the period from June 30, 2010 through July 2, 2012 as we intend to do and invest the proceeds in a securities portfolio similar to our current cash, cash equivalents and short-term investment portfolio as of March 31, 2009, our interest income could decrease.
As of April 25, 2009, we had $0.2 million committed under the new standby letter of credit agreement entered into in the first quarter of fiscal 2010.  If we choose to borrow additional amounts under this agreement in the future and market interest rates rise, then our interest payments would increase accordingly.
 
FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATE RISK

We are exposed to currency fluctuations, primarily in the Euro ("EUR"), Great Britain Pound ("GBP"), Australian Dollar ("AUD") and the Mexican Peso ("MX$"). We use a hedging strategy to diminish, and make more predictable, the effect of currency fluctuations. All of our hedging activities are entered into with large financial institutions, including Wells Fargo, Bank of America Corporation and JPMorgan Chase & Co. who arewhich we periodically evaluatedevaluate for credit risks. We hedge our balance sheet exposure by hedging EuroEUR, GBP and Great Britain PoundAUD denominated cash, receivables payables, and cashpayables balances, and our economic exposure by hedging a portion of anticipated EuroEUR and Great Britain PoundGBP denominated sales.sales and our MX$ denominated expenditures. We can provide no assurance that our strategy will be successfully implementedsuccessful in the future and that exchange rate fluctuations will not materially adversely affect our business in the future.business.

We experienced immaterial net foreign currency losses in fiscal 2009 which our hedging activities helped to reduce.  However, the losses were larger than expected as a result of higher net balance sheet exposures than forecasted along with losses from currencies that we did not hedge.year ended March 31, 2012. Although we hedge a portion of our foreign currency exchange exposure, continuedthe weakening of certain foreign currencies, particularly the Euro and the Great Britain Pound in comparison to the U.S. Dollar ("USD"), could result in material foreign exchange losses in future periods.



Non-designated Hedges

We hedge our EuroEUR, GBP and Great Britain PoundAUD denominated cash, receivables payables and cashpayables balances by entering into foreign exchange forward contracts.

The table below presents the impact on the foreign exchange gain (loss) of a hypothetical 10% appreciation and a 10% depreciation of the U.S. dollarUSD against the forward currency contracts as of March 31, 20092012 (in millions):

      Foreign  Foreign 
   USD Value of  Exchange Gain  Exchange (Loss) 
   Net Foreign  From 10%  From 10% 
   Exchange  Appreciation  Depreciation 
Currency - forward contractsPosition Contracts  of USD  of USD 
EuroSell Euro $24.9  $2.5  $(2.5)
Great Britain PoundSell GBP  9.3   0.9   (0.9)
Net position  $34.2  $3.4  $(3.4)
Currency - forward contracts Position USD Value of Net Foreign Exchange Contracts Foreign Exchange Gain From 10% Appreciation of USD Foreign Exchange (Loss) From 10% Depreciation of USD
EUR Sell Euro $25.3
 $2.5
 $(2.5)
GBP Sell GBP $5.8
 $0.6
 $(0.6)
AUD Sell AUD $2.7
 $0.3
 $(0.3)
 
Cash Flow Hedges
 
Approximately 39%43%, 39%41% and 38% of revenuenet revenues in fiscal 2007, 2008years 2012, 2011 and 2009,2010, respectively, waswere derived from sales outside of the U.S., which were denominated predominantly denominated in the EuroEUR and the Great Britain PoundGBP in each of the fiscal years.

As of March 31, 2009,2012, we had foreign currency put and call option contracts with notional amounts of approximately €48.4€63.7 million and £14.4£20.0 million denominated in EurosEUR and Great Britain Pounds,GBP, respectively. As of March 31, 2009,2011, we also had foreign currency put and call option contracts with notional amounts of approximately €48.4€52.7 million and £14.4£14.5 million denominated in EurosEUR and Great Britain Pounds,GBP, respectively. Collectively, our option contracts hedge against a portion of our forecasted foreign currency denominated sales. If these net exposed currency positions arethe USD is subjected to either a 10% appreciation or 10% depreciation versus the U.S. dollar,these net exposed currency positions, we could incurrealize a gain of $7.7$9.4 million or incur a loss of $7.5 million.$8.1 million, respectively.

The table below presents the impact on the Black-Scholes valuation of our currency option contracts of a hypothetical 10% appreciation and a 10% depreciation of the U.S. dollarUSD against the indicated option contract type for cash flow hedges as of March 31, 2009:2012 (in millions):

    Foreign  Foreign 
 USD Value of  Exchange Gain  Exchange (Loss) 
 Net Foreign  From 10%  From 10% 
 Exchange  Appreciation  Depreciation 
Currency - option contracts Contracts  of USD  of USD  USD Value of Net Foreign Exchange Contracts Foreign Exchange Gain From 10% Appreciation of USD Foreign Exchange (Loss) From 10% Depreciation of USD
Call options $(95.3) $1.6  $(3.0) $123.9
 $1.6
 $(5.3)
Put options  90.0   6.1   (4.5) $115.1
 $7.8
 $(2.8)
Net position $(5.3) $7.7  $(7.5)

Collectively, our swap contracts hedge against a portion of our forecasted MX$ denominated expenditures. As of March 31, 2012, we had cross currency swap contracts with notional amounts of approximately MX$317.5 million.

The table below presents the impact on the valuation of our cross-currency swap contracts of a hypothetical 10% appreciation and a 10% depreciation of the USD as of March 31, 2012 (in millions):

59
Currency - cross-currency swap contracts USD Value of Cross-Currency Swap Contracts Foreign Exchange (Loss) From 10% Appreciation of USD Foreign Exchange Gain From 10% Depreciation of USD
Position: Buy MX$ $23.5
 $(2.2) $2.7



46


ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Plantronics, Inc.:

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Plantronics, Inc. and its subsidiaries at March 28, 200931, 2012 and March 29, 2008,April 2, 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 28, 200931, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement scheduleschedules appearing under Item 15(a)(1) (2)present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 28, 2009,31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).The.  The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits.  We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, effective April 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provision of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes - an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP


San Jose, California
May 26, 200925, 2012


PLANTRONICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except per share data)
 March 31, 
 2008  2009 March 31,
      2012 2011
ASSETS       
  
Current assets:       
  
Cash and cash equivalents $163,091  $158,193 $209,335
 $277,373
Short-term investments -  59,987 125,177
 152,583
Accounts receivable, net 131,493  83,657 111,771
 103,289
Inventory, net 127,088  119,296 53,713
 56,473
Deferred income taxes 13,760  12,486 
Deferred tax assets11,090
 11,349
Other current assets  14,771   29,936 13,088
 16,653
Total current assets 450,203  463,555 524,174
 617,720
Long-term investments 25,136  23,718 55,347
 39,332
Property, plant and equipment, net 98,530  95,719 76,159
 70,622
Intangibles, net 91,511  26,575 
Goodwill 69,171  14,005 
Goodwill and purchased intangibles, net14,388
 14,861
Other assets  6,842   9,548 2,402
 2,112
Total assets $741,393  $633,120 $672,470
 $744,647
       
       
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY        
  
Current liabilities:        
  
Accounts payable $47,896  $32,827 $34,126
 $33,995
Accrued liabilities  67,318   53,143 52,067
 59,607
Total current liabilities 115,214  85,970 86,193
 93,602
Deferred tax liability 32,570  8,085 
Deferred tax liabilities8,673
 3,526
Long-term income taxes payable 14,137  12,677 12,150
 11,524
Revolving line of credit37,000
 
Other long-term liabilities  852   1,021 1,210
 1,143
Total liabilities  162,773   107,753 145,226
 109,795
       
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)       

 

Stockholders' equity:        
  
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share; 1,000 shares authorized, no shares outstanding -  - 
 
Common stock, $0.01 par value per share; 100,000 shares authorized, 67,295 shares and 51,820 shares issued at 2008 and 2009, respectively 673  678 
Common stock, $0.01 par value per share; 100,000 shares authorized, 47,160 shares and 50,043 shares issued at 2012 and 2011, respectively741
 720
Additional paid-in capital 369,655  386,224 557,218
 499,027
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (3,581) 8,855 
Accumulated other comprehensive income6,357
 1,473
Retained earnings  608,849   203,936 115,358
 192,468
 975,596  599,693 
Less: Treasury stock (common: 18,351 and 2,928 shares at 2008 and 2009, respectively) at cost  (396,976)  (74,326)
Total stockholders' equity before treasury stock679,674
 693,688
Less: Treasury stock (common: 4,648 and 1,728 shares at 2012 and 2011, respectively) at cost(152,430) (58,836)
Total stockholders' equity  578,620   525,367 527,244
 634,852
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity $741,393  $633,120 $672,470
 $744,647

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.



PLANTRONICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share data)


 Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
 2007  2008  2009 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
         2012 2011 2010
Net revenues $800,154  $856,286  $765,619 $713,368
 $683,602
 $613,837
Cost of revenues  491,339   507,181   469,591 329,017
 321,846
 312,767
Gross profit  308,815   349,105   296,028 384,351
 361,756
 301,070
Operating expenses:             
  
Research, development and engineering 71,895  76,982  72,061 69,664
 63,183
 57,784
Selling, general and administrative 182,108  189,156  175,601 173,334
 163,389
 143,784
Gain from litigation settlement
 (5,100) 
Restructuring and other related charges -  3,584  12,074 
 (428) 1,867
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets -  -  117,464 
Gain on sale of land  (2,637)  -   - 
Total operating expenses  251,366   269,722   377,200 242,998
 221,044
 203,435
Operating income (loss) 57,449  79,383  (81,172)
Operating income141,353
 140,712
 97,635
Interest and other income (expense), net  4,089   5,854   (3,544)1,249
 (56) 3,105
Income (loss) before income taxes 61,538  85,237  (84,716)
Income tax expense (benefit)  11,395   16,842   (19,817)
Net income (loss) $50,143  $68,395  $(64,899)
Income from continuing operations before income taxes142,602
 140,656
 100,740
Income tax expense from continuing operations33,566
 31,413
 24,287
Income from continuing operations, net of tax109,036
 109,243
 76,453
Discontinued operations:   
  
Loss from operations of discontinued AEG segment (including loss on sale)
 
 (30,468)
Income tax benefit on discontinued operations
 
 (11,393)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
 
 (19,075)
Net income$109,036
 $109,243
 $57,378
                 
Net income (loss) per share - basic $1.06  $1.42  $(1.34)
Earnings (loss) per common share:   
  
Basic   
  
Continuing operations$2.48
 $2.29
 $1.58
Discontinued operations$
 $
 $(0.39)
Net income$2.48
 $2.29
 $1.18
Diluted   
  
Continuing operations$2.41
 $2.21
 $1.55
Discontinued operations$
 $
 $(0.39)
Net income$2.41
 $2.21
 $1.16
                 
Shares used in basic per share calculations  47,361   48,232   48,589 44,023
 47,713
 48,504
            
Net income (loss) per share - diluted $1.04  $1.39  $(1.34)
            
Shares used in diluted per share calculations  48,020   49,090   48,589 45,265
 49,344
 49,331
                 
Cash dividends declared per common share $0.20  $0.20  $0.20 $0.20
 $0.20
 $0.20

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.



PLANTRONICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)



 Fiscal Year Ended March 31, Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2007  2008  2009 2012 2011 2010
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES          
  
  
Net income (loss) $50,143  $68,395  $(64,899)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:            
Net income$109,036
 $109,243
 $57,378
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

  
  
Depreciation and amortization 29,151  28,486  25,822 13,760
 16,275
 18,144
Stock-based compensation 16,919  15,992  15,742 17,481
 15,873
 14,577
Provision for (benefit from) sales allowances and doubtful accounts (288) (232) 2,698 
Provision for (benefit from) doubtful accounts and sales allowances758
 (8) (243)
Provision for excess and obsolete inventories 14,551  7,776  11,364 2,222
 1,099
 418
Benefit from deferred income taxes (8,430) (9,313) (26,853)(9,134) (5,165) (12,449)
Income tax benefit associated with stock option exercises 501  1,459  1,025 5,637
 6,195
 3,669
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation (1,208) (1,763) (592)(7,043) (5,747) (2,247)
Impairment of goodwill, intangibles and long-lived assets 800  517  117,464 
Amortization of premium on investments, net1,554
 578
 
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets
 
 25,194
Non-cash restructuring charges -  1,557  581 
 
 6,261
Loss on sale of discontinued operations
 
 611
Other operating activities (2,535) 253  358 683
 (5) 384
Changes in assets and liabilities:               
  
Accounts receivable, net 4,538  (19,196) 50,706 (9,402) (15,086) 388
Inventory, net (35,140) (8,273) (5,358)606
 12,962
 27,620
Other assets (5,334) (3,100) (6,935)
Current and other assets(67) (2,280) 2,868
Accounts payable 1,382  (2,060) (15,069)131
 10,216
 (9,048)
Accrued liabilities 8,712  8,731  (6,701)(4,303) 9,873
 (1,001)
Income taxes payable  (714)  13,671   (203)
Income taxes18,529
 4,209
 11,205
Cash provided by operating activities  73,048   102,900   99,150 140,448
 158,232
 143,729
            
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES             
  
  
Proceeds from sales of short-term investments 311,439  328,285  - 78,554
 28,034
 4,000
Proceeds from maturities of short-term investments -  -  30,000 189,131
 114,495
 145,000
Purchase of short-term investments (312,560) (347,135) (89,896)(176,941) (263,260) (84,990)
Proceeds from the sale of land 2,667  -  - 
Proceeds from sales of long-term investments9,935
 664
 750
Purchase of long-term investments(90,954) (48,870) 
Capital expenditures and other assets (24,028) (23,298) (23,682)(19,140) (18,667) (6,262)
Funds released from escrow related to the Altec acquisition  -   -   406 
Cash used for investing activities  (22,482)  (42,148)  (83,172)
            
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and assets held for sale
 9,066
 277
Proceeds received from sale of AEG segment
 1,625
 9,121
Cash (used for) provided by investing activities(9,415) (176,913) 67,896
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES             
  
  
Purchase of treasury stock (4,021) (1,542) (17,817)
Repurchase of common stock(273,791) (105,522) (49,652)
Proceeds from sale of treasury stock 4,886  5,346  5,198 4,901
 4,192
 3,623
Proceeds from issuance of common stock 3,266  9,762  6,899 38,222
 50,109
 32,581
Repayment of line of credit (22,043) -  - 
Proceeds from revolving line of credit68,500
 
 
Repayments of revolving line of credit(31,500) 
 
Payment of cash dividends (9,540) (9,711) (9,787)(9,040) (9,703) (9,781)
Employees' tax withheld and paid for restricted stock and restricted stock units(2,596) (194) 
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation  1,208   1,763   592 7,043
 5,747
 2,247
Cash (used for) provided by financing activities  (26,244)  5,618   (14,915)
Cash used for financing activities(198,261) (55,371) (20,982)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents  1,106   2,590   (5,961)(810) 1,464
 1,125
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents 25,428  68,960  (4,898)(68,038) (72,588) 191,768
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year  68,703   94,131   163,091 277,373
 349,961
 158,193
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year $94,131  $163,091  $158,193 $209,335
 $277,373
 $349,961
          
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES             
  
Cash paid for:          
Interest $632  $100  $101 
Income taxes $24,836  $13,027  $12,519 
Cash paid for income taxes$20,752
 $29,180
 $11,663

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


PLANTRONICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(in thousands)



             Accumulated          
             Other        Total 
       Additional  Deferred  Compre-        Stock- Common Stock Additional Paid-In Accumulated Other Comprehensive Retained Treasury Total Stockholders'
 Common Stock  Paid-In  Stock-Based  hensive  Retained  Treasury  holders' Shares Amount Capital Income Earnings Stock Equity
 Shares  Amount  Capital  Compensation  Income(Loss)  Earnings  Stock  Equity 
Balances at March 31, 2006 47,538  $662  $325,764  $(8,599) $3,634  $509,562  $(395,402) $435,621 
Balances at March 31, 200948,892
 $678
 $386,224
 $8,855
 $203,936
 $(74,326) $525,367
Net income -  -  -  -  -  50,143  -  50,143 
 
 
 
 57,378
 
 57,378
Foreign currency translation adjustments -  -  -  -  2,006  -  -  2,006 
 
 
 1,047
 
 
 1,047
Unrealized gain on hedges, net of tax -  -  -  -  (2,974) -  -   (2,974)
Unrealized loss on hedges, net of tax
 
 
 (3,630) 
 
 (3,630)
Comprehensive income                              49,175  
  
  
 

  
  
 54,795
Exercise of stock options 331  3  3,262  -  -  -  -  3,265 1,493
 15
 32,564
 
 
 
 32,579
Issuance of restricted common stock 79  1  -  -  -  -  -  1 154
 2
 
 
 
 
 2
Repurchase of restricted common stock (39)   -    -    -    -  -    -  - (18) 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash dividends declared -  -  -  -  -  (9,540) -  (9,540)
Reclassification of unamortized stock-based compensation upon adoption of SFAS 123(R)   -    -  (8,599) 8,599    -    -    -  - 
Cash dividends
 
 
 
 (9,781) 
 (9,781)
Stock-based compensation -  -  16,919  -  -  -  -  16,919 
 
 14,877
 
 
 
 14,877
Income tax benefit associated with stock options -  -  501  -  -  -  -  501 
 
 (476) 
 
 
 (476)
Purchase of treasury stock (175) -  -  -  -  -  (4,021) (4,021)
Repurchase of common stock(1,935) 
 
 
 
 (49,652) (49,652)
Sale of treasury stock  331   -   2,814   -   -   -   2,072   4,886 284
 
 (4,782) 
 
 8,405
 3,623
Balances at March 31, 2007 48,065  666  340,661  -  2,666  550,165  (397,351) 496,807 
Retirement of treasury stock
 
 
 
 (56,240) 56,240
 
Balances at March 31, 201048,870
 695
 428,407
 6,272
 195,293
 (59,333) 571,334
Net income -  -  -  -  -  68,395  -  68,395 
 
 
 
 109,243
 
 109,243
Foreign currency translation adjustments -  -  -  -  1,053  -  -  1,053 
 
 
 1,613
 
 
 1,613
Unrealized loss on hedges, net of tax -  -  -  -  (4,436) -  -  (4,436)
 
 
 (6,419) 
 
 (6,419)
Unrealized loss on long-term investments, net of tax   -    -    -    -  (2,864)   -    -   (2,864)
Unrealized gain on investments, net of tax
 
 
 7
 
 
 7
Comprehensive income                  -           62,148 

 

 

 

 

 

 104,444
Exercise of stock options 576  6  9,755  -  -  -  -  9,761 2,196
 22
 50,084
 
 
 
 50,106
Issuance of restricted common stock 113  1  -  -  -  -  -  1 424
 3
 
 
 
 
 3
Repurchase of restricted common stock (35) -  -  -  -  -  -  - (26) 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash dividends declared -  -  -  -  -  (9,711) -  (9,711)
Cash dividends
 
 
 
 (9,703) 
 (9,703)
Stock-based compensation -  -  15,992  -  -  -  -  15,992 
 
 15,873
 
 
 
 15,873
Income tax benefit associated with stock options -  -  (182) -  -  -  -  (182)
 
 4,319
 
 
 
 4,319
Purchase of treasury stock (82) -  -  -  -  -  (1,542) (1,542)
Repurchase of common stock(3,315) 
 
 
 
 (105,522) (105,522)
Employees' tax withheld and paid for restricted stock and restricted stock units(6) 
 
 
 
 (194) (194)
Sale of treasury stock  307   -   3,429   -   -   -   1,917   5,346 172
 
 344
 
 
 3,848
 4,192
Balances at March 31, 2008 48,944  673  369,655  -  (3,581) 608,849  (396,976) 578,620 
Net loss -  -  -  -  -  (64,899) -  (64,899)
Retirement of treasury stock
 
 
 
 (102,365) 102,365
 
Balances at March 31, 201148,315
 720
 499,027
 1,473
 192,468
 (58,836) 634,852
Net income
 
 
 
 109,036
 
 109,036
Foreign currency translation adjustments -  -  -  -  (2,606) -  -  (2,606)
 
 
 (788) 
 
 (788)
Unrealized loss on hedges, net of tax -  -  -  -  12,179  -  -  12,179 
Unrealized loss on long-term investments, net of tax   -    -    -    -  2,863    -    -   2,863 
Comprehensive loss                              (52,463)
Unrealized gain on hedges, net of tax
 
 
 5,618
 
 
 5,618
Unrealized gain on investments, net of tax
 
 
 54
 
 
 54
Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 113,920
Exercise of stock options 359  4  6,894  -  -  -  -  6,898 1,831
 18
 38,201
 
 
 
 38,219
Issuance of restricted common stock 187  1  -  -  -  -  -  1 346
 3
 
 
 
 
 3
Repurchase of restricted common stock (20) -  -  -  -  -  -  - (60) 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash dividends declared -  -  -  -  -  (9,787) -  (9,787)
Cash dividends
 
 
 
 (9,040) 
 (9,040)
Stock-based compensation -  -  15,742  -  -  -  -  15,742 
 
 17,481
 
 
 
 17,481
Income tax benefit associated with stock options -  -  (1,025) -  -  -  -  (1,025)
 
 3,295
 
 
 
 3,295
Purchase of treasury stock (1,007) -  -  -  -  -  (17,817) (17,817)
Repurchase of common stock(8,027) 
 
 
 
 (273,791) (273,791)
Employees' tax withheld and paid for restricted stock and restricted stock units(75) 
 
 
 
 (2,596) (2,596)
Sale of treasury stock 429  -  (5,042) -  -  -  10,240  5,198 182
 
 (786) 
 
 5,687
 4,901
Retirement of treasury stock  -   -   -   -   -   (330,227)  330,227   - 
 
 
 
 (177,106) 177,106
 
Balances at March 31, 2009  48,892  $678  $386,224  $-  $8,855  $203,936  $(74,326) $525,367 
Balances at March 31, 201242,512
 $741
 $557,218
 $6,357
 $115,358
 $(152,430) $527,244

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


PLANTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1.THE COMPANY
 
Plantronics, Inc. (“Plantronics” or “the Company”the “Company”) is a leading worldwide designer, manufacturer, and marketer of lightweight communications headsets, telephone headset systems, and accessories for the business and consumer markets under the Plantronics brand. TheIn addition, the Company is also a leading manufacturermanufactures and marketer of high quality docking audio products, computer and home entertainment sound systems, and a line of headphones for personal digital mediamarkets, under the Altec Lansing brand.Clarity brand, specialty products, such as telephones for the hearing impaired, and other related products for people with special communication needs.
 
Founded in 1961, Plantronics is incorporated in the state of Delaware and trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “PLT”.

2.SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Management's Use of Estimates and Assumptions
 
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  These estimates are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements.  Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.
 
Principles of Consolidation
 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Plantronics and its wholly owned subsidiaries.  All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
 
Reclassifications
 
Certain financial statement reclassifications have been made to previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current years’year's presentation.

Segment Information
 
ThePrior to December 1, 2009, the Company hasoperated under two reportable segments, the Audio Communications Group (“ACG”) and the Audio Entertainment Group (“AEG”).  (SeeAs set forth in Note 16)4, Discontinued Operations, the Company completed the sale of Altec Lansing, its AEG segment, effective December 1, 2009, and, therefore, it is no longer included in continuing operations and the Company operates as one segment.  Accordingly, the Company has classified the AEG operating results, including the loss on sale of AEG, as discontinued operations in the Consolidated statement of operations for all periods presented.

Fiscal Year
 
The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to the last day of March.  Fiscal year 20092012 ended on March 28, 2009,31, 2012 and consists of 52 weeks, fiscal year 20082011 ended on March 29, 2008,April 2, 2011 and consists of 52 weeks, and fiscal year 20072010 ended on March 31 2007.  Each fiscal year consistedApril 3, 2010 and consists of 5253 weeks.  For purposes of presentation, the Company has indicated its accounting fiscal year as ending on March 31.


52


Financial Instruments
 
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments
The carrying valuesCompany's investment policy and strategy are focused on preservation of certaincapital and supporting liquidity requirements. A portion of the Company’s financial instruments, includingCompany's cash cash equivalents, short-termis managed by external managers within the guidelines of the Company's investment policy. The Company's exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to its investment portfolio. The Company's policy limits the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer and requires investments accounts receivable,to be rated A or A2 and accounts payable approximate fair value due to their short maturities.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
above, with the objective of minimizing the potential risk of principal loss. All highly liquid investments with original or remaininginitial stated maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase are classified as cash equivalents.


Investments
The goalsCompany classifies its investments as either short-term or long-term based on each instrument's underlying effective maturity date and reasonable expectations with regard to sales and redemptions of the Company’s investment policy, in order of priority, are preservation of capital, maintenance of liquidity, diversification and maximization of after-tax investment income.  Investments are limited to investment grade securities with limitations by policy on the percent of the total portfolio invested in any one issue.instruments. All of the Company’sshort-term investments are held in the Company’s name at a limited number of major financial institutions.  Investments with remaininghave effective maturities less than 12 months, while all long-term investments have effective maturities greater than one year and Auction Rate Securities (“ARS”) that12 months or the Company does not currently have the ability and intent to liquidate within the next twelve months are classified as long-term investments. Investments are carried at fair value based upon quoted market prices at the endThe Company may sell its investments prior to their stated maturities for strategic purposes, in anticipation of the reporting period where available.  The Company’s ARS investments are carried at fair value based on a discounted cash flow model.  credit deterioration, or for duration management.   

As of March 31, 2009,2012, all investments except the ARS, arewere classified as available-for-sale with unrealized gains and losses recorded as a separate component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in Stockholders’ Equity.equity.  The specific identification method is used to determine the cost of securities disposed of, with realized gains and losses reflected in Interest and other income (expense), net.  As of March 31, 2009, the Company’s ARS portfolio is classified as long-term trading securities due to management’s intent to exercise our put option with UBS during the period from June 30, 2010 to July 3, 2012.  (See Note 4)

Impairment onFor investments is determined pursuant to SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities”, and related guidance issued by the FASB and SEC in order to determine the classification of the impairment as “temporary” or “other-than-temporary”.  A temporary impairment charge results inwith an unrealized loss, being recordedthe factors considered in the Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of Stockholders’ Equity.  Such an unrealized loss does not affect net income (loss) forreview include the applicable accounting period.  An other-than-temporary impairment charge is recorded as a realized loss in the consolidated statement of operations and reduces net income for the applicable accounting period.  The differentiating factors between temporary and other-than-temporary impairment are primarily the lengthcredit quality of the time andissuer, the extent to whichduration that the marketfair value has been less than the adjusted cost basis, severity of impairment, reason for the decline in value and potential recovery period, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuerinvestees, and whether the intent and ability of PlantronicsCompany would be required to retainsell an investment due to liquidity or contractual reasons before its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value.recovery. (See Note 5)

Foreign Currency Derivatives
The Company accounts for its derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities and carries them at fair value.  Derivative foreign currency call and put option contracts are valued using pricing models that use observable inputs. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation.  For derivative instruments designated as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the period of change together with the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributed to the risk being hedged.  For a derivative instrument designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the derivative’s gain or loss is initially reported as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in Stockholders’ Equityequity and subsequently reclassified into earnings when the hedged exposure affects earnings.  The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is reported in earnings immediately.  For derivative instruments that are not designated as accounting hedges, under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 (“SFAS No. 133”), “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, changes in fair value are recognized in earnings in the period of change.  The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for speculative trading purposes.  Plantronics enters into derivatives only with counterparties that are among the largest United States ("U.S.") banks, ranked by assets, in order to minimize its credit risk and to date, no such counterparty has failed to meet its financial obligations under such contracts.  (See Note 13)16)
 
AllowanceProvision for Doubtful Accounts
 
The Company maintains allowancesa provision for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments.  Plantronics regularly performs credit evaluations of its customers’ financial conditionconditions and considers factors such as historical experience, credit quality, age of the accounts receivable balances, and geographic or country-specific risks and economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay.  The allowance for doubtful accounts is reviewed quarterly and adjusted if necessary based on management’s assessment of a customer’s ability to pay.  If the financial condition of customers should deteriorate, additional allowances may be required which could have an adverse impact on operating expenses.

Inventory and Related Reserves
 
Inventories are statedvalued at the lower of cost or market.  Cost is computed using standard cost, which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis.  Costs such as idle facility expense, double freight, and re-handling costs are accounted for as current-period charges.  Additionally, the Company allocates fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion based on the normal capacity of the production facilities.  All shippingShipping and handling costs incurred in connection with the sale of products are included in the costCost of revenues.


The Company’s products utilize long-lead time parts which are available from a limited setanticipated demand or net realizable value to the lower of vendors.  The combined effects of variability of demand among the customer base and significant long-lead time of single sourced materials has historically contributed to significant inventory write-downs, particularly in inventory for consumer products.  For the Company’s commercial products, long life-cycles periodically necessitate last-time buys of raw materials which may be used over the course of several years.  The Company routinely reviews inventory for usage potential, including fulfillment of customer warranty obligations and spare part requirements.  If the Company believes that demand no longer allows the Company to sell inventory above cost or at all, management writes down that inventory to market or writes-off excess and obsolete inventories.  Write-downs are determined by reviewing the Company’s demand forecast and by determining what inventory, if any, is not saleable.  The Company’s demand forecast projects future shipments using historical rates and takes into account market conditions, inventory on hand, purchase commitments, product development plans and product life expectancy, inventory on consignment, and other competitive factors.  If the Company’s demand forecast is greater than actual demand, it could be required to write down additional inventory, which would have a negative impact on the Company’s gross profit.
At the point of inventory write-down, a new, lower-cost basis for thatvalue. Once inventory is established andwritten down, subsequent changes in facts and circumstances do not result in restoration to the restorationoriginal cost basis or an increase in that newly established costthe new, lower-cost basis.

Product Warranty Obligations
 
The Company providesrecords a liability for productthe estimated costs of warranties in accordance withat the underlying contractualtime the related revenue is recognized. The specific warranty terms givenand conditions range from one to two years starting from the delivery date to the customer or end user of the product.  The contractual terms mayand vary depending upon the geographic regionproduct sold and the country in which the customer is located, the brand and type of product sold, and other conditions, which affect or limit the customers’ rights to return product under warranty.   Where specific warranty return rights are given to customers, management accrues for the estimated cost of those warranties at the time revenue is recognized.  Generally, warranties start at the delivery date and continue for one or two years, depending on the type and brand, and the location in which the product was purchased.  Where specific warranty return rights are not given to the customers but where the customers are granted limited rights of return or discounts in lieu of warranty, management records these rights of return or discounts as adjustments to revenue.  In certain circumstances, the Company may sell product without warranty, and accordingly, no charge is taken for warranty.does business. Factors that affect the warranty obligationobligations include sales terms, which obligate the Company to provide warranty, product failure rates, estimated return rates, material usage and service delivery costs incurred in correcting product failures.  Management assesses the adequacy

53



Goodwill and Purchased Intangibles
 
As a resultGoodwill has been measured as the excess of past acquisitions, the Company has recorded goodwillcost of acquisition over the amount assigned to tangible and identifiable intangible assets on the consolidated balance sheets.  In accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” (“SFAS No. 142”) the Company classifies intangible assets into three categories: (1) goodwill; (2) intangible assets with indefinite lives not subject to amortization; and (3) intangible assets with definite lives subject to amortization.

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized.acquired less liabilities assumed.  At least annually, in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist, management performs a review to determine if the carrying valuesvalue of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets areis impaired.

Goodwill has been measured as the excess of the cost of acquisition over the amount assigned to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired less liabilities assumed. The identification and measurement of goodwill impairment involves the estimation of fair value at the Company’s reporting unit level.  Such impairment tests for goodwill include comparingThe Company determines its reporting units by assessing whether discrete financial information is available and if segment management regularly reviews the results of that component. The Company has determined it has one reporting unit.

The Company performs an initial assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of relevant events and circumstances, the Company determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value and there is no indication of impairment, no further testing is performed; however, if the Company concludes otherwise, the first step of the two-step impairment test must be performed by estimating the fair value of the reporting unit and comparing it with its carrying value, including goodwill. The estimates of fair values of reporting units are based on the best information available as of the date of the assessment, which primarily incorporate management assumptions about expected future cash flows, discount rates, growth rates, estimated costs, and other factors, which utilize historical data, internal estimates, and in some cases outside data. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds management’s estimate of fair value, goodwill may become impaired, and the Company may be required to record an impairment charge, which would negatively impact its operating results.


The fair value of the ACG reporting unit was determined using an equal weighting of the income approach and the market comparable approach.  For the income approach, the Company made the following assumptions:  the current economic downturn would continue through fiscal 2010, followed by a recovery period in fiscal 2011 and 2012 and then growth in line with industry estimated revenues.  Gross margin trends were consistent with historical trends.  A 3% growth factor was used to calculate the terminal value of its reporting units after fiscal year 2017, consistent with the rate used in the prior year.  The discount rate was adjusted from 13% used in the prior year to 14% reflecting the current volatility of the stock prices of public companies within the consumer electronics industry.  For the market comparable approach, the Company reviewed comparable companies in the industry.  Revenue multiples were determined for these companies and an average multiple based on prior twelve months revenue of these companies of 0.5 was then applied to the unit revenue.  A 10% control premium was added to determine the value on the marketable controlling interest basis.  Cash and short-term investments were then added back to arrive at an indicated value on a marketable, controlling interest basis.
The fair value of the AEG reporting unit was determined using an equal weighting of the income approach and the underlying asset approach.  For the income approach, the Company made the following assumptions: the current economic downturn would continue through fiscal 2010, followed by a recovery period in fiscal 2011 and 2012 with slightly better than historical growth and then growth in line with industry norms for each of the major product lines (Docking Audio and PC Audio).  Gross margin assumptions reflect improved margins as the revenue grows.  A 5% growth factor was used to calculate the terminal value of its reporting units, consistent with the rate used in the prior year.  The discount rate was adjusted from 14% used in the prior year to 15% reflecting the current volatility of the stock prices of public companies within the consumer electronics industry.  For the underlying asset approach, the asset and liability balances were adjusted to their fair value equivalents.  The fair value of the equity of the business is then indicated by the sum of the fair value of the assets less the fair value of the liabilities.

For both ACG and AEG, the assumptions used in the annual impairment review performed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 were consistent with the assumptions used in the interim impairment review in the third quarter of fiscal 2009 as no significant changes were identified.  (See Note 6)8)

In performing the impairment test for intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, the Company compares the fair value of intangible assets with indefinite useful lives to its carrying value.  The fair value measurement of purchased intangible assets with indefinite lives involves the estimation of the fair value which is based on management assumptions about expected future cash flows, discount rates, growth rates, estimated costs and other factors which utilize historical data, internal estimates, and in some cases outside data.  If the carrying value of the indefinite useful life intangible asset exceeds management’s estimate of fair value, goodwill may become impaired, and the Company may be required to record an impairment charge which would negatively impact its operating results. 

Purchased intangible assets with finite lives are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the assets, which range from three to ten years.  Long-lived assets, including intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Impairment of Long-Lived Assets,” (“SFAS No. 144”) whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable.  Such conditions may include an economic downturn or a change in the assessment of future operations.  Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition.  Measurement of an impairment loss for long-lived assets that management expects to hold and use is based on the amount that the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value.  Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.  (See Note 7)
Property, Plant and Equipment
 
Property, plant and equipment areis stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is principally calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, which range from two to 30thirty years.  Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the remaining lease term. Depreciation and amortization expense for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $20.8 million, $20.3 million and $19.6 million, respectively.
Costs associated with internal-use software are recorded in accordance with Statementthe Intangibles - Goodwill and Other Topic of Position No. 98-1 (“SOP 98-1”), “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.”Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC").  Capitalized software costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life.  Unamortized capitalized software costs were $7.2 million and $9.6 million at March 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively.  The amounts amortized to expense were $3.1 million, $2.4 million, and $3.1 million in fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
 
Long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. The Company recognizes an impairment charge in the event the net book value of such assets exceeds the future undiscounted cash flows attributable to the assets. No material impairment losses were incurred in the periods presented.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company applies fair value accounting for all financial assets and liabilities and non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements. Fair value is estimated by applying the following hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:

Level 1
The Company's Level 1 financial assets consist of cash, money market funds, U.S. Treasury Bills, and derivative foreign currency forward contracts that are traded in an active market with sufficient volume and frequency of transactions. Level 1 financial liabilities consist of derivative contracts that have closed but have not settled.

The fair value of Level 1 financial instruments is measured based on the quoted market price of identical securities.

Level 2
The Company's Level 2 financial assets and liabilities consist of Government Agency Securities, Commercial Paper, U.S. Corporate Bonds, Certificates of Deposit ("CDs"), and derivative foreign currency call and put option contracts.

The fair value of Level 2 investment securities is determined based on other observable inputs, including multiple non-binding quotes from independent pricing services. Non-binding quotes are based on proprietary valuation models that are prepared by the independent pricing services and use algorithms based on inputs such as observable market data, quoted market prices for similar securities, issuer spreads and internal assumptions of the broker. The Company corroborates the reasonableness of non-binding quotes received from the independent pricing services using a variety of techniques depending on the underlying instrument, including: (i) comparing them to actual experience gained from the purchases and maturities of investment securities, (ii) comparing them to internally developed cash flow models based on observable inputs, and (iii) monitoring changes in ratings of similar securities and the related impact on fair value.

The fair value of Level 2 derivative foreign currency call and put option contracts is determined using pricing models that use observable market inputs.


54

68


Level 3
The fair value of Level 3 financial instruments is determined using inputs that are unobservable and reflect the Company's estimate of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. The Company had no Level 3 assets or liabilities as of March 31, 2012 or 2011.

In accordance with the fair value accounting requirements, companies may choose to measure eligible financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The Company has not elected the fair value option for any eligible financial instruments.

Revenue Recognition
 
RevenueThe Company sells its products directly to customers and through other distribution channels, including distributors, retailers, carriers and original equipment manufacturers ("OEMs"). The Company's revenue is derived primarily from salesthe sale of products to customersheadsets, telephone headset systems and accessories for the business and consumer markets and is recognized when the following criteriapersuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been met:
·title and risk of ownership are transferred to customers;
·persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;
·
the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and
·
collection is reasonably assured. 
rendered, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. These criteria are usually met at the time of product shipment; however, the Company defers revenue when any significant obligations remain and to date this has accounted for less than 1% of the Company's Net revenues. Customer purchase orders and/or contracts are used to determine the existence of an arrangement. Product is considered delivered once it has been shipped and title and risk of loss have been transferred to the customer. The Company assesses whether a price is fixed or determinable based upon the selling terms associated with the transaction and whether the sales price is subject to refund or adjustment. The Company assesses collectibility based on a customer’scustomer's credit quality, as well as subjective factors and trends, including historical experience, the age of any existing accounts receivable balances and geographic or country-specific risks and economic conditions that may affect a customer’scustomer's ability to pay.

Sales through retail and distribution channels are made primarily under agreements or commitments allowing for rights of return and include various sales incentive programs, such as rebates, advertising, price protection and other sales incentives. The Company defershas an established sales history for these arrangements and records the estimated reserves and allowances at the time the related revenue but recognizes related cost of revenues if collectibility cannot be reasonably assured.  Plantronics recognizes revenue net ofis recognized. Sales return reserves are estimated product returns and expected payments to resellers for customer programs including cooperative advertising, marketing development funds, volume rebates, and special pricing programs.
Estimated product returns are deducted from revenues upon shipment, based on historical return rates, assumptions regardingdata, relevant current data and the ratemonitoring of sell-through to end users from our various channelsinventory build-up in the distribution channel. The allowance for sales incentive programs is based on historical sell-through ratesexperience and other relevant factors.  Such estimates may need to be revised and could have an adverse impact on revenues if product lives vary significantly from management estimates, a particular selling channel experiences a higher than estimated return rate,contractual terms or commitments in the form of lump sum payments or sell-through rates are slower causing inventory build-up.credits.
 
Co-op advertisingResearch, Development and marketingEngineering

Research, development fundsand engineering costs are accounted for in accordanceexpensed as incurred and consist primarily of compensation costs, outside services, including legal fees associated with EITF Issue No. 01-09, “Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer or a Resellerprotecting the Company's intellectual property, expensed materials, depreciation, and an allocation of the Vendor’s Products”.  Under these guidelines, the Company accrues for these funds as marketing expense if it receives a separately identifiable benefit in exchangeoverhead expenses, including facilities, IT and can reasonably estimate the fair value of the identifiable benefit received; otherwise, it is recorded as a reduction to revenues.human resources costs.
Reductions to revenue for expected and actual payments to resellers for volume rebates and pricing protection are based on actual expenses incurred during the period, estimates for what is due to resellers for estimated credits earned during the period and any adjustments for credits based on actual activity.  If the actual payments exceed management’s estimates, this could result in an adverse impact on the Company’s revenues.  Since management has historically been able to reliably estimate the amount of allowances required for future price adjustments and product returns, the Company recognizes revenue, net of projected allowances, upon recognition of the related sale.  In situations where management is unable to reliably estimate the amount of future price adjustments and product returns, the Company defers recognition of the revenue until the right to future price adjustments and product returns lapses, and the Company is no longer under any obligation to reduce the price or accept the return of the product.
If market conditions warrant, Plantronics may take actions to stimulate demand, which could include increasing promotional programs, decreasing prices, or increasing discounts.  Such actions could result in incremental reductions to revenues and margins at the time such incentives are offered.  To the extent that Plantronics reduces pricing, the Company may incur reductions to revenue for price protection based on management’s estimate of inventory in the channel that is subject to such pricing actions.

Advertising Costs
 
PlantronicsThe Company expenses all advertising costs as incurred.  Advertising expense for the years ended March 31, 2007, 20082012, 2011 and 20092010 was $13.2$2.6 million $9.9, $2.4 million and $6.9$4.6 million, respectively.

Income Taxes

PlantronicsThe Company is subject to income taxes both in the U.S. as well as in severaland foreign jurisdictions. At any one time, multiple tax years are subject to audit by the various tax authorities.

The Company must make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for its financial statements.  These estimates occur in the calculation of tax benefits and deductions, tax credits, and tax assets and liabilities which are generated from differences in the timing of when items are recognized for book purposes and when they are recognized for tax purposes.

On April 1, 2007, the Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”).  Under FIN 48,recognizes the impact of an uncertain income tax position on income tax expense must be recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained.  An uncertain incomeunrecognized tax positionbenefit will not be recognized unless it has a greater than 50% likelihood of being sustained.  There were no material adjustments as a result of the adoption of FIN 48.  At the adoption date, theThe Company had $12.4 million ofadjusts its tax liability for unrecognized tax benefits $9.8 millionin the period in which an uncertain tax position is effectively settled, the statute of which would affect incomelimitations expires for the relevant taxing authority to examine the tax expense if recognized.  As of March 31, 2009, the Company had $11.1 million of unrecognized tax benefits all of which would favorably impact the effective tax rate in future periods if recognized.position, or when more information becomes available. The Company continues to follow the practice of recognizingrecognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters as a part of theits provision for income taxes. (See Note 17)


Plantronics accounts for income taxes under an asset and liability approach that requires the expected future tax consequences
55


Earnings (Loss) Per Share
 
Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) for the period by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, less common stock subject to repurchase.  Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing the net income for the period by the weighted average number of shares of common stock and potentially dilutive common stock outstanding during the period.  Potentially dilutive common shares include shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, the vesting of awards of restricted stock awards and the estimated shares to be purchased under the Company’s employee stock purchase plan, which are reflected in diluted earnings per share by application of the treasury stock method.  Under the treasury stock method, the amount that the employee must pay for exercising stock options, the amount of stock-based compensation cost for future services that the Company has not yet recognized, and the amount of tax benefit that would be recorded in additional paid-in capital upon exercise are assumed to be used to repurchase shares.  (See Note 15)18)
 
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
Comprehensive income (loss) consists of two components, net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (expense).income.  Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to income, expenses, gains, and losses that under generally accepted accounting principlesU.S. GAAP are recorded as an element of stockholders’ equity but are excluded from net income (loss).income.  Accumulated other comprehensive income, (loss), as presented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, consists of foreign currency translation adjustments, unrealized gains and losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, net of tax, and unrealized gains and losses related to the Company’s investments, net of tax.
 
Foreign Operations and Currency Translation

The functional currency of the Company’s foreign sales and marketing offices, except as noted in the following paragraph, is the local currency of the respective operations.  For these foreign operations, the Company translates assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars using the period-end exchange rates in effect as of the balance sheet date and translates revenues and expenses using the average monthly exchange rates.  The resulting cumulative translation adjustments are included in Accumulated other comprehensive income, (loss), a separate component of Stockholders' Equityequity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The functional currency of the Company’s European finance, sales and logistics headquarters in the Netherlands, sales office warehouse and distribution center in Hong Kong, sales office and warehouse in Japan, and manufacturing facilities in Tijuana, Mexico and Suzhou, Chinalogistic and foreign research and development facilities in China, is the U.S. dollar.Dollar.  For these foreign operations, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are re-measured at the period-end or historical rates, as appropriate.  Revenues and expenses are re-measured at average monthly rates which the Company believes to be a fair approximation of actual rates.  Currency transaction gains and losses are recognized in current operations.  Realized foreign currency exchange gains (losses) were $2.3 million, $0.9 million, and $(6.3) million in fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.(See Note 16)
 
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
 
The Company applies SFAS No. 123-Revised 2004 (“SFAS No. 123(R)”)the provisions of the Compensation – Stock Compensation Topic of the FASB ASC, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and non-employee directors based on estimated fair values.

Under SFAS No. 123(R), the Company elected to apply the modified prospective transition adoption method.  Under this method, compensation expense for share-based payments include: (a) compensation expense for all stock-based payment awards granted prior to but not yet vested as of April 2, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS  No. 123, and (b) compensation expense for all stock-based payment awards granted or modified on or after April 2, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R).  The estimated fair value of the Company’s stock-based awards is amortized over the vesting period of the awards on a straight-line basis.  Compensation expense is recognized only for those awards that are expected to vest, and as such, amounts have been reduced by estimated forfeitures.   (See Note 12)

The Company has elected to adopt the alternative transition method provided in FASB Staff Position No. 123(R)-3, "Transition Election Related to Accounting for Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards" for calculating the tax effects of stock-based compensation pursuant to SFAS No. 123(R).  The alternative transition method includes simplified methods to establish the beginning balance of the additional paid-in capital pool ("APIC pool") related to the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation, and to determine the subsequent impact on the APIC pool and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows of the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation awards that are outstanding upon adoption of SFAS No. 123(R).
Treasury Shares
 
TheFrom time to time, the Company repurchases treasury shares in accordance with approved repurchase plans.  On November 10, 2008, the Board of Directors authorized a new plan to repurchase 1,000,000 shares of common stock.  During fiscal 2009, the Company repurchased 89,000 shares ofits common stock, under this plandepending on market conditions, in the open market at a total costor through privately negotiated transactions, in accordance with programs authorized by the Board of $1.0 million and an average price of $11.54 per share.  As of March 31, 2009, there were 911,000 remaining shares.

On January 13, 2009, the CompanyDirectors.  Repurchased shares are held as treasury stock until such time as they are retired 16 million sharesor re-issued. Retirements of treasury stock are non-cash equity transactions in which werethe reacquired shares are returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares.  This was a non-cash equity transaction in whichshares and the cost of the reacquired shares wasis recorded as a deductionreduction to both retainedRetained earnings and treasuryTreasury stock. (See Note 13)

Concentration of Risk
 
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents, short-term securities,and long-term investments and trade receivables.  

Plantronics’ investment policies for cash limit investments to those that are short-term and low risk and also limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer and restrict placement of these investments to issuers evaluated as creditworthy.  As a result of March 31, 2012 and 2011, the uncertainties in the credit markets and the UBS offer, the Company has classified all of its ARS investments as long-term since these investments are not currently liquid, and the Company will not be able to access these funds until a future auction of these investments is successful, the underlying securities are redeemed by the issuer, or a buyer is found outside of the auction process.  All of the ARSCompany's investments were investment grade qualitycomposed of U.S. Treasury Bills, Government Agency Securities, Commercial Paper, U.S. Corporate Bonds and were in compliance with the Company’s investment policy at the timeCDs.


56


Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are generally limited due to the large number of customers that comprise the Company’s customer base and their dispersion across different geographies and markets.  Plantronics performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition and generally requires no collateral from its customers.  The Company maintains an allowancea provision for uncollectibledoubtful accounts receivable based upon expected collectibility of all accounts receivable.

Certain inventory components that meetrequired by the Company’s requirementsCompany are only available only from a limited number of suppliers.  The rapid rate of technological change and the necessity of developing and manufacturing products with short lifecycles may intensify these risks.  The inability to obtain components as required, or to develop alternative sources, as required in the future, could result in delays or reductions in product shipments, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

3.RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Recently Adopted Pronouncements

In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2011-08, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment. This ASU allows entities to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If this is the case, the entity is required to perform a more detailed two-step goodwill impairment test that is used to identify potential goodwill impairment and to measure the amount of goodwill impairment losses, if any, to be recognized. The Company adopted ASU 2011-08 in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012 and it did not have an impact on the Company's financial statements. Refer to Note 8, Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets, for details of the goodwill impairment analysis.

Recently Issued Pronouncements

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. This ASU requires the Company to disclose both net and gross information about assets and liabilities that have been offset, if any, and the related arrangements. The disclosures under this new guidance are required to be provided retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. The Company is required to implement this guidance effective for the first quarter of fiscal 2014 and does not expect the adoption of ASU 2011-11 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive Income, as amended, which requires the Company to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. Certain of the provisions are effective for the Company in its first quarter of fiscal 2013 and will be applied retrospectively. The Company intends to present other comprehensive income in two separate and consecutive statements.

4.DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

The Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement on October 2, 2009 to sell Altec Lansing, its AEG segment ("AEG"), for which the sale was completed effective December 1, 2009. AEG was engaged in the design, manufacture, sales and marketing of audio solutions and related technologies.  All of the revenues in the AEG segment were derived from the sale of Altec Lansing products. All operations of AEG have been classified as discontinued operations in the Consolidated statement of operations for all periods presented.

There was no income or loss from discontinued operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011. The results from discontinued operations for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010 were as follows (in thousands):

Net revenues $64,916
Cost of revenues (53,127)
Operating expenses (16,433)
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets (25,194)
Restructuring and other related charges (19)
Loss on sale of AEG (611)
Loss from operations of discontinued AEG segment (including loss on sale of AEG) (30,468)
Tax benefit from discontinued operations (11,393)
Loss on discontinued operations, net of tax $(19,075)

57



The Company recognized a pre-tax loss on the sale of Altec Lansing in fiscal year 2010, calculated as follows (in thousands):

Proceeds received upon close $11,075
Escrow payments received to date 2,065
Remaining escrow payments to be received (subsequently received in fiscal year 2011) 1,625
Payment to purchaser for adjustment for final value of net assets under APA (3,956)
Total estimated proceeds 10,809
Book value of net assets sold (11,057)
Costs incurred upon closing (363)
Loss on sale of AEG $(611)

5.CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS

The following table presents the Company's cash, cash equivalents and investments as of March 31, 2012 and 2011:

(in thousands) March 31, 2012 March 31, 2011
  Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses Fair Value Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses Fair Value
Cash and cash equivalents:                
Cash $147,338
 $
 $
 $147,338
 $136,804
 $
 $
 $136,804
Cash equivalents 61,996
 2
 (1) 61,997
 140,569
 1
 (1) 140,569
Total Cash and cash equivalents $209,334
 $2
 $(1) $209,335
 $277,373
 $1
 $(1) $277,373
Short-term investments:                
U.S. Treasury Bills and Government Agency Securities $61,898
 $22
 $(24) $61,896
 $105,849
 $17
 $(3) $105,863
Commercial Paper 20,041
 1
 (3) 20,039
 30,071
 5
 (1) 30,075
Corporate Bonds 38,300
 60
 (4) 38,356
 11,212
 4
 
 11,216
Certificates of Deposit ("CDs") 4,883
 3
 
 4,886
 5,420
 9
 
 5,429
Total Short-term investments $125,122
 $86
 $(31) $125,177
 $152,552
 $35
 $(4) $152,583
                 
Long-term investments:                
U.S. Treasury Bills and Government Agency Securities $29,814
 $24
 $(1) $29,837
 $17,387
 $4
 $
 $17,391
Corporate Bonds 25,507
 29
 (26) 25,510
 19,086
 8
 (35) 19,059
CDs 
 
 
 
 2,879
 3
 
 2,882
Total Long-term investments $55,321
 $53
 $(27) $55,347
 $39,352
 $15
 $(35) $39,332
                 
Total cash, cash equivalents and investments $389,777
 $141
 $(59) $389,859
 $469,277
 $51
 $(40) $469,288

As of March 31, 2012 and 2011, all of the Company's investments are classified as available-for-sale securities.


58


The following table summarizes the amortized cost and fair value of the Company's cash equivalents, short-term investments and long-term investments, classified by stated maturity as of March 31, 2012 and 2011:

(in thousands) March 31, 2012 March 31, 2011
  Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value
Due in 1 year or less $187,118
 $187,174
 $293,121
 $293,152
Due in 1 to 3 years 55,321
 55,347
 39,352
 39,332
Total $242,439
 $242,521
 $332,473
 $332,484

The Company did not incur any material realized or unrealized net gains or losses for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011.

6.FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The following table represents the Company's fair value hierarchy for its financial assets and liabilities:

Fair Values as of March 31, 2012:

(in thousands) Level 1 Level 2 Total
Cash and cash equivalents:      
Cash $147,338
 $
 $147,338
U.S. Treasury Bills 50,000
 
 50,000
Commercial Paper 
 11,997
 11,997
Short-term investments:      
   U.S. Treasury Bills and Government Agency Securities 12,898
 48,998
 61,896
Commercial Paper 
 20,039
 20,039
Corporate Bonds 
 38,356
 38,356
CDs 
 4,886
 4,886
Long-term investments:      
U.S. Treasury Bills and Government Agency Securities 6,647
 23,190
 29,837
Corporate Bonds 
 25,510
 25,510
Other current assets:      
   Derivative assets 
 2,658
 2,658
Total assets measured at fair value $216,883
 $175,634
 $392,517
       
Accrued liabilities:      
   Derivative liabilities $7
 $714
 $721

59


Fair Values as of March 31, 2011:

(in thousands) Level 1 Level 2 Total
Cash and cash equivalents:      
Cash $136,804
 $
 $136,804
U.S. Treasury Bills 74,991
 
 74,991
Commercial Paper 
 22,495
 22,495
Corporate Bonds 
 3,082
 3,082
CDs 
 2,001
 2,001
Money Market Accounts 38,000
 
 38,000
Short-term investments:      
U.S. Treasury Bills and Government Agency Securities 71,756
 34,107
 105,863
Commercial Paper 
 30,075
 30,075
Corporate Bonds 
 11,216
 11,216
CDs 
 5,429
 5,429
Long-term investments:      
U.S. Treasury Bills and Government Agency Securities 7,955
 9,436
 17,391
Corporate Bonds 
 19,059
 19,059
CDs 
 2,882
 2,882
Other current assets:      
Derivative assets 
 360
 360
Total assets measured at fair value $329,506
 $140,142
 $469,648
       
Accrued liabilities:      
Derivative liabilities $27
 $4,174
 $4,201

Refer to Note 16, Foreign Currency Derivatives, which discloses the nature of the Company's derivative assets and liabilities as of March 31, 2012 and 2011.

7.DETAILS OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS

Accounts receivable, net:

  March 31,
(in thousands) 2012 2011
Accounts receivable $133,233
 $125,137
Provisions for returns (7,613) (10,437)
Provisions for promotions, rebates and other (12,756) (10,460)
Provisions for doubtful accounts and sales allowances (1,093) (951)
Accounts receivable, net $111,771
 $103,289

Inventory, net:

  March 31,
(in thousands) 2012 2011
Raw materials $14,062
 $15,315
Work in process 2,740
 2,558
Finished goods 36,911
 38,600
Inventory, net $53,713
 $56,473


60


Property, plant and equipment, net:

  March 31,
(in thousands) 2012 2011
Land $6,531
 $5,867
Buildings and improvements (useful life: 7-30 years) 67,417
 55,256
Machinery and equipment (useful life: 2-10 years) 90,643
 87,001
Software (useful life: 5-6 years) 28,951
 27,096
Construction in progress 2,323
 8,556
  195,865
 183,776
Accumulated depreciation and amortization (119,706) (113,154)
Property, plant and equipment, net $76,159
 $70,622

Depreciation and amortization expense for fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $13.3 million, $13.7 million and $16.4 million, respectively. In addition, the Company incurred $5.2 million of accelerated depreciation in fiscal year 2010 related to discontinued operations at its former Suzhou China facilities, which was included in Restructuring and other related charges on the Consolidated statements of operations.

Unamortized capitalized software costs were $6.7 million and $7.4 million at March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  Amortization expense related to capitalized software costs in fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $3.1 million, $3.1 million, and $3.0 million, respectively.
 
Accrued liabilities:

  March 31,
(in thousands) 2012 2011
Employee compensation and benefits $24,458
 $27,478
Warranty obligation 13,346
 11,016
Accrued advertising and sales and marketing 1,317
 2,873
Accrued other 12,946
 18,240
Accrued liabilities $52,067
 $59,607

Changes in the warranty obligation, which are included as a component of Accrued liabilities in the Consolidated balance sheets, are as follows:

  Year ended March 31,
(in thousands) 2012 2011
Warranty obligation at beginning of period $11,016
 $11,006
Warranty provision relating to products shipped during the year 17,061
 14,769
Deductions for warranty claims processed (14,731) (14,759)
Warranty obligation at end of period $13,346

$11,016

8.GOODWILL AND PURCHASED INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

The Company has goodwill of $14.0 million as of March 31, 2012 and 2011 and there were no changes in the carrying value during the fiscal years then ended.

In fiscal years 2012 and 2011, for purposes of the annual goodwill impairment test, the Company determined there to be no reporting units below its operating segment; therefore, the annual goodwill impairment analysis was performed at the segment level in both of these years.


61


In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012, the Company identified qualitative factors that may affect the fair value of the reporting unit, including changes in the Company's industry, competitive environment, business strategy, and product mix; current and historical budgeted to actual performance; Company and peer market capitalization trends; macro-economic conditions and currency rate fluctuations. The Company also considered the results of its most recent fair value calculation and the amount by which the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, as well as the extent to which the inputs and assumptions in the fair value calculation would need to deteriorate in order for the reporting unit's fair value to fall below carrying value. Based on the assessment of the foregoing factors, the Company concluded there to be no indication of goodwill impairment.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011, the Company elected to use the fair value carry forward approach previously allowed under the Intangibles - Goodwill and Other Topic of the FASB ASC and determined each of the relevant criteria had been met. As a result of this determination, the Company concluded it was appropriate to carry forward the fair value from the valuation performed in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010 and concluded there to be no indication of goodwill impairment.

Purchased Intangible Assets

The following table presents the carrying value of purchased intangible assets with remaining net book values as of March 31, 2012 and 2011:

  March 31, 2012 March 31, 2011   
  Gross Accumulated Net Gross Accumulated Net   
(in thousands) Amount Amortization Amount Amount Amortization Amount Useful Life
Technology $3,000
 $(3,000) $
 $3,000
 $(2,812) $188
 6
years
Customer relationships 1,705
 (1,322) 383
 1,705
 (1,044) 661
 8
years
OEM relationships 27
 (27) 
 27
 (20) 7
 7
years
Total $4,732
 $(4,349) $383
 $4,732
 $(3,876) $856
   

Amortization expense relating to intangible assets was immaterial for fiscal year 2012, and for fiscal year 2011 and 2010 was $2.6 million and $1.8 million, respectively.

The Company tests its indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment by comparing the fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying value.  If the fair value is less than its carrying value, an impairment charge is recognized for the difference.  As of March 31, 2012, the Company had no indefinite lived intangible assets other than goodwill; however, the Company had previously reported indefinite lived intangible assets for which impairment or accelerated amortization charges were recorded in prior years presented in the Consolidated statements of operations and these are discussed below.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011, the Company finalized a long-term product development strategy and in doing so, evaluated the extent to which acquired technology would be used in future products. As part of this analysis, the Company elected to abandon certain of its acquired technology and therefore, recorded $1.4 million in accelerated amortization expense in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011 to reflect the revised estimate of the asset's useful life.

During the second quarter of fiscal year 2010, management entered into a non-binding letter of intent to sell Altec Lansing, the Company’s AEG segment.  The Company concluded that this triggered an interim impairment review as it was now more likely than not that the segment would be sold; however, as the Company’s Board of Directors had not yet approved the sale of the segment, the assets did not qualify for “held for sale” accounting under the Property, Plant and Equipment Topic of the FASB ASC.  The Company tests its indefinite lived assets for impairment by comparing the fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying value.  If the fair value is less than its carrying value, an impairment charge is recognized for the difference.  The Company used the proposed purchase price of the AEG segment net assets per the non-binding letter of intent signed during the quarter as the fair value of the segment’s net assets.  This resulted in a full impairment of the Altec Lansing trademark and trade name; therefore, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $18.6 million in the second quarter of fiscal year 2010 and recognized a deferred tax benefit of $7.1 million associated with this impairment charge, which is included in discontinued operations for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010.


62


As a result of the proposed purchase price of the net assets of the AEG segment, the Company also evaluated the long-lived assets within the reporting unit.  The fair value of the long-lived assets, which included purchased intangible assets and property, plant and equipment, was determined for each individual asset and compared to the asset’s relative carrying value.  This resulted in a full impairment of the AEG intangibles and a partial impairment of its property, plant and equipment; therefore, in the second quarter of fiscal year 2010, the Company recognized non-cash impairment charges of $6.6 million and $3.8 million related to purchased intangible assets and property, plant and equipment, respectively.   The Company recognized a deferred tax benefit of $2.5 million associated with these impairment charges.  The impairment charges and tax benefit are recorded in discontinued operations for the year ended March 31, 2010.

9.RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER RELATED CHARGES

The Company recorded the restructuring activities discussed below applying the guidance of either the Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations Topic and the Compensation - Nonretirement Postemployment Benefits Topic of the FASB ASC.

In fiscal year 2009, the Company announced various restructuring activities that were completed as of December 31, 2010. These actions consisted of reductions in force throughout all of the Company's geographies along with a plan to close its manufacturing operations in its Suzhou, China facility due to the decision to outsource the manufacturing of Bluetooth products to a third party supplier in China. There were no restructuring charges during the years ended March 31, 2012 or 2011; however, in fiscal year 2011 the Company recorded an immaterial net gain upon the sale of a facility located in China impacted by the restructuring activities. In fiscal year 2010, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $1.9 million, consisting of severance and benefits along with facilities and equipment charges.

10.COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Minimum Future Rental Payments  

The Company leases certain equipment and facilities under operating leases expiring in various years through fiscal year 2022. The terms of some of the Company's leases provide for rental payments on a graduated scale. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period, and has accrued for rent expense incurred but not paid.  

Minimum future rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases having remaining terms in excess of one year as of March 31, 2012 are as follows:

Fiscal Year Ending March 31, (in thousands)
2013 $5,355
2014 4,392
2015 1,649
2016 887
2017 241
Thereafter 686
Total minimum future rental payments $13,210

Total rent expense for operating leases was approximately $5.9 million, $5.6 million, and $6.0 million in fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Certain operating leases provide for renewal options for periods from one to three years.  In the normal course of business, operating leases are generally renewed or replaced by other leases.

Indemnifications

The Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement ("Agreement") on October 2, 2009 to sell Altec Lansing, its AEG segment. Under the Agreement, as amended, the Company made representations and warranties to the purchaser about the condition of AEG, including matters relating to intellectual property, taxes, employee or environmental matters, and fraud.  No indemnification costs have been recorded as of March 31, 2012 or March 31, 2011.


63


Other Guarantees and Obligations

The Company sells substantially all of its products to end users through distributors, retailers, OEMs, and telephony service providers (collectively "customers"). As is customary in the Company’s industry and as provided for in local law in the U.S. and other jurisdictions, Plantronics’ standard contracts provide remedies to its customers, such as defense, settlement, or payment of judgment for intellectual property claims related to the use of its products.  From time to time, the Company indemnifies customers against combinations of loss, expense, or liability arising from various trigger events relating to the sale and use of its products and services.  In addition, Plantronics also provides protection to customers against claims related to undiscovered liabilities, additional product liability, or environmental obligations.  In the Company’s experience, claims made under these indemnifications are rare and the associated estimated fair value of the liability is not material.


3.RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In February 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB issued Staff Position (“FSP”) FAS No. 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157”, (“FSP FAS No. 157-2") which permitted the Company to defer the effective date of SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS No. 157”), until its first quarter of fiscal 2010 for all non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually).  SFAS No. 157 does not require any new fair value measurements but rather eliminates inconsistencies in guidance found in various prior accounting pronouncements.  The Company believes that the adoption of FSP FAS No. 157-2 for non-financial assets and liabilities will not have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In April 2009, the FASB issued three FSPs related to fair value measurements, disclosures and other-than-temporary impairments. FSP FAS No. 157-4, “Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly” (“FSP FAS No. 157-4”), provides additional guidance for estimating fair value in accordance with SFAS No. 157 when the volume and level of activity for an asset or liability have significantly decreased. FSP FAS No. 157-4 also includes guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly.  FSP FAS No. 115-2 and FSP FAS No. 124-2, “Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments”, amends the other-than-temporary impairment guidance in U.S. GAAP to make the guidance more operational and to improve the presentation of other-than-temporary impairments in the financial statements.  Finally, FSP FAS No. 107-1 and APB No. 28-1, “Interim Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments”, amends SFAS No. 107, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments”, to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments in interim financial statements as well as in annual financial statements and also amends APB Opinion No. 28, “Interim Financial Reporting”, to require those disclosures in all interim financial statements.  The three FSPs are effective for periods ending after June 15, 2009.  Early adoption is permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009, however, the Company elected to adopt the FSPs during the first quarter of 2010.  The Company is evaluating the impact, if any, the FSPs will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations” ("SFAS No. 141(R)"), which replaces “SFAS No. 141”, “Business Combinations”.  SFAS No. 141(R) retains the purchase method of accounting for acquisitions, but requires a number of changes, including changes in the way assets and liabilities are recognized and measured in purchase accounting. It also changes the recognition of assets acquired and liabilities assumed arising from contingencies, requires the capitalization of in-process research and development at fair value, and requires the expensing of acquisition-related costs as incurred.  SFAS No. 141(R) is effective for the Company beginning April 1, 2009 and will apply prospectively to any business combinations completed on or after that date, except that resolution of certain tax contingencies and adjustments to valuation allowances related to business combinations, which previously were adjusted to goodwill, will be recorded as income tax expense for all such adjustments after April 1, 2009, regardless of the date of the original business combination.
In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP FAS No. 141R-1, “Accounting for Assets and Liabilities Assumed in a Business Combination That Arise From Contingencies”, (“FSP FAS No. 141R-1”).  FSP FAS No. 141R-1 amends and clarifies SFAS No. 141(R) to address application issues regarding initial recognition and measurement, subsequent measurement and accounting and disclosure of assets and liabilities arising from contingencies in a business combination.  FSP FAS No. 141R-1 is effective for assets or liabilities arising from contingencies in business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008.  The Company believes FSP FAS No. 141R-1 may have a material impact on the Company’s future consolidated financial statements depending on the size and nature of any future business combinations that the Company may enter into.
In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS No. 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets” (“FSP FAS No. 142-3).  FSP FAS No.142-3 amends the factors an entity should consider in developing renewal or extension assumptions used in determining the useful life of recognized intangible assets under FASB Statement No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”.  FSP FAS No. 142-3 applies prospectively to intangible assets that are acquired individually or with a group of other assets in business combinations and asset acquisitions.  FSP FAS No. 142-3 is effective for financial statements issued for the Company’s fiscal year beginning April 1, 2009.  Early adoption is prohibited.  The Company is evaluating the impact, if any, that FSP FAS No. 142-3 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP EITF 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions are Participating Securities” (“FSP EITF 03-6-1”) which addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in earnings allocation in computing earnings per share under the two-class method as described in SFAS No. 128, “Earnings Per Share.”  Under the guidance in FSP EITF 03-6-1, unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two class method.  FSP EITF 03-6-1 is effective for the Company beginning April 1, 2009.  All prior-period earnings per share data presented shall be adjusted retrospectively.  Early application is not permitted.  The Company believes the adoption that FSP EITF 03-6-1 will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
4.INVESTMENTS AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The following table presents the Company’s investments at March 31, 2008 and 2009:


(in thousands) Balances at March 31, 2008  Balances at March 31, 2009 
  Cost  Unrealized  Accrued  Fair  Adjusted Cost  Unrealized  Accrued  Fair 
  Basis  Gain(Loss)  Interest  Value  Basis  Gain(Loss)  Interest  Value 
Short-term investments:                        
U.S. Treasury Bills $-  $-  $-  $-  $59,977  $-  $10  $59,987 
Total short-term investments  -   -   -   -   59,977   -   10   59,987 
Long-term investments:  -   -   -   -   -   -   -   - 
Auction rate securities  28,000   (2,864)  -   25,136   23,718   -   -   23,718 
Total long-term investments  28,000   (2,864)  -   25,136   23,718   -   -   23,718 
Total short-term and long-term investments $28,000  $(2,864) $-  $25,136  $83,695  $-  $10  $83,705 
At March 31, 2009, all of the Company’s short-term investments consisted of U.S. Treasury BillsClaims and were classified as available-for-sale.  There were no short-term investments as of March 31, 2008.  At March 31, 2008 and 2009, all of the Company’s long-term investments consisted of auction rate securities (“ARS”).  The ARS were classified as available-for-sale as of March 31, 2008.   During the third quarter of fiscal 2009, the ARS were transferred to trading securities at which time the Company recorded unrealized losses of $4.0 million related to its ARS within Interest and other income (expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations which was offset in part by an unrealized gain based on the fair value of the associated put option of $3.9 million also recorded to Interest and other income (expense), net.  In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, an additional unrealized loss of $0.3 million related to the ARS was recorded to Interest and other income (expense), net offset by an unrealized gain of $0.3 million also recorded to Interest and other income (expense), net.  The Company did not incur any material realized gains or losses in the years ended March 31, 2007, 2008 or 2009.
The Company adopted SFAS No. 157 for financial assets and liabilities on April 1, 2008.  In accordance with SFAS No. 157, the following table represents the Company’s fair value hierarchy for its financial assets and liabilities as of March 31, 2009:

(in thousands) Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total 
             
Money market funds $171,585  $-  $-  $171,585 
Derivative assets  -   7,613   -   7,613 
Auction rate securities - trading securities  -   -   23,718   23,718 
Derivative - UBS Rights Agreement  -   -   4,180   4,180 
Reserve Primary Fund  -   -   162   162 
Total assets measured at fair value $171,585  $7,613  $28,060  $207,258 
                 
Derivative liabilities $950  $875  $-  $1,825 

Level 1 assets and liabilities consist of money market funds and derivative foreign currency forward contracts that are traded in an active market with sufficient volume and frequency of transactions.  Fair value is measured based on the quoted market price of identical securities.

Level 2 assets and liabilities consist of derivative foreign currency call and put option contracts.  Fair value is determined using a Black-Scholes valuation model using inputs that are observable in the market.
Level 3 assets consist mainly of ARS primarily comprised of interest bearing state sponsored student loan revenue bonds guaranteed by the Department of Education.  These ARS investments are designed to provide liquidity via an auction process that resets the applicable interest rate at predetermined calendar intervals, typically every 7 or 35 days.  However, the recent uncertainties in the credit markets have affected all of the Company’s holdings, and, as a consequence, these investments are not currently liquid.  As a result, the Company will not be able to access these funds until a future auction of these investments is successful, the underlying securities are redeemed by the issuer, or a buyer is found outside of the auction process.  Maturity dates for these ARS investments range from 2029 to 2039.  All of the ARS investments were investment grade quality and were in compliance with the Company’s investment policy at the time of acquisition.

As of March 31, 2008 and 2009, the Company has used a discounted cash flow model to determine an estimated fair value of the Company’s investment in ARS.  The key assumptions used in preparing the discounted cash flow model include current estimates for interest rates, timing and amount of cash flows, credit and liquidity premiums and expected holding periods of the ARS.

In November 2008, the Company accepted an agreement (the “Agreement”) from UBS AG (“UBS”), the investment provider for its $28.0 million par value ARS portfolio, providing the Company with certain rights related to its ARS (the “Rights”).  The Rights permit the Company to require UBS to purchase the Company’s ARS at par value, which is defined as the price equal to the liquidation preference of the ARS plus accrued but unpaid dividends or interest, at any time during the period from June 30, 2010 through July 2, 2012.  Conversely, UBS has the right, in its discretion, to purchase or sell the Company’s ARS at any time until July 2, 2012, so long as the Company receives payment at par value upon any sale or liquidation.  The Company expects to sell its ARS under the Right.  However, if the Rights are not exercised before July 2, 2012 they will expire and UBS will have no further rights or obligation to buy the Company’s ARS.  So long as the Company holds the Rights, it will continue to accrue interest as determined by the auction process or the terms of the ARS if the auction process fails.  UBS’s obligations under the Rights are not secured and do not require UBS to obtain any financing to support its performance obligations under the Rights.  UBS has disclaimed any assurance that it will have sufficient financial resources to satisfy its obligations under the Rights.

The Rights represent a firm agreement in accordance with SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS No. 133”).  The enforceability of the Rights results in a put option and should be recognized as a free standing asset separate from the ARS.  Upon acceptance of the offer from UBS, the Company recorded the put option at fair value of $3.9 million using the Black-Scholes options pricing model.  As of March 31, 2009, the fair value of the put option was $4.2 million and was recorded within Other assets in the Consolidated balance sheet with a corresponding credit to Interest and other income (expense), net in the Consolidated statements of operations in fiscal 2009.  The put option does not meet the definition of a derivative instrument under SFAS No. 133.  Therefore, the Company has elected to measure the put option at fair value under SFAS No. 159 in order to match the changes in the fair value of the ARS.  As a result, unrealized gains and losses will be included in earnings in future periods.   

As a result of the Company’s ability to hold its ARS investments to maturity, the Company has classified the entire ARS investment balance as long-term investments on its consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2008 and 2009.  Prior to accepting the UBS offer, the Company recorded its ARS investments as available-for-sale and any unrealized gains or losses were recorded to Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within Stockholders’ Equity.  In connection with the acceptance of the UBS offer in November 2008, resulting in the right to require UBS to purchase the ARS at par value beginning on June 30, 2010, the Company transferred its ARS from long-term investments available-for-sale to long-term trading securities.  The transfer to trading securities in November 2008 reflects management’s intent to exercise its put option during the period from June 30, 2010 to July 3, 2012.  Prior to the Agreement with UBS, the intent was to hold the ARS until the market recovered.  At the time of transfer in November 2008, the Company recognized a loss on the ARS of approximately $4.0 million in Interest and other income (expense), net.   In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, an additional unrealized loss of $0.3 million was recorded to Interest and other income (expense), net which was offset by a $0.3 million unrealized gain recorded on the Rights.

As of March 31, 2009, Level 3 assets also include the Company’s holdings in the Reserve Primary Money Market Fund (the “Reserve”) which experienced a decline in net asset value to $0.97 per share due to its exposure to investments held in Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc. which filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection on September 15, 2008.  As a result, Level 1 and Level 2 inputs are not available to value the investment and the Company determined the fair value based on Level 3 inputs which consisted of reviewing the Reserve’s underlying securities portfolio comprised primarily of discounted notes, certificates of deposit and commercial paper issued by highly-rated institutions.  Based on this analysis, the Company concluded that the fair value of its holdings in the Reserve was lower than the carrying value.  As a result, the Company recorded a realized loss of $0.1 million included in Interest and other income (expense), net in its consolidated statement of income for fiscal 2009.  As of March 31, 2009, the Reserve was classified as a receivable within Other current assets in the Consolidated balance sheet as, in September 2008, the Company attempted to redeem in full all of its holdings in the Reserve and it reasonably expects that distributions from the Reserve will occur within the next twelve months.  During fiscal 2009, the Company received distributions totaling approximately $1.7 million on its holdings.
The following table provides a summary of changes in fair value of the Company’s Level 3 financial assets:
Changes in Fair Value of Level 3 Financial Assets:   
  Year ended 
(in thousands) March 31, 2009 
    
Balance at March 31, 2008 $25,136 
Change in temporary valuation adjustment included in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)  2,863 
Unrealized loss included in Interest and other income (expense), net  (4,281)
Recognition of Rights agreement and unrealized gains in Interest and other income (expense), net  3,904 
Unrealized gain included in Interest and other income (expense), net  276 
Transfer of Reserve Primary Fund from Level 1 to Level 3  162 
Balance at March 31, 2009 $28,060 


5.      DETAILS OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS

  March 31, 
(in thousands) 2008  2009 
    
Accounts receivable, net:      
       
Accounts receivable $171,611  $118,221 
Less: Provisions for returns, promotions and rebates  (38,383)  (31,580)
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts  (1,735)  (2,984)
  $131,493  $83,657 
         
Inventory, net:        
         
Purchased parts $36,081  $37,646 
Work in process  3,611   4,494 
Finished goods  87,396   77,156 
  $127,088  $119,296 
         
Property, plant and equipment, net:        
         
Land $8,647  $8,234 
Buildings and improvements (useful life: 7-30 years)  70,518   74,334 
Machinery and equipment (useful life: 2-10 years)  106,375   106,129 
Software (useful life: 5 years)  25,404   29,231 
Construction in progress  6,071   2,069 
   217,015   219,997 
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization  (118,485)  (124,278)
  $98,530  $95,719 
         
Accrued liabilities:        
         
Employee compensation and benefits $25,089  $17,380 
Warranty accrual  10,441   12,424 
Accrued advertising and sales and marketing  5,762   3,286 
Accrued other  26,026   20,053 
  $67,318  $53,143 

Changes in the warranty obligation, which are included as a component of accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets, are as follows:

(in thousands)   
    
Warranty obligation at March 31, 2007 $7,240 
Warranty provision relating to products shipped during the year  22,095 
Deductions for warranty claims processed  (18,894)
Warranty obligation at March 31, 2008  10,441 
Warranty provision relating to products shipped during the year  21,595 
Deductions for warranty claims processed  (19,612)
Warranty obligation at March 31, 2009 $12,424 
6.GOODWILL
The changes in the carrying value of goodwill during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2008 and 2009 by segment were as follows:

(in thousands) Audio Communications Group  Audio Entertainment Group  Consolidated 
          
Balance at March 31, 2007 $11,214  $61,611  $72,825 
Re-allocation of goodwill  2,902   (2,902)  - 
Carrying value adjustments  -   (3,654)  (3,654)
Balance at March 31, 2008 $14,116  $55,055  $69,171 
Carrying value adjustments  (111)  (406)  (517)
Impairment to goodwill  -   (54,649)  (54,649)
Balance at March 31, 2009 $14,005  $-  $14,005 

In the second quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company transitioned the responsibility and management of the Altec branded headsets from the AEG segment to the ACG segment; as a result, the related goodwill of $2.9 million was transferred from AEG to ACG.  During fiscal 2008, the Company adjusted deferred tax account balances and long-term tax payable accounts related to the purchase of Altec Lansing.  The adjustments to the deferred tax assets and long term payable account of $1.0 million and $2.6 million respectively, resulted in a reduction of goodwill of $3.6 million.
In the third quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company considered the effect of the current economic environment and determined that sufficient indicators existed requiring it to perform an interim impairment review of the Company’s two reporting segments, ACG and AEG.  The indicators primarily consisted of (1) a decline in revenue and operating margins during the third quarter and the projected future operating results, (2) deteriorating industry and economic trends, and (3) the decline in the Plantronics’ stock price for a sustained period.

In accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS No. 142”), the Company utilized a two-step method for determining goodwill impairment.  In step one, the fair value of each reporting unit, which the Company has determined to be consistent with its operating segments, is determined and compared to the carrying value.

The fair value of the ACG reporting unit was determined using an equal weighting of the income approach and the market comparable approach.  For the income approach, the Company made the following assumptions:  the current economic downturn would continue through fiscal 2010, followed by a recovery period in fiscal 2011 and 2012 and then growth in line with industry estimated revenues.  Gross margin trends were consistent with historical trends.  A 3% growth factor was used to calculate the terminal value of its reporting units after fiscal year 2017, consistent with the rate used in the prior year.  The discount rate was adjusted from 13% used in the prior year to 14% reflecting the current volatility of the stock prices of public companies within the consumer electronics industry.  For the market comparable approach, the Company reviewed comparable companies in the industry.  Revenue multiples were determined for these companies and an average multiple based on prior twelve months revenue of these companies of 0.5 was then applied to the unit revenue.  A 10% control premium was added to determine the value on the marketable controlling interest basis.  Cash and short-term investments were then added back to arrive at an indicated value on a marketable, controlling interest basis.  Based on this review, the fair value exceeded the carrying value indicating that there was no impairment related to the ACG reporting unit.
The fair value of the AEG reporting unit was determined using an equal weighting of the income approach and the underlying asset approach.  For the income approach, the Company made the following assumptions: the current economic downturn would continue through fiscal 2010, followed by a recovery period in fiscal 2011 and 2012 with slightly better than historical growth and then growth in line with industry norms for each of the major product lines (Docking Audio and PC Audio).  Gross margin assumptions reflect improved margins as the revenue grows.  A 5% growth factor was used to calculate the terminal value of its reporting units, consistent with the rate used in the prior year.  The discount rate was adjusted from 14% used in the prior year to 15% reflecting the current volatility of the stock prices of public companies within the consumer electronics industry.  For the underlying asset approach, the asset and liability balances were adjusted to their fair value equivalents.  The fair value of the equity of the business is then indicated by the sum of the fair value of the assets less the fair value of the liabilities.  Based on this review, the Company determined that the goodwill related to the AEG reporting unit was impaired requiring the Company to perform step two, in which the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, including any unrecognized intangible assets, to determine the implied fair value of the goodwill.  The impairment charge, if any, is measured as the difference between the implied fair value of the goodwill and its carrying value.  This resulted in the impairment of 100% of the goodwill related to the AEG reporting segment; therefore, a non-cash impairment charge of $54.7 million was recognized in the third quarter of fiscal 2009.  There was no tax benefit associated with this impairment charge.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company performed the annual impairment test of the goodwill related to the ACG reporting unit, which indicated that there was no impairment. The assumptions used in the annual impairment review performed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 were consistent with the assumptions used in the interim impairment review in the third quarter of fiscal 2009 as no significant changes were identified.

During fiscal 2009, the Company received a $0.4 million refund from the escrow account related to the Altec Lansing acquisition.  In addition, the Company adjusted the deferred tax account and goodwill account balances also related to the purchase of Altec Lansing.  This resulted in a reduction of goodwill of $0.1 million.


7.INTANGIBLES
The following tables present the carrying value of acquired intangible assets with remaining net book values as of the periods:

March 31, 2008 (in thousands) Gross Carrying Amount  Accumulated Amortization  Net Amount Useful Life
           
Technology $30,160  $(13,883) $16,277  6-10 years
State contracts  1,300   (1,161)  139  7 years
Patents  1,420   (1,079)  341  7 years
Customer relationships  18,133   (6,308)  11,825  3-8 years
Trademarks  300   (268)  32  7 years
Trade name - inMotion  5,000   (1,641)  3,359  8 years
Trade name - Altec Lansing  59,100   -   59,100  Indefinite
OEM relationships  700   (262)  438  7 years
Total $116,113  $(24,602) $91,511  
              
March 31, 2009 (in thousands) Gross Carrying Amount  Accumulated Amortization  Net Amount Useful Life
              
Technology $9,460  $(5,728) $3,732  3-10 years
Patents  1,420   (1,257)  163  7 years
Customer relationships  4,405   (787)  3,618  3-8 years
Trade name - inMotion  500   (56)  444  3 years
Trade name - Altec Lansing  18,600   -   18,600  Indefinite
OEM relationships  27   (9)  18  7 years
Total $34,412  $(7,837) $26,575  


The aggregate amortization expense relating to intangible assets for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $8.3 million, $8.1 million and $6.2 million, respectively.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, the Company reorganized ACG’s Volume Logic business and discontinued development work on a key product.  The Company also determined during the annual planning process in the fourth quarter that revenue estimates for Volume Logic products would be lower in the near term than anticipated at the acquisition date in fiscal 2006.  As a result of these combined triggering events, the Company began a review of the recoverability of its Volume Logic-related intangible assets. Recoverability was measured by a comparison of the assets’ carrying amount to their expected future undiscounted net cash flows. The Company determined that the Volume Logic acquired technology intangible assets representing anticipated license revenue had no remaining value and wrote off the remaining carrying value of $0.8 million in cost of revenues.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company made a decision to terminate AEG’s Professional Audio product line in order to focus on its core product categories.  As a result of this triggering event, the Company reviewed the recoverability of the Professional Audio asset grouping including the related technology intangible asset.  Other than disposing of the remaining inventory, the Company expects no further cash flows from the Professional Audio product line.  The Company determined that the intangible asset had no remaining value and wrote off the remaining carrying value of $0.5 million in cost of revenues.

During the third quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company considered the effect of the current economic environment and determined that sufficient indicators existed requiring it to perform an interim impairment review of the Company’s two reporting segments, ACG and AEG.  The indicators primarily consisted of (1) a decline in revenue and operating margins during the current quarter and the projected future operating results, (2) deteriorating industry and economic trends, and (3) the decline in the Plantronics’ stock price for a sustained period.
Under SFAS No. 142, the Company tests its indefinite lived assets for impairment by comparing the fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying value.  If the fair value is less than its carrying value, an impairment charge is recognized for the difference.  The Company used the income approach to test the Altec Lansing trademark and trade name for impairments in the third quarter of fiscal 2009 with the following assumptions: the current economic downturn would continue through fiscal 2010, followed by a recovery period in fiscal 2011 and 2012 and then growth in line with industry estimated revenues for royalties and each of the major AEG product lines (Docking Audio and PC Audio).  A 5% growth factor was used to calculate the terminal value, consistent with the rate used in the prior year.  The discount rate was adjusted from 14% to 15% reflecting the current volatility of the stock prices of public companies within the consumer electronics industry.  This resulted in a partial impairment of the Altec Lansing trademark and trade name; therefore, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $40.5 million in the third quarter of fiscal 2009.  The Company recognized a deferred tax benefit of $15.4 million associated with this impairment charge.

In accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS No. 144”), the Company also reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable.  Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset.  Measurement of an impairment loss for long-lived assets that management expects to hold and use is based on the amount that the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value based on the discounted future cash flows.  As a result of the decline in forecasted revenues, operating margin and cash flows related to the AEG segment, the Company also evaluated the long-lived assets within the reporting unit.  The fair value of the long-lived assets, which include intangibles and property, plant and equipment, was determined for each individual asset and compared to the asset’s relative carrying value.  This resulted in a partial impairment of the certain long-lived assets; therefore, in the third quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company recognized a non-cash intangible asset impairment charge of $18.2 million, of which $9.1 million related to technology, $6.7 million related to customer relationships and $2.4 million related to the inMotion trade name, and a non-cash impairment charge of $4.1 million related to property, plant and equipment.  The Company recognized a deferred tax benefit of $8.5 million associated with these impairment charges.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company completed the annual impairment test of the Altec Lansing trademark and trade name, which indicated that there was no further impairment.   The assumptions used in the annual impairment review performed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 were consistent with the assumptions used in the interim impairment review in the third quarter of fiscal 2009 as no significant changes were identified.  Given the current economic environment and the uncertainties regarding the impact on the business, there can be no assurance that the estimates and assumptions regarding the duration of the current economic downturn, or the period or strength of recovery, made for purposes of testing the indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment during the third and fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 will prove to be accurate predictions of the future.  If the assumptions regarding forecasted revenue or margin growth rates of the AEG reporting unit are not achieved or if certain alternatives being evaluated by management to improve the profitability of the AEG segment do not materialize, it is reasonably possible the Company may be required to record additional impairment charges related to the Altec Lansing trademark and trade name in future periods, whether in connection with its next annual impairment review in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 or prior to that if indicators of impairment exist.  It is also reasonably possible that an impairment review may be triggered for the remaining intangible assets associated with Altec Lansing.  The net book value of these intangible assets as of March 31, 2009 was $21.9 million.  It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be material.

The estimated future amortization expense for each fiscal year subsequent to fiscal 2009 is as follows:

Fiscal Year Ending March 31, (in thousands) 
2010 $2,470 
2011  2,427 
2012  1,643 
2013  630 
2014  805 
Total estimated amortization expense $7,975 


8.      RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER RELATED CHARGESLitigation

The Company recorded the restructuring activities discussed below in accordance with SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities” (“SFAS No. 146”) and SFAS No. 112, “Employees’ Accounting for Post-employment Benefits” (“SFAS No. 112”).
Q3 Fiscal 2008 Restructuring Action
In November 2007, the Company announced plans to close AEG’s manufacturing facility in Dongguan, China, shut down a related Hong Kong research and development, sales and procurement office and consolidate procurement, research and development activities for AEG in our Shenzhen, China site.  The selling, general and administrative functions of AEG in China have been consolidated with those of ACG throughout the Asia-Pacific region.  These actions resulted in the elimination of all manufacturing operation positions in Dongguan, China and certain related support functions.  This restructuring plan is part of a strategic initiative designed to reduce fixed costs by outsourcing the majority of AEG manufacturing to a network of qualified contract manufacturers already in place.  In November 2007, 730 employees were notified of their termination, 708 in manufacturing, 20 in research and development and 2 in selling, general and administrative.  As of December 31, 2008, all employees had been terminated.  Restructuring and other related charges of approximately $3.7 million related to this restructuring plan, of which $3.6 million was recorded in fiscal 2008 and $0.1 million recorded in fiscal 2009.  The total restructuring charges of $3.7 million consist of $1.4 million for the write-off of facilities and equipment and accelerated depreciation, $1.4 million for severance and benefits, and $0.9 million in professional and administrative and other fees.  All restructuring and other related charges under this plan have been recorded as of March 31, 2009 and all amounts have been paid.
Q1 Fiscal 2009 Restructuring Action
In June 2008, the Company announced a reduction in force at AEG’s operations in Milford, Pennsylvania as part of the strategic initiative designed to reduce costs.  A total of 31 employees were notified of their termination, all of whom were terminated as of December 31, 2008.  The Company recognized $0.2 million of restructuring charges related to this activity in fiscal 2009, consisting solely of severance, of which substantially all costs have been recorded and paid as of March 31, 2009.
Q3 Fiscal 2009 Restructuring Action
In the third quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company had a reduction in force at AEG’s operations in Luxemburg and Shenzhen, China and ACG’s operations in China as part of the strategic initiative designed to reduce costs.  A total of 624 employees were notified of their termination, all of whom had been terminated as of December 31, 2009.  On January 14, 2009, the Company announced additional reductions in force related to this restructuring plan which included an additional 199 employees located in ACG’s Tijuana, Mexico, U.S., and other global locations who were notified of their termination.  A total of 823 employees, primarily in operations positions but also including other functions, were notified of their termination under this restructuring action, all of whom, except ten employees, had been terminated as of March 31, 2009.  In fiscal 2009, the Company recorded $8.8 million of restructuring charges related to these activities, of which $0.8 million related to the AEG segment and $8.0 million related to the ACG segment.  These costs consisted of $8.1 million in severance and benefits, $0.6 million for the write-off of leasehold improvements due to consolidation of facilities, and $0.1 million in other associated costs.  The Company believes that substantially all of the costs have been incurred as of March 31, 2009,  $2.6 million of which related to ACG has not been paid as of March 31, 2009 and is expected to be paid in the first quarter of fiscal 2010.
Q4 Fiscal 2009 Restructuring Action
At the end of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company announced a plan to close our ACG manufacturing operations in our Suzhou, China facility due to the decision to outsource the manufacturing of our Bluetooth products in China.  A total of 656 employees, primarily in operations positions but also included other functions, were notified of their termination of which none of whom had been terminated as of March 31, 2009.  Most of the employees will be terminated in the second quarter of fiscal 2010 when the Company plans to exit the manufacturing facility.  In fiscal 2009, the Company recorded $3.0 million of restructuring charges in the ACG business segment, primarily consisting of severance and benefits.  The Company expects to incur total restructuring and other related charges of $11.0 to $14.0 million related to this action, including approximately $5.5 to $6.5 million in non-cash charges related to accelerated depreciation, which will be recorded within cost of revenues, $3.5 million in employee termination benefits of which $3.0 million was recorded in fiscal 2009 and $2.0 to $4.0 million in other associated costs.  All remaining costs are expected to be incurred during fiscal 2010, and all cash payments are expected to be funded from our operating cash flows.


If forecasted revenue and gross margin growth rates of either the ACG or AEG segment are not achieved, it is reasonably possible that the Company will need to take further restructuring actions which may result in additional restructuring and other related charges in future periods.  In addition, the Company continues to review the AEG cost structure and may implement additional cost reduction initiatives in the future.

The following table summarizes the Company’s restructuring activities:

(in thousands) Severance and Benefits  Facilities and Equipment  Other  Total 
             
Restructuring and other related charges $1,272  $1,519  $793  $3,584 
Cash payments  (980)  -   (241)  (1,221)
Non-cash  -   (1,519)  (38)  (1,557)
Restructuring accrual at March 31, 2008  292   -   514   806 
                 
Restructuring and other related charges  11,346   545   183   12,074 
Cash payments  (6,170)  107   (712)  (6,775)
Non-cash   -   (535)   -   (535)
Restructuring accrual at March 31, 2009 $5,468  $117  $(15) $5,570 
The restructuring accrual is included in accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.
9.BANK LINE OF CREDIT
As of March 31, 2009, the Company had a credit agreement with Wells Fargo which includes a $100 million revolving line of credit and a letter of credit sub-facility.  Borrowings under the line of credit are unsecured and bear interest at the London inter-bank offered rate (“LIBOR”) plus 0.75%.  The line of credit expires on August 1, 2010.  The Company repaid the line of credit in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007.  At March 31, 2008 and 2009, there were no outstanding balances on the line of credit and $1.4 million and $0.2 million committed under the letter of credit sub-facility, respectively.
Borrowings under the credit agreement are subject to certain financial covenants and restrictions that materially limit the Company’s ability to incur additional debt and pay dividends, among other matters.  The Company was out of compliance with the financial covenants under the credit agreement as of March 31, 2009.  Effective April 1, 2009, the Company terminated its credit agreement as it believes it has sufficient cash on hand along with anticipated cash flow to meet future operational requirements.  In the first quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company entered into a standby letter of credit agreement with Wells Fargo which is used to secure small letters of credits with vendors as requested.


10.COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
MINIMUM FUTURE RENTAL PAYMENTS. The Company leases certain equipment and facilities under operating leases expiring in various years through 2016.  Minimum future rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases having remaining terms in excess of one year as of March 31, 2009 are as follows:
Fiscal Year Ending March 31, (in thousands) 
    
2010 $5,066 
2011  3,942 
2012  1,736 
2013  1,720 
2014  1,317 
Thereafter  993 
Total minimum future rental payments $14,774 
Total rent expense for operating leases was approximately $5.1 million, $6.4 million, and $6.9 million in fiscal 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively.
EXISTENCE OF RENEWAL OPTIONS. Certain operating leases provide for renewal options for periods from one to three years. In the normal course of business, operating leases are generally renewed or replaced by other leases.
CLAIMS AND LITIGATION. The Company is presently engagedinvolved in various legal actionsproceedings arising in the normal course of business including six class action lawsuits recently filed againstconducting business. For such legal proceedings, where applicable, the Company alleginghas accrued an amount that our reflects the aggregate liability deemed probable and estimable, but this amount is not material to the Company's financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. The Company is not able to estimate an amount or range of any reasonably possible additional losses because of the preliminary nature of many of these proceedings, the difficulty in ascertaining the applicable facts relating to many of these proceedings, the variable treatment of claims made in many of these proceedings and the difficulty of predicting the settlement value of many of these proceedings;however, based upon the Company's historical experience, the resolution of these proceedings is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

11. CREDIT AGREEMENT

BluetoothIn headsetsMay 2011, the Company entered into a credit agreement ("Credit Agreement") with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association ("Bank"). The Credit Agreement provides for a $100.0 million unsecured revolving line of credit ("line of credit") and, if requested by the Company, the Bank may cause noise-induced hearing loss. increase its commitment thereunder by up to Shannon Wars et al. vs. Plantronics, Inc.$100.0 million was filed, for a total facility size of up to $200.0 million. As of March 31, 2012, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $37.0 million under the line of credit.

Loans under the Credit Agreement bear interest at the election of the Company (i) at the Bank's announced prime rate less 1.50% per annum, (ii) at a daily one month LIBOR rate plus 1.10% per annum or (iii) at an adjusted LIBOR rate, for a term of one, three or six months, plus 1.10% per annum. Interest on November 14, 2006the loans is payable quarterly in arrears. In addition, the Company pays a fee equal to 0.20% per annum on the average daily unused amount of the line of credit, which is payable quarterly in arrears.

Principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest, is due on the maturity date, May 9, 2014. The Company may prepay the loans and terminate the commitments in whole at any time, without premium or penalty, subject to reimbursement of certain costs in the U.S. District Court forcase of LIBOR loans.

The Company's obligations under the Eastern DistrictCredit Agreement are guaranteed by the Company's domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions.

The line of Texas.  Lori Raines, et al. vs. Plantronics, Inc. was filed on October 20, 2006 in the U.S. District Court, Central District of California.  Kyle Edwards, et al vs. Plantronics, Inc. was filed on October 17, 2006 in the U.S. District Court, Middle District of Florida.  Ralph Cook vs. Plantronics, Inc. was filed on February 8, 2007 in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia.  Randy Pierce vs. Plantronics, Inc. was filed on January 10, 2007 in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Arkansas.  Bruce Schiller, et al vs. Plantronics, Inc. was filed on October 10, 2006 in the Superior Court of the State of California in and for the County of Los Angeles.  The complaints state that they do not seek damages for personal injury to any individual.  These complaints seek various remedies, including injunctive relief requiringcredit requires the Company to includecomply with a maximum ratio of funded debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") and a minimum EBITDA coverage ratio, in each case at each fiscal quarter end and determined on a rolling four-quarter basis. In addition, the Company and its subsidiaries are required to maintain unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities plus availability under the Credit Agreement at the end of each fiscal quarter of at least $200.0 million.

The line of credit contains affirmative covenants, including covenants regarding the payment of taxes and other liabilities, maintenance of insurance, reporting requirements and compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The line of credit also contains negative covenants, among other things, limiting, subject to certain additional warnings with its Bluetooth headsets and to redesign the headsets to limit the volume produced, or, alternatively, to provide the user withmonetary thresholds, the ability to determine the level of sound emitted from the headset.  Plaintiffs also seek unspecified general, special, and punitive damages, as well as restitution.  The federal cases have been consolidated for all pre-trial purposes in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of Los Angeles before Judge Fischer.  The California State Court case was dismissed by the plaintiffs.  The parties have agreed in principle to settle their claims. The Court granted preliminary approval of their proposed nationwide settlement.  The parties are in process of providing notice of the proposed settlementCompany to incur debt, make capital expenditures, grant liens, make acquisitions and make investments. The events of default under the nationwide class.  Objections toline of credit include payment defaults, cross defaults with certain other indebtedness, breaches of covenants, judgment defaults and opt outsbankruptcy and insolvency events involving the Company or any of the settlement are being received.  The Court is scheduled to hear the objections in early July 2009.its subsidiaries. The Company anticipates that the settlement will be approvedwas in the second quarter of fiscal 2010.  The Company believes that any loss related to these proceedings would not be material and has adequately reserved for these costs in the consolidated financial statements.compliance with all covenants at March 31, 2012.




11.
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
12.STOCK PLANS AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:

  March 31, 
(in thousands) 2008  2009 
       
Net income (loss) $68,395  $(64,899)
         
Accumulated unrealized loss on cash flow hedges, net of tax  (5,843)  12,179 
         
Accumulated foreign currency translation adjustments  5,126   (2,606)
         
Accumulated unrealized loss on long-term investments, net of tax  (2,864)  2,863 
         
  $64,814  $(52,463)

During the first and second quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company recorded further temporary declines in the fair market value of $1.1 million related to its ARS investments.  In the third quarter of fiscal 2009, as a result of changing the classification of the ARS from available-for-sale to trading securities, the Company recorded an other-than-temporary loss of $4.0 million in Interest and other income (expense), net in the Consolidated statement of operations, which reversed the unrealized losses recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). (See Note 4)

Capital Stock

In March 2002, the Company established a stock purchase rights plan under which stockholders may be entitled to purchase the Company’s stock or stock of an acquirer of the Company at a discounted price in the event of certain efforts to acquire control of the Company.  The rights expire on the earliest of (a) April 12, 2012, or (b) the exchange or redemption of the rights pursuant to the rights plan.

On October 2, 2005, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of 1,000,000 shares of common stock under which the Company may, from time to time, purchase shares, depending on market conditions, in the open market or privately negotiated transactions.  As of March 31, 2007, there were no remaining shares authorized for repurchase.  On January 25, 2008, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of 1,000,000 shares of common stock under a new share repurchase program.  During fiscal 2008 and 2009, the Company repurchased 1,000,000 shares of its common stock under this repurchase plan in the open market at a total cost of $18.3 million and an average price of $18.30 per share.   On November 10, 2008, the Board of Directors authorized a new plan to repurchase 1,000,000 shares of common stock.  During fiscal 2009, the Company repurchased 89,000 shares of its common stock under this plan in the open market at a total cost of $1.0 million and an average price of $11.54 per share.  As of March 31, 2009, there were 911,000 remaining shares authorized for repurchase.  Through employee benefit plans, we reissued 306,607 treasury shares for proceeds of $5.3 million during the year ended March 31, 2008 and 429,743 treasury shares for proceeds of $5.2 million during the year ended March 31, 2009.

In fiscal 2008 and 2009, the Company paid quarterly cash dividends of $0.05 per share resulting in total dividends of $9.7 million and $9.8 million in each year, respectively.

The Company’s current credit facility agreement contains covenants that materially limit our ability to incur additional debt and pay dividends, among other matters.  The covenants also require the Company to maintain annual net income, a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum quick ratio.   As of March 31, 2009, due to the net loss for fiscal 2009 including the impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets, the Company did not meet the minimum net income covenant under the credit agreement.  However, effective April 1, 2009, the Company terminated the credit agreement as it believes it has sufficient cash on hand along with anticipated cash flow to meet future operational requirements.   Therefore, the Company will no longer be subject to any covenants that limit its ability to declare and pay dividends.  The actual declaration of future dividends and the establishment of record and payment dates are subject to final determination by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of Plantronics each quarter after its review of our financial performance.


On May 5, 2009, the Company announced that the Board of Directors had declared the Company’s twentieth quarterly cash dividend of $0.05 per share of the Company’s common stock, payable on June 10, 2009 to stockholders of record on May 20, 2009.  Plans

Stock Option Plansoptions granted subsequent to September 2007 generally vest over a three-year period. Options granted from September 2004 to September 2007 generally vested over a four-year period. Restricted stock grants generally have vesting periods over three or four years, depending on the size of the grant. The Management Equity Committee is authorized to make option and restricted stock grants to employees who are not senior executives pursuant to guidelines approved by the Compensation Committee and subject to quarterly reporting to the Compensation Committee. The Company currently grants options and restricted stock from only the 2003 Stock Plan.  The Company settles stock option exercises and releases of vested restricted stock with newly issued common shares.

Employee2003 Stock Plan
 
In June 2003, the Board of Directors ("Board") and stockholders approved the Plantronics Inc. Parent Corporation 2003 Stock Plan (the "2003 Stock Plan"). Under theThe 2003 Stock Plan, 8,000,000which has a term of 10 years (unless amended or terminated earlier by the Board) and is due to expire in September 2013, provides for incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, and restricted stock units.  As of March 31, 2012, there have been 11,900,000 shares of common stock (which number is subject to adjustment in the event of stock splits, reverse stock splits, recapitalization or certain corporate reorganizations) were cumulatively reserved since inception under the 2003 Stock Plan for issuance to employees, directors and consultants of Plantronics.
Under the 2003 Stock Plan, the Company may not grant more than 20% of the 1,000,000 shares initially reserved for issuance as Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Units.  On July 23, 2008, 1.2 million shares were added to the plan.  We have amended the Plan to provide that awards of restricted stock and restricted stock units with a per share or per unit purchase price lower than 100% of fair market value on the grant date will be counted against the total number of shares issuable under the Plan as 2.5 shares for every 1 share subject thereto.  In addition, Board of Directors receive annual grants of 2,000 restricted shares on the date of the annual stockholder’s meeting.  The 2003 Stock Plan has a term of 10 years (unless amended or terminated earlier by the Board of Directors), provides for incentive stock options as well as nonqualified stock options to purchase shares of common stock, and is due to expire in September 2013.  At March 31, 2009, options to purchase 6,741,106 shares of common stock were outstanding and 1,930,959 shares were available for future grant under the 2003 Stock Plan.
Under the existing 2003 Stock Plan, incentiveall stock options may not be granted at less than 100% of the estimated fair market value of the Company’sCompany's common stock at the date of grant. Incentive stock options may not be granted at less than 100% of the estimated fair market value of the Company's common stock at the date of grant, as determined by the Board, of Directors, and the option term may not exceed 7 years. Incentive stock options granted to a 10% stockholder may not be granted at less than 110% of the estimated fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant and the option term may not exceed five years.  All

Awards of restricted stock options granted onand restricted stock units with a per share or after May 16, 2001, may not be granted atper unit purchase price less than 100% of the estimated fair market value on the grant date that were granted from July 26, 2006 through August 4, 2011 are counted against the total number of shares issuable under the Company’sPlan as 2.5 shares for every 1 share subject thereto. No participant shall receive restricted stock awards in any fiscal year having an aggregate initial value greater than $2.0 million, and no participant shall receive restricted stock units in any fiscal year having an aggregate initial value greater than $2.0 million.

At March 31, 2012, options to purchase 2,828,087 shares of common stock atand unvested restricted stock of 815,440 were outstanding, and there were 2,608,941 shares available for future grant under the date2003 Stock Plan which takes into account the 2.5 ratio for grants of grant.restricted stock during the specific time period as noted above.

1993 Stock Option Plan

In September 1993, the Board of Directors approved the Plantronics Inc. Parent Corporation 1993 Stock Option Plan (the "1993 Stock Option Plan"). Under the 1993 Stock Option Plan, there were 22,927,726 shares of common stock (which number is subject to adjustment in the event of stock splits, reverse stock splits, recapitalization, or certain corporate reorganizations) werecumulatively reserved cumulatively since inception for issuance to employees and consultants of Plantronics. The 1993 Stock Option Plan, which provided for incentive stock options as well as nonqualified stock options to purchase shares of common stock, had a term of 10 years and years; therefore, the ability to grant new options under this 1993 Stock Option Plan expired in September 2003.  At March 31, 2009,2012, options to purchase 3,976,169475,788 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 1993 Stock Option Plan.
 
Options granted subsequent to September 2007 generally vested over a three-year period.  Options granted prior to June 1999 and after September 2004 but before October 2007 generally vested over a four-year period and those options granted subsequent to May 1999 but before October 2004 generally vested over a five-year period.  In July 1999, the Stock Option Plan Committee was authorized to make option grants to employees who are not senior executives pursuant to guidelines approved by the Compensation Committee and subject to quarterly reporting to the Compensation Committee.
Directors’ Stock Option Plan
In September 1993, the Board of Directors adopted a Directors' Stock Option Plan (the "Directors' Option Plan") and has reserved cumulatively since inception a total of 300,000 shares of common stock (which number is subject to adjustment in the event of stock splits, reverse stock splits, recapitalization or certain corporate reorganizations) for issuance to non-employee directors of Plantronics. At the end of fiscal year 2009, options to purchase 66,000 shares of common stock were outstanding under the Directors' Option Plan.  All options were granted at fair market value and generally vest over a four-year period.  The ability to grant new options under the Directors’ Option Plan expired by its terms in September 2003, and Directors may participate in the 2003 Stock Plan.


Other Stock Option Plan
In August 2005, the Board of Directors reserved 145,000 shares for the issuance of stock awards to Altec Lansing employees (the “Inducement Plan”).  Subsequent to the Altec Lansing acquisition, the Company granted 129,000 stock options to purchase shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $33.49, which was equal to the fair value of the underlying stock on the grant date.  The Company also issued 5,000 shares of restricted stock to Altec Lansing employees with a purchase price of $0.01 per share under the Inducement Plan.  At March 31, 2009, options to purchase 40,875 shares of common stock were outstanding and the remaining shares of common stock under the Inducement Plan were not available for future grants as the reservation of such shares was subsequently canceled.
2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP")
 
On June 10, 2002, the Board of Directors of Plantronics approved the 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "2002 ESPP"),ESPP, which was approved by the stockholders on July 17, 2002, to provide certain employees with an opportunity to purchase Plantronics' common stock through payroll deductions. On July 23, 2008, 0.5 million shares were added to the plan.  The plan qualifies under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the 2002 ESPP, which is effective through June 2012, the purchase price of Plantronics’Plantronics' common stock is equal to 85% of the lesser of the fair market value closing price of Plantronics’Plantronics' common stock on (i) the first day of the offering period, or (ii) the last day of the offering period. Each offering period is generally six months long.  There were 242,530, 238,844,182,209, 170,376 and 337,538281,598, shares issued under the 2002 ESPP in fiscal 2007, 2008years 2012, 2011 and 2009,2010, respectively.  At March 31, 2009,2012, there were 451,993317,810 shares reserved for future issuance under the 2002 ESPP.


65


Stock-based Compensation

The following table summarizes the amount of stock-based compensation expense included in the Consolidated statements of operations for the periods presented:

  Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
(in thousands) 2012 2011 2010
Cost of revenues $2,212
 $2,202
 $1,929
       
Research, development and engineering 3,917
 3,765
 3,505
Selling, general and administrative 11,352
 9,906
 9,443
Stock-based compensation expense included in operating expenses 15,269
 13,671
 12,948
Total stock-based compensation 17,481
 15,873
 14,877
Income tax benefit (5,463) (4,892) (4,746)
Total stock-based compensation expense, net of tax $12,018
 $10,981
 $10,131

For the year ended March 31, 2010, stock-based compensation expense presented in the table above includes $1.2 million recorded in discontinued operations.

As of March 31, 2012, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options was $8.7 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.9 years. The total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock awards was $16.9 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.5 years.

Stock Option Plan Activity

Stock Options

The following is a summary of the Company’s stock option activity during fiscal 2009:year 2012:

 Options Outstanding 
    Weighted Weighted   
    Average Average Aggregate Options Outstanding
 Number of  Exercise Remaining Intrinsic Number of Shares Weighted Average Exercise Price Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life Aggregate Intrinsic Value
 Shares  Price Contractual Life Value (in thousands)   (in years) (in thousands)
 (in thousands)    (in years) (in thousands) 
Outstanding at March 31, 2008 8,561  $26.32     
Outstanding at March 31, 20115,360
 $25.58
    
Options granted 1,502  $18.77     654
 $34.93
    
Options exercised (359) $19.22   $2,031 (1,831) $20.88
    
Options forfeited or expired  (811) $27.29      (879) $38.96
    
Outstanding at March 31, 2009  8,893  $25.25                     3.60 $35 
Exercisable at March 31, 2009  6,637  $26.82                     2.90 $- 
Outstanding at March 31, 20123,304
 $26.47
 3.7
 $45,544
Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 20123,225
 $26.29
 3.6
 $45,044
Exercisable at March 31, 20122,316
 $23.79
 2.8
 $38,137

Options outstandingThe total intrinsic values of stock options exercised during fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $27.6 million, $26.2 million and $9.0 million, respectively. Intrinsic value is defined as the amount by which the fair value of March 31, 2009 include 8.7 million shares that are vested or expected to vest with a weighted averagethe underlying stock exceeds the exercise price at the time of $25.36, a weighted average remaining contractual life of 3.59 years and an aggregate intrinsic value of $0.1 million.option exercise. The total cash received from employees as a result of employee stock option exercises during fiscal 2009year 2012 was $6.9 million.  The Company settles employee stock option exercises with newly issued common shares approved by stockholders for inclusion in the 1993 Stock Plan or the 2003 Stock Plan.$38.2 million.



Restricted Stock

The following is a summary of the Company’s restricted stock award activity during the fiscal 2009:year 2012:

 Number of Shares  Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value 
 (in thousands)    
Non-vested at March 31, 2008  288  $26.77 
Number of Shares Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
(in thousands)  
Non-vested at March 31, 2011688
 $29.52
Granted  187  $14.50 391
 $36.37
Vested  (92) $26.88 (202) $27.35
Forfeited  (20) $27.38 (62) $30.91
Non-vested at March 31, 2009  363  $20.39 
Non-vested at March 31, 2012815
 $33.37

The totalweighted average grant-date fair value of restricted stock awardsis based on the quoted market price of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. The weighted average grant-date fair values of restricted stock granted during fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $36.37, $33.54 and $24.62, respectively. The total grant-date fair values of restricted stock that vested during the year ended March 31, 2009 was $2.5 million.fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $5.5 million, $3.1 million and $3.1 million, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

The following table summarizes the amount of stock-based compensation expense recorded under SFAS No. 123(R), included in the consolidated statements of operations:

  Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
(in thousands) 2007  2008  2009 
          
Cost of revenues $2,908  $2,474  $2,265 
             
Research, development and engineering  3,835   3,552   3,663 
Selling, general and administrative  10,176   9,966   9,814 
Stock-based compensation expense included in operating expenses  14,011   13,518   13,477 
             
Total stock-based compensation  16,919   15,992   15,742 
             
Income tax benefit  (5,599)  (5,173)  (4,940)
             
Total stock-based compensation expense, net of tax $11,320  $10,819  $10,802 
As of March 31, 2009, total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options was $15.4 million which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.1 years.  Total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock awards was $6.1 million as of March 31, 2009 which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.9 years and there was $0.5 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to the ESPP as of March 31, 2009 that is expected to be fully recognized during the first two quarters of fiscal 2010.


Valuation Assumptions
 
The Company estimates the fair value of stock options and ESPP shares using a Black-Scholes option valuation model.  The fair value of each option grantthe stock options and ESPP shares granted during the respective periods is estimated on the date of grant using the straight-line attribution approach with the following weighted average assumptions:

 Employee Stock Options  Employee Stock Purchase Plan  Employee Stock Options ESPP
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2007  2008  2009  2007  2008  2009  2012 2011 2010 2012 2011 2010
Expected volatility  42.1%  39.6%  51.6%  43.4%  45.3%  63.0% 45.3% 45.7% 53.7% 37.3% 38.7% 49.0%
Risk-free interest rate  4.7%  4.0%  2.9%  5.2%  3.4%  0.9% 1.0% 1.4% 2.0% 0.1% 0.2% 0.2%
Expected dividends  1.0%  0.8%  1.2%  1.2%  0.9%  1.6% 0.6% 0.6% 1.0% 0.6% 0.6% 0.8%
Expected life (in years) 4.2  4.2  4.4  0.5  0.5  0.5  4.0
 4.2
 4.5
 0.5
 0.5
 0.5
Weighted-average grant date fair value $7.60  $9.35  $7.65  $4.74  $6.20  $4.56  $12.06
 $11.92
 $8.71
 $8.69
 $8.67
 $7.22

The Company recognizes the grant-date fair value of stock-based compensation as compensation expense in the Consolidated statements of operations using the straight-line attribution approach over the service period for which the stock-based compensation is expected to vest.

The expected stock price volatility for the yearyears ended March 31, 2007, 20082012, 2011 and 20092010 was determined based on an equally weighted average of historical and implied volatility.  Implied volatility is based on the volatility of the Company’s publicly traded options on its common stock with a termterms of six months or less.  The Company determined that a blend of implied volatility and historical volatility is more reflective of market conditions and a better indicator of expected volatility than using purely historical volatility.  The expected life was determined based on historical experience of similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms of the stock-based awards, vesting schedules and expectations of future employee behavior.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected life of the option.  The dividend yield assumption is based on our current dividend and the market price of our common stock at the date of grant.



67


13. COMMON STOCK REPURCHASES

From time to time, the Company's Board authorizes programs under which the Company may repurchase shares of its common stock, depending on market conditions, in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions. Repurchased shares are held as treasury stock until such time as they are retired or re-issued. During the years ended March 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company repurchased 8,027,287, 3,315,000 and 1,935,100 shares of its common stock, respectively, for a total cost of $273.8 million, $105.5 million and $49.7 million, respectively. Of the total 8,027,287 shares repurchased in fiscal year 2012, 4,327,770 shares were repurchased in privately negotiated transactions and 3,699,517 shares were repurchased in the open market. All repurchases in fiscal years 2011 and 2010 were made in the open market. Repurchases by the Company pursuant to the Board authorized programs during fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010 are discussed in detail below. As of March 31, 2012, there were 633,613 remaining shares authorized for repurchase.

Privately Negotiated Transactions

In May 2011, pursuant to a Board authorized accelerated share repurchase ("ASR") program, the Company entered into two separate Master Confirmation and Supplemental Confirmations (“May 2011 ASR Agreements”) with Goldman, Sachs & Co. (“Goldman”) consisting of a "Collared ASR Agreement" and an "Uncollared ASR Agreement". In August 2011, the Company entered into an additional Supplemental Confirmation with Goldman, consisting of an uncollared ASR ("August 2011 Uncollared ASR Agreement"). Details of these transactions are described further below.

In accordance with the Equity topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC"), the Company accounted for each agreement with Goldman as two separate transactions: (i) as shares of common stock acquired in a treasury stock transaction recorded on the acquisition date and (ii) as a forward contract indexed to the Company’s own common stock. As such, the Company accounted for the shares that it received under the May 2011 ASR Agreements and the August 2011 Uncollared ASR Agreement as a repurchase of its common stock for the purpose of calculating earnings per common share. The Company has determined that the forward contracts indexed to the Company’s common stock met all of the applicable criteria for equity classification in accordance with the Derivatives and Hedging topic of the FASB ASC and, therefore, were not accounted for as derivative instruments.

May 2011 ASR Agreements

Under the May 2011 ASR Agreements, the Company paid Goldman $100.0 million in May 2011. As of March 31, 2012, Goldman delivered 2,831,519 shares of the Company's common stock under the Collared ASR and Uncollared ASR Agreements.

As of March 31, 2012, the Company received a total of 1,398,925 shares from Goldman under the Collared ASR Agreement at a total cost of $50.0 million and an average price per share of $35.74 based on the volume-weighted average price ("VWAP") of the Company's common stock during the term of the Collared ASR Agreement, less a discount.

As of March 31, 2012, the Company received a total of 1,432,594 shares from Goldman under the Uncollared ASR Agreement at a total cost of $50.0 million and an average price per share of $34.90 based on the VWAP of the Company's common stock during the term of the Uncollared ASR Agreement, less a discount.
August 2011 Uncollared ASR Agreement

Under the August 2011 Uncollared ASR Agreement, the Company paid Goldman $50.0 million in August 2011. As of March 31, 2012, the Company received a total of 1,496,251 shares from Goldman at a total cost of $50.0 million and an average price per share of $33.42 based on the VWAP of the Company's common stock during the term of the agreement, less a discount.

Open Market Repurchases

Under the Board authorized programs, during the years ended March 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company repurchased 3,699,517, 3,315,000 and 1,935,100 shares of its common stock, respectively, in the open market for a total cost of $123.8 million, $105.5 million and $49.7 million, respectively, and an average price per share of $33.46, $31.83 and $25.66, respectively. The Company financed the repurchases using a combination of funds generated from operations and borrowings under its revolving line of credit.


68


In addition, the Company withheld shares valued at $2.6 million during the year ended March 31, 2012, compared to an immaterial amount in fiscal year 2011 and none in fiscal year 2010, in satisfaction of employee tax withholding obligations upon the vesting of restricted stock granted under the Company's stock plans. The amounts withheld were equivalent to the employees' minimum statutory tax withholding requirements and are reflected as a financing activity within the Company's Consolidated statements of cash flows. These share withholdings have the effect of share repurchases by the Company as they reduce the number of shares outstanding as a result of the vesting.

Treasury Stock Retirement

During the years ended March 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company retired 5,000,000, 4,000,000 and 2,000,000 shares of treasury stock, respectively, at a total value of 177.1 million, 102.4 million, and 56.2 million, respectively. These were non-cash equity transactions in which the cost of the reacquired shares was recorded as a reduction to both Retained earnings and Treasury stock. The shares were returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares.

14. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income were as follows:
  March 31,
(in thousands) 2012 2011
Accumulated unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges, net of an immaterial tax impact $1,904
 $(3,715)
Accumulated foreign currency translation adjustments 4,392
 5,181
Accumulated unrealized gain on investments, net of an immaterial tax impact 61
 7
    Accumulated other comprehensive income  $6,357
 $1,473

12.
15.EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Subject to eligibility requirements, substantially all ACG employees, with the exception of direct labor and certain executives, participate in quarterly cash profit sharing plans.  The profit sharing benefits are based on ACG’s results of operations before interest and taxes, adjusted for other items. The profit sharing is calculated and paid quarterly.  Profit sharing payments are allocated to employees based on each participating employee's base salary as a percent of all participants' base salaries.  Eligible ACG employees in the U.S. may defer a portion of their profit sharing under the 401(k) plan.

The profit sharing plan provides for the distribution of 5% of quarterly profits to qualified employees.  Total profit sharing payments were $3.6 million, $4.4 million and $3.6 million for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
The Company has a defined contribution benefit plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, which covers substantially all U.S. employees. Eligible employees may contribute pre-tax amounts to the plan thatvia payroll withholdings, subject to certain limitations. Under the plan, the Company matches 50% of the first 6% of employees' compensation and provides a non-elective companyCompany contribution equal to 3% of base salary. All matching contributions are 100% vested immediately. Total Company contributions in fiscal 2008year 2012, 2011 and 2009 for both the ACG2010 were $3.8 million, $3.7 million, and AEG segments were $3.8$3.7 million and $3.9 million,, respectively.
 
16.FOREIGN CURRENCY DERIVATIVES
13.           FOREIGN CURRENCY DERIVATIVES

The Company uses derivative instruments primarily to manage exposures to foreign currency risks.  The Company’s primary objective in holding derivatives is to reduce the volatility of earnings and cash flows associated with changes in foreign currency.  The program is not designed for trading or speculative purposes.  The Company’s derivatives expose the Company to credit risk to the extent that the counterparties may be unable to meet the terms of the agreements.  The Company seeks to mitigate such risk by limiting its counterparties to major financial institutions and by spreading the risk across several major financial institutions.  In addition, the potential risk of loss with any one counterparty resulting from this type of credit risk is monitored on an ongoing basis.

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 (“SFAS No. 133”), Accounting for Derivative InstrumentsDerivatives and Hedging Activities,Topic of the FASB ASC, the Company recognizes derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet at fair value.  Changes in fair value (i.e., gains or losses) of the derivatives are recorded as Net revenues or Interest and other income (expense), net or as Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).income.

In March 2008,Refer to Note 6, Fair Value Measurements, which discloses the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivatives Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS No. 161”).  SFAS No. 161 amends and expands the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 133, and requires qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures aboutCompany's fair value amounts of gains and losses onhierarchy for its derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk related contingent features in derivative agreements.  The Company adopted the reporting requirements of SFAS No. 161 during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009.instruments.



Non-Designated Hedges
 
The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts to reduce the impact of foreign currency fluctuations on assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the reporting entity.  These foreign exchange forward contracts are not subject to the hedge accounting provisions of SFAS No. 133,the Derivatives and Hedging Topic of the FASB ASC, but are carried at fair value with changes in the fair value recorded within Interest and other income (expense), net onin the statementConsolidated statements of operations in accordance with SFAS No. 52, "Foreignthe Foreign Currency Translation".Matters Topic of the FASB ASC.  Gains and losses on these contracts are intended to offset the impact of foreign exchange rate changes on the underlying foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities, and therefore, do not subject the Company to material balance sheet risk.  We doThe Company does not enter into foreign currency forward contracts for trading purposes.
 
As of March 31, 2009,2012, the Company had foreign currency forward contracts of €18.7 million and £6.5 million denominated in Euros and("EUR"), Great Britain Pounds. As of March 31, 2008, the Company had foreign currencyPounds ("GBP") and Australian Dollars ("AUD"). These forward contracts hedge against a portion of €15.8 millionthe Company's foreign currency-denominated cash balances, receivables and £6.2 denominated in Euros and Great Britain Pounds.
payables. The following table summarizes the notional value of the Company’s outstanding foreign exchange currency contracts and approximate U.S. dollarDollar equivalent (“USD Equivalent”) at March 31, 2009 (local currency and dollar amounts in thousands)2012:

 Local Currency USD Equivalent Position Maturity
 (in thousands) (in thousands)    
EUR19,000
 $25,349
 Sell EUR 1 month
GBP3,600
 $5,756
 Sell GBP 1 month
AUD2,600
 $2,688
 Sell AUD 1 month
  Local Currency  USD Equivalent PositionMaturity
EUR  18,700  $24,876 Sell Euro1 month
GBP  6,500   9,296 Sell GBP1 month

As of March 31, 2011, the notional value of the Company's foreign currency forward contracts was €18.0 million, £4.0 million and A$3.4 million denominated in EUR, GBP and AUD, respectively.

Foreign currency transactions, net of the effect of hedging activity on forward contracts, resulted in netimmaterial gains of $2.3 million and $0.9 million in fiscals 2007 and 2008, respectively, and net losses of $6.3 million in fiscal 2009year 2012, 2011 and2010, which are included in Interest and other income (expense), net in the Consolidated statementstatements of operation.operations.

Cash Flow Hedges
 
The Company’s hedging activities include a hedging program to hedge the economic exposure from anticipated EuroEUR and Great Britain PoundGBP denominated sales from ACG.sales.  The Company hedges a portion of these forecasted foreign denominated sales with currency options.  These transactions are designated as cash flow hedges and are accounted for under the hedge accounting provisions of SFAS No. 133.the Derivatives and Hedging Topic of the FASB ASC.  The effective portion of the hedge gain or loss is initially reported as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and subsequently reclassified into Net revenues when the hedged exposure affects earnings.  Any ineffective portionsportion of related gains or losses areis recorded in the Consolidated statements of operations immediately.  On a monthly basis, the Company enters into option contracts with a one-year term.  It does not purchase options for trading purposes.  As of March 31, 2008,2012, the Company had foreign currency put and call option contracts of approximately €48.4€63.7 million and £18.7 million.£20.0 million.  As of March 31, 2009,2011, it had foreign currency put and call option contracts of approximately €48.4€52.7 million and £14.4 million.£14.5 million.

In fiscal 2007, 2008,year 2012, a realized loss of $2.4 million on cash flow hedges was recognized in Net revenues in the Consolidated statement of operations. In fiscal years 2011 and 2009,2010, realized gains (losses) of $(2.9)$2.5 million $(3.9) and $1.8 million and $4.5 million, respectively, on cash flow hedges were recognized in Net revenues in the consolidatedConsolidated statements of operations.  The Company expects to reclassify the entire amountgain of $6.7$1.2 million, net of gains accumulatedtax, in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)as of March 31, 2012 to Net revenues during the next 12 months due to the recognition of the hedged forecasted sales.

The Company hedges expenditures denominated in Mexican Peso (“MX$”), which are designated as cash flow hedges and are accounted for under the hedge accounting provisions of the Derivatives and Hedging Topic of the FASB ASC. The Company hedges a portion of the forecasted MX$ denominated expenditures with a cross-currency swap.  The effective portion of the hedge gain or loss is initially reported as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into Cost of revenues when the hedged exposure affects operations.  Any ineffective portion of related gains or losses is recorded in the Consolidated statements of operations immediately. As of March 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had foreign currency swap contracts of approximately MX$317.5 million and MX$343.9 million, respectively.


70

89


In fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, there were no material realized gains on MX$ cash flow hedges recognized in Cost of revenues in the Consolidated statements of operations and there were no material gains in Accumulated other comprehensive income as of March 31, 2012 to be recognized during the next 12 months due to the recognition of the hedged forecasted expenditures.

The amountfollowing table summarizes the notional value of the Company's outstanding MX$ currency swaps and approximate USD Equivalent at March 31, 2012:

  Local Currency USD Equivalent Position Maturity
  (in thousands) (in thousands)    
MX$ 317,500
 $23,511
 Buy MX$ Monthly over 12 months

The amounts in the tables below include fair value adjustments related to the Company’s own credit risk and counterparty credit risk.

Fair Value of Derivative Contracts

FairThe fair value of derivative contracts under SFAS No. 133 werethe Derivatives and Hedging Topic of the FASB ASC was as follows:

              Derivative Liabilites 
  Derivative Assets Reported     Reported in Other Current 
  in Other Current Assets  Long-term Investments  Accrued Liabilities 
  March 31,  March 31,  March 31,  March 31,  March 31,  March 31, 
(in thousands) 2008  2009  2008  2009  2008  2009 
                   
Foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges $177  $7,613  $-  $-  $6,394  $875 
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments  177   7,613   -   -   6,394   875 
Foreign exchange contracts not designated  -   -   -   -   (50)  (2)
Total derivatives $177  $7,613  $-  $-  $6,444  $877 
  Derivative Assets Reported in Other Current Assets Derivative Liabilities Reported in Accrued Liabilities
(in thousands) March 31, 2012 March 31, 2011 March 31,
2012
 March 31,
2011
Foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges $2,658
 $360
 $721
 $4,201

Effect of Designated Derivative Contracts on Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following table represents only the balance of designated derivative contracts under SFAS No. 133the Derivatives and Hedging Topic of the FASB ASC as of March 31, 20082012 and 2009,2011 and the pre-tax impact of designated derivative contracts on Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)("OCI") for the fiscal yearyears ended March 31, 2009:2012 and 2011:

(in thousands) Gain (loss) included in OCI as of March 31, 2011 Amount of gain (loss) recognized in OCI (effective portion) Amount of gain (loss) reclassified from OCI to income (loss) (effective portion) Gain (loss) included in OCI as of March 31, 2012
Foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges $(3,814) $2,951
 $(2,800) $1,937
(in thousands) Gain (loss) included in OCI as of March 31, 2010 Amount of gain (loss) recognized in OCI (effective portion) Amount of gain (loss) reclassified from OCI to income (loss) (effective portion) Gain (loss) included in OCI as of March 31, 2011
Foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges $2,771
 $(3,668) $2,917
 $(3,814)
     Amount of gain (loss)  Amount of gain (loss)    
  March 31,  recognized in OCI  to income (loss)  March 31, 
(in thousands) 2008  (effective portion)  (effective portion)  2009 
             
Foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges $(6,217) $17,460  $4,505  $6,738 

Effect of Designated Derivative Contracts on the Consolidated StatementStatements of Operations

The effect of designated derivative contracts under SFAS No. 133the Derivatives and Hedging Topic of the FASB ASC on results of operations recognized in Net revenuesGross profit in the Consolidated statementstatements of operations was as follows:

 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
(in thousands) 2007  2008  2009  2012 2011 2010
         
Foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges $(2,861) $(3,945) $4,505 
Gain (loss) on foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges $(2,800) $2,917
 $2,282


71


Effect of Non-Designated Derivative Contracts on the Consolidated StatementStatements of Operations

The effect of non-designated derivative contracts under SFAS No. 133the Derivatives and Hedging Topic of the FASB ASC on results of operations recognized in Interest and other income (expense), net in the Consolidated statementstatements of operations was as follows:

  Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
(in thousands) 2007  2008  2009 
          
Gain (loss) on foreign exchange contracts $(2,002) $(5,015) $5,590 

  Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
(in thousands) 2012 2011 2010
Gain (loss) on foreign exchange contracts $1,009
 $(1,800) $(996)

17.INCOME TAXES
90


14.           INCOME TAXES
Income tax expense (benefit)from continuing operations for fiscal 2007, 2008years 2012, 2011 and 20092010 consisted of the following:

(in thousands) Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
  2012 2011 2010
Current:  
  
  
Federal $23,844
 $22,601
 $17,761
State 2,719
 1,077
 2,290
Foreign 5,080
 5,888
 7,241
Total current provision for income taxes 31,643
 29,566
 27,292
Deferred:    
  
Federal 2,324
 475
 (2,841)
State (569) 1,262
 (199)
Foreign 168
 110
 35
Total deferred benefit for income taxes 1,923
 1,847
 (3,005)
Income tax expense from continuing operations $33,566
 $31,413
 $24,287
(in thousands) Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
  2007  2008  2009 
    
Current:         
Federal $12,587  $10,096  $(1,071)
State  1,976   2,443   1,735 
Foreign  6,158   9,242   4,934 
Total current provision for income taxes  20,721   21,781   5,598 
             
Deferred:            
Federal  (7,419)  (3,210)  (21,402)
State  (1,045)  (778)  (3,506)
Foreign  (862)  (951)  (507)
Total deferred benefit for income taxes  (9,326)  (4,939)  (25,415)
Income tax expense (benefit) $11,395  $16,842  $(19,817)

The components of Income (loss)income from continuing operations before income taxes for fiscal 2007, 2008years 2012, 2011 and 20092010 are as follows:

 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
(in thousands) 2007  2008  2009  2012 2011 2010
         
United States $7,136  $19,980  $(110,216) $79,589
 $75,426
 $51,392
Foreign  54,402   65,257   25,500  63,013
 65,230
 49,348
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)  61,538   85,237   (84,716)
Income from continuing operations before income taxes $142,602
 $140,656
 $100,740

The following is a reconciliation between statutory federal income taxes and the total income tax expense (benefit)from continuing operations for fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010:

(in thousands) Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2007  2008  2009  2012 2011 2010
Tax expense (benefit) at statutory rate $21,538  $29,833  $(29,651)
Tax expense at statutory rate $49,911
 $49,229
 $35,259
Foreign operations taxed at different rates (9,646) (13,868) (3,574) (16,973) (16,308) (11,166)
State taxes, net of federal benefit 930  1,665  (1,771) 2,149
 2,340
 2,091
Research and development credit (1,978) (814) (3,117) (1,392) (3,234) (1,383)
Goodwill impairment -  -  19,127 
Other, net  551   26   (831) (129) (614) (514)
Income tax expense (benefit) $11,395  $16,842  $(19,817)
Income tax expense from continuing operations $33,566
 $31,413
 $24,287


72


The effective tax rate for fiscal 2007, 2008years 2012, 2011 and 20092010 was 18.5%23.5%, 19.8%22.3%, and 23.4%,24.1% respectively.  The effective tax rate for fiscal 2009year 2012 is higher than the previous year due primarily due to the change in foreign versus domestic income mix, the release of tax reserves resultingreduced benefit from the lapse of the statute of limitations in certain jurisdictions and the reinstatement of the U.S. federal research tax credit offset byin fiscal year 2012 as the non-deductible goodwill impairment andcredit expired in December 2011; therefore, the releaseeffective tax rate for fiscal year 2012 included the benefit of the deferredcredit for only three quarters. Because the credit was reinstated in December 2010 retroactively to January 1, 2010, the effective tax liability resultingrate for fiscal year 2011 includes the impact of credits earned in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010.

In comparison to fiscal year 2010, the decrease in the effective tax rate for fiscal year 2011 was due primarily to the increased benefit from the impairment of the associated intangible assets.  U.S. Federal research tax credit.

The effective tax rate for fiscal 2009years 2012, 2011 and 2010 differs from the statutory rate due to the impact of foreign operations taxed at different statutory rates, income tax credits, state taxes, the impairment of non-deductible goodwill and other factors.  The effective tax rate for fiscal 2008 differs from the statutory rate due to the impact of foreign operations taxed at different statutory rates,s, income tax credits, state taxes, and other factors.  The future tax rate could be impacted by a shift in the mix of domestic and foreign income;income, tax treaties with foreign jurisdictions;jurisdictions, changes in tax laws in the U.S. or internationally;internationally or a change in estimatesestimate of future taxable income which could result in a valuation allowance being required.

Permanently reinvested foreign earnings were approximately $337.7$491.0 million at March 31, 2009.2012. The determination of the tax liability that would be incurred if these amounts were remitted back to the U.S. is not practical.practical but would likely be material. The Company's provision for income taxes does not include provisions for U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes associated with the repatriation of undistributed earnings of certain foreign operations that it intends to reinvest indefinitely in the foreign operations. If these earnings were distributed to the U.S. in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company would be subject to additional U.S. income taxes, subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits, and foreign withholding taxes. The Company's current plans do not require repatriation of earnings from foreign operations to fund the U.S. operations because it generates sufficient domestic operating cash flow and has access to external funding under its line of credit. As a result, the Company does not expect a material impact on its business or financial flexibility with respect to undistributed earnings of its foreign operations.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and income tax purposes.  Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as of March 31, 2012 and 2011are as follows:

 March 31,  March 31,
(in thousands) 2008  2009  2012 2011
      
Accruals and other reserves $12,249  $9,887  $9,822
 $9,850
Deferred state tax 422  233 
Deferred foreign tax 685  254 
Net operating loss carryover 3,293  3,118 
Net operating loss carry forward 6,317
 5,095
Stock compensation 6,314  8,714  1,388
 5,519
Other deferred tax assets 3,325  3,654  3,561
 4,417
Valuation allowance  (1,088)  (123) (6,088) (5,274)
Total deferred tax assets  25,200   25,737  15,000
 19,607
       
Deferred gains on sales of properties (2,160) (2,096) (1,881) (1,954)
Purchased intangibles (36,871) (10,024) (143) (323)
Unremitted earnings of certain subsidiaries (3,064) (3,064) (3,064) (3,064)
Fixed asset depreciation (1,358) (3,949) (5,309) (4,244)
Other deferred tax liabilities  (557)  (2,203) (2,186) (2,199)
Total deferred tax liabilities  (44,010)  (21,336) (12,583) (11,784)
        
Net deferred tax asset (liabilities) $(18,810) $4,401 
Net deferred tax assets $2,417
 $7,823

The Company evaluates its deferred tax assets including a determination of whether a valuation allowance is necessary based upon its ability to utilize the assets using a more likely than not analysis.  Deferred tax assets are only recorded to the extent that they are realizable based upon past and future income.  The Company has a long established earnings history with taxable income in its carryback years and forecasted future earnings.  The Company has concluded that except for the specific items discussed below, no valuation allowance is required.

AsThe valuation allowance of $6.1 million million as of March 31, 2009, the Company has state tax credit carryforwards of $1.4 million with no expiration provisions.

The Company established a valuation allowance of $1.1 million during fiscal 20082012 was related to the temporary decline in fair market value of its ARS under SFAS No. 115.  The valuation allowance was recorded to Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).  During fiscal 2009, the decline in fair value of the ARS was treated as an other-than-temporary loss and the valuation allowance of $1.1 million was reversed. The loss was mostly offset by the value of the Rights offer from UBS the Company accepted during fiscal 2009.  A valuation allowance has been established for the tax effect of the $0.1 million net loss from the decline in value of the ARS offset by the Rights.  The Company has also established a $0.1 million valuation allowance in relation to the operating losses of one of itsa foreign subsidiaries where there issubsidiary with an insufficient history of earnings to support the realization of the deferred tax asset.asset and for another foreign subsidiary with uncertain utilization of research incentives.


On April 1, 2007, the Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”).  Under FIN 48, theThe impact of an uncertain income tax position on income tax expense must be recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained.  An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized unless it has a greater than 50% likelihood of being sustained.  There were no material adjustments as a resultAs of the adoption of FIN 48.  At the adoption date,March 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company had $12.4$11.1 million, $10.5 million and $11.2 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits.  AsThe unrecognized tax benefits as of March 31, 2008 and March 31, 2009, respectively, the Company had $12.4 million and $11.1 million of unrecognized tax benefits all of which2012 would favorably impact the effective tax rate in future periods if recognizedrecognized..

A reconciliation of the change in the amount of gross unrecognized income tax benefits for the periods is as follows:

 March 31,  March 31,
(in thousands) 2008  2009  2012 2011 2010
Balance at beginning of period $12,456  $12,436  $10,458
 $11,201
 $11,090
Increase (decrease) of unrecognized tax benefits related to prior years 396  (155) 116
 (960) 100
Increase of unrecognized tax benefits related to the current year 2,977  2,205  2,074
 2,185
 2,016
Decrease of unrecognized tax benefits related to settlements (3,156) - 
Reductions to unrecognized tax benefits related to lapse of applicable statute of limitations  (237)  (3,396) (1,507) (1,968) (2,005)
Balance at end of period $12,436  $11,090  $11,141
 $10,458
 $11,201

The Company’sCompany's continuing practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The interest related to unrecognized tax benefits was $1.7 millionas of March 31, 2009 is approximately $1.6 million, compared to $1.7 million as of March 31, 2008.2012 and 2011. No penalties have been accrued.

Although the timing and outcome of income tax audits is highly uncertain, it is possible that certain unrecognized tax benefits related to various jurisdictions may be reduced as a result of the lapse of the applicable statute of limitations by the end of fiscal 2010.  The Company cannot reasonably estimate the reductions at this time. Any such reduction could be impacted by other changes in unrecognized tax benefits.

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to taxation in various foreign and state jurisdictions as well as in the U.S.  The Company’sCompany is no longer subject to U.S. federal and state income tax returns are generally not subject to examinationexaminations by the tax authorities for tax years before 2006prior to 2009.  The Company is under examination by the California Franchise Tax Board for its 2007 and 2005, respectively.2008 tax years.  Foreign income tax matters for material tax jurisdictions have been concluded throughfor tax years before 2003,prior to fiscal 2006, except for the United Kingdom Germany and France which havehas been concluded throughfor tax years prior to fiscal 2006.year 2010.

The Company believes that an adequate provision has been made for any adjustments that may result from tax examinations; however, the outcome of such examinations cannot be predicted with certainty. If any issues addressed in the tax examinations are resolved in a manner inconsistent with the Company's expectations, the Company could be required to adjust its provision for income tax in the period such resolution occurs. Although timing of any resolution and/or closure of tax examinations is not certain, the Company does not believe it is reasonably possible that its unrecognized tax benefits would materially change in the next twelve months.



74


15.

18.

COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:
(in thousands, except earnings per share) Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
  2007  2008  2009 
          
Net income (loss) $50,143  $68,395  $(64,899)
             
Weighted average shares-basic  47,361   48,232   48,589 
Dilutive effect of employee equity incentive plans  659   858   - 
Weighted average shares-diluted  48,020   49,090   48,589 
             
Earnings (loss) per share-basic $1.06  $1.42  $(1.34)
             
Earnings (loss) per share-diluted $1.04  $1.39  $(1.34)
             
Potentially dilutive securities excluded from earnings per diluted share because their effect is anti-dilutive  5,931   5,791   7,521 

For the year ended March 31, 2009, the Company incurred a net loss and the inclusion of stock options in the shares used for computing diluted earnings per share would have been anti-dilutive and would have reduced the net loss per share.  Accordingly, all potentially dilutive common shares attributable to employee equity incentive plans have been excluded from the shares used to calculate diluted earnings per share for this fiscal year.
16.SEGMENTS AND ENTERPRISE-WIDE DISCLOSURES
The Company evaluates its operating segments in accordance with SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,” (“SFAS No. 131”).  Plantronics’ President and Chief Executive Officer is considered the Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) pursuant to SFAS No. 131. The CODM allocates resources to and assesses the performance of each operating segment using several metrics including information about segment revenues, gross profit, operating income (loss) before interest and other income (expense), net and income tax expense (benefit), and certain product line information.  Plantronics has two reportable operating segments, ACG and AEG.  ACG represents the original Plantronics business as operated prior to the acquisition of Altec Lansing in the second quarter of fiscal 2006, except as described below.  AEG represents the Altec Lansing business since the date of acquisition on August 18, 2005, and certain research, development, and engineering initiatives, which commenced at the beginning of the first quarter of fiscal 2006.
The results of the reportable segments are derived directly from our internal management reporting system.  The accounting policies of each operating segment results are substantially the same as those used by the consolidated Company.

Financial data for each reportable segment for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 is as follows:share:

  Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
(in thousands) 2007  2008  2009 
          
Net revenues         
          
Audio Communications Group $676,514  $747,935  $674,590 
Audio Entertainment Group  123,640   108,351   91,029 
Consolidated net revenues $800,154  $856,286  $765,619 
             
Gross profit            
             
Audio Communications Group $295,480  $344,072  $291,931 
Audio Entertainment Group  13,335   5,033   4,097 
Consolidated gross profit $308,815  $349,105  $296,028 
             
Operating income (loss)            
             
Audio Communications Group $84,677  $115,166  $61,461 
Audio Entertainment Group  (27,228)  (35,783)  (142,633)
Consolidated operating income (loss) $57,449  $79,383  $(81,172)
(in thousands, except earnings per share data) Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
  2012 2011 2010
Income from continuing operations, net of tax $109,036
 $109,243
 $76,453
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax 
 
 (19,075)
Net income $109,036
 $109,243
 $57,378
       
Weighted average shares-basic 44,023
 47,713
 48,504
Dilutive effect of employee equity incentive plans 1,242
 1,631
 827
Weighted average shares-diluted 45,265
 49,344
 49,331
       
Earnings (loss) per common share    
  
Basic    
  
Continuing operations $2.48
 $2.29
 $1.58
Discontinued operations 
 
 (0.39)
Net income $2.48
 $2.29
 $1.18
       
Diluted    
  
Continuing operations $2.41
 $2.21
 $1.55
Discontinued operations 
 
 (0.39)
Net income $2.41
 $2.21
 $1.16
       
Potentially dilutive securities excluded from earnings per diluted share because their effect is anti-dilutive 1,199
 1,606
 4,902
In the second quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company transitioned the responsibility and management of the Altec Lansing branded PC headsets from the AEG segment to the ACG segment, and as a result, effective July 1, 2007, the revenue and resulting gross profit from all PC headsets is now included in the ACG reporting segment within the Gaming and Computer Audio category.  Because AEG has not historically tracked costs and expenses by product line below material cost, prior period segment financial data has not been restated as it is impracticable to determine product line information down to the gross margin or operating income level for periods prior to the second quarter of fiscal 2008.  Net revenues and gross profit for ACG and AEG for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2008 and March 31, 2009 under the old basis of segment reporting would have been: 

  
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 
(in thousands)  2008  2009 
       
Net revenues      
       
Audio Communications Group $742,155  $667,023 
Audio Entertainment Group  114,131   98,596 
Consolidated net revenues $856,286  $765,619 
         
Gross profit        
         
Audio Communications Group $341,999  $289,948 
Audio Entertainment Group  7,106   6,080 
Consolidated gross profit $349,105  $296,028 
Audio Communications Group
19.GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

ACGThe Company designs, manufactures, markets and sells headsets for business and consumer applications, and other specialty products for the hearing impaired.  With respect to headsets, it makes products for use in offices and contact centers, with mobile and cordless phones, and with computers and gaming consoles.  Major product categories include “Office and Contact Center”, which includes corded and cordless communication headsets, audio processors and telephone systems; “Mobile”, which includes Bluetooth and corded products for mobile phone applications; “Gaming and Computer Audio”, which includes PCpersonal computer ("PC") and gaming headsets; and “Clarity”, which includes specialty products marketed for hearing impaired individuals.

The following table presents Net revenues by product group within ACG:group:

 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
(in thousands) 2007  2008  2009  2012 2011 2010
         
Net revenues from unaffiliated customers:           
  
  
Office and contact center $475,323  $519,958  $429,669 
Office and Contact Center $531,709
 $490,472
 $404,397
Mobile 146,859  171,880  187,419  131,825
 137,530
 149,756
Gaming and computer audio 30,162  33,612  34,052 
Gaming and Computer Audio 31,855
 36,736
 39,260
Clarity  24,170   22,485   23,450  17,979
 18,864
 20,424
Total segment net revenues $676,514  $747,935  $674,590 
Total net revenues $713,368
 $683,602
 $613,837
 


Audio Entertainment Group

AEGFor reporting purposes, revenue is engaged inattributed to each geographic region based on the design, manufacture, sales and marketinglocation of audio solutions and related technologies.  Major product categories include “Docking  Audio”, which includes all speakers, whether USB, AC or battery-powered, that work with portable digital players such as iPod and other MP3 players and “PC Audio”, which includes self-powered speaker systems used for computers and other multi-media application systems.  “Other” includes headphones and home audio systems.  Currently, all the revenues in AEG are derived from sales of Altec Lansing products.customer. The following table presents Net revenues by product group within AEG:geography:

  Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
(in thousands) 2007  2008  2009 
          
Net revenues from unaffiliated customers:         
Docking Audio $61,068  $55,399  $46,204 
PC Audio  52,496   45,828   38,884 
Other  10,076   7,124   5,941 
Total segment net revenues $123,640  $108,351  $91,029 
  Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
(in thousands) 2012 2011 2010
Net revenues from unaffiliated customers:  
  
  
U.S. $406,233
 $400,292
 $378,119
       
Europe, Middle East and Africa 181,761
 169,521
 148,070
Asia Pacific 74,249
 62,697
 46,494
Americas, excluding U.S. 51,125
 51,092
 41,154
Total International net revenues 307,135
 283,310
 235,718
Total net revenues $713,368
 $683,602
 $613,837

Major Customers
No customer accounted for 10% or more of total netNet revenues for fiscal years 2007, 20082012, 2011 and 2009,2010, nor did any one customer account for 10% or more of accountsAccounts receivable, net at March 31, 20082012 or March 31, 2009.
Geographic Information
For purposes of geographic reporting, revenues are attributed to the geographic location of the sales organization.  The following table presents net revenues by geographic area:
  Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
(in thousands) 2007  2008  2009 
          
Net sales from unaffiliated customers:         
United States $490,551  $521,148  $472,239 
             
Europe, Middle East and Africa  195,090   214,621   185,023 
Asia Pacific  59,927   62,742   56,160 
Americas, excluding United States  54,586   57,775   52,197 
Total International net revenues  309,603   335,138   293,380 
Total Consolidated net revenues $800,154  $856,286  $765,619 
2011
.

The following table presents long-lived assets by geographic area:area on a consolidated basis:

 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
(in thousands) 2008  2009  2012 2011
      
United States $215,172  $100,173 
China  23,191  21,130 
U.S. $70,808
 $65,899
Mexico  11,321  8,785  6,728
 7,293
Other countries  9,528   6,211  13,011
 12,291
 $259,212  $136,299 
Total Long-lived assets $90,547
 $85,483


20.

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Dividend Declaration
On May 1, 2012, the Board declared a cash dividend of $0.10 per share of the Company's common stock, payable on June 8, 2012 to stockholders of record on May 18, 2012.









SUPPLEMENTARY QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
(Unaudited)

             
 Quarter Ended 
  June 30,  September 30,  December 31,  March 31, 
  2007  2007   
20071
   20081,2 
 (in thousands, except income per share) 
               
Net revenues $206,495  $208,224  $232,824  $208,743 
Gross profit $83,546  $84,456  $93,757  $87,346 
Net income $14,975  $16,522  $19,108  $17,790 
Basic net income per common share7
 $0.31  $0.34  $0.39  $0.37 
Diluted net income per common share7
 $0.31  $0.34  $0.39  $0.36 
Cash dividends declared per common share $0.05  $0.05  $0.05  $0.05 
                 
 Quarter Ended 
  June 30,  September 30,  December 31,  March 31, 
   20081,3   20081   20084,5   20095,6 
 (in thousands, except income (loss) per share) 
                 
Net revenues $219,164  $216,856  $182,836  $146,763 
Gross profit $90,879  $93,773  $60,865  $50,511 
Net income (loss) $20,494  $17,648  $(92,009) $(11,032)
Basic net income (loss) per common share7
 $0.42  $0.36  $(1.90) $(0.23)
Diluted net income (loss) per common share7
 $0.42  $0.36  $(1.90) $(0.23)
Cash dividends declared per common share $0.05  $0.05  $0.05  $0.05 
                 

Each of the Company’sCompany's fiscal years ends on the Saturday closest to the last day of March.  The Company’s current and priorCompany's fiscal years 2012 and 2011consist of 52 weeks and each fiscal quarter consists of 13 weeks. Our interim fiscal quarters for the first, second, third and fourth quarter of fiscal 2008year 2012 ended on June 30, 2007, September 29, 2007,July 2, 2011, October 1, 2011, December 29, 200731, 2011 and March 29, 2008,31, 2012, respectively, and our interim fiscal quarters for the first, second, third and fourth quarter of fiscal 2009year 2011 ended on June 28, 2008, September 27, 2008, December 27, 2008July 3, 2010, October 2, 2010, January 1, 2011 and March 28, 2009,April 2, 2011, respectively. For purposes of presentation, the Company has indicated its accounting fiscal year endedas ending on March 31 and our interim quarterly periods as ending on the last calendar day of the applicable month end.

 Quarter Ended
 March 31,
2012
 December 31,
2011
 September 30,
2011
 June 30,
2011
 (in thousands, except per share data)
Net revenues$177,584
 $183,236
 $176,948
 $175,600
Gross profit$95,115
 $96,212
 $98,966
 $94,058
Net income$23,886
 $30,898
 $27,521
 $26,731
Basic net income per common share$0.57
 $0.73
 $0.62
 $0.57
Diluted net income per common share$0.55
 $0.71
 $0.60
 $0.56
Cash dividends declared per common share$0.05
 $0.05
 $0.05
 $0.05
 Quarter Ended
 
March 31, 2011 1
 December 31,
2010
 September 30, 2010 June 30, 2010
 (in thousands, except per share data)
Net revenues$173,077
 $181,585
 $158,255
 $170,685
Gross profit$90,541
 $95,808
 $85,959
 $89,448
Net income$26,316
 $31,552
 $25,429
 $25,946
Basic net income per common share$0.55
 $0.66
 $0.54
 $0.54
Diluted net income per common share$0.53
 $0.64
 $0.52
 $0.52
Cash dividends declared per common share$0.05
 $0.05
 $0.05
 $0.05
1In November 2007, the Company announced plans to close AEG’s manufacturing facility in Dongguan, China, to shut down a related Hong Kong research and development, sales and procurement office and to consolidate procurement, research and development activities for AEG in the Shenzhen, China site.  As a result of these activities, $2.9 million and $0.7 million in restructuring and other related charges was recorded in the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2008, respectively.  In addition, in fiscal 2009, $0.2 million and $(0.1) million in restructuring and other related charges was recorded in the first and second quarters, respectively.

2
1
In
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008,year 2011, the Company recognized a gain of $5.1 million related to a binding settlement agreement with a competitor to dismiss litigation involving the alleged theft of the Company's trade secrets and received payment in the same quarter. In addition, the Company recorded adjustments$1.4 million in accelerated amortization expense to foreign currency gains and losses recognized in prior periods, a correction of depreciation expense and income tax expense related to prior periods, and a reversalreflect the revised estimated useful life of an allowance for customer discounts recorded in a prior period.  The impact of these adjustments on fourth quarter net income and earnings per share was a decrease of $1.9 million and a decrease of $0.04, respectively.  The Company and its Audit Committee believe that such amounts are not material to the current and previously reported financial statements.

97

3In the first quarter of fiscal 2009,intangible asset the Company announced a reduction in force in AEG’s operations in Milford, Pennsylvania as part the strategic initiativedeemed to reduce costs.  As a result of these activities, $0.2 million in restructuring and other related charges was recorded in the first quarter of fiscal 2009.

4In the third quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges in the amount of $117.5 million which consisted of $54.7 million related to the goodwill arising from the purchase of Altec Lansing in August 2005, $58.7 million related to intangible assets primarily associated with the Altec Lansing trademark and trade name and $4.1 million related to property, plant and equipment related to the AEG segment.

5In the third quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company announced a reduction in force in AEG’s operation in Luxemburg and Shenzhen, china and ACG’s operations in China, Mexico and various other worldwide locations.  As a result of these activities, $1.0 million and $7.8 million in restructuring and other related charges was recorded in the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2009, respectively.

6
In March 2009, the Company announced a restructuring plan to close its ACG Suzhou, China manufacturing operations in fiscal 2010 in order to outsource manufacturing of its Bluetooth products to an existing supplier in China.  As a result of these activities, $3.0 million in restructuring and other related charges was recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009.be abandoned.

7Basic and diluted earnings per share are computed independently for each of the quarters presented.  Therefore, the sum of the quarterly basic and diluted per share information may not equal annual basic and diluted earnings per share.


ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTINGACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
There have been no disagreements with accountants on any matter of accounting principles and practices or financial disclosure.

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURESPROCEDURES
 
Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures
 
Our management evaluated, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective at the reasonable assurance level to ensure that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (i) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms, and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to Plantronics’ management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management.  Our disclosure controls and procedures include components of our internal control over financial reporting.  Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting is expressed at the level of reasonable assurance because a control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, but not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met.
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).  Our management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”).  Based on this evaluation, our management has concluded that, our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2009,2012.  The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, has issued an audita report on the our internal control over financial reporting which appears on page 6047 of this Form 10-K.
 
Changes in internal control over financial reporting
There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009year 2012 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATIONINFORMATION
 
None.



PART III
 
ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERSOFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
 
The information regarding the identification and business experience of our directors under the captions "Nominees" and “Business Experience of Directors” under the main caption "Proposal One – Election of Directors" in our definitive 20092012 Proxy Statement for the annual meeting of stockholders to be held on July 29, 2009or about August 10, 2012 (“20092012 Proxy Statement”), expected to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about June 12, 200922, 2012 is incorporated in this Item 10 by reference.  For information regarding the identification and business experience of our executive officers, see "Employees" at the end of Item 1 in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Information regarding the standing audit committee and names of the financial expert(s) in the audit committee, under the caption "Corporate Governance” subhead “Audit Committee" in our 20092012 Proxy Statement is incorporated into this Item 10 by reference.  Information concerning filing requirements applicable to our executive officers and directors under the caption "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our 20092012 Proxy Statement is incorporated into this Item 10 by reference.
 
Code of Ethics
 
Plantronics has adopted a Worldwide Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”), which applies to all Plantronics’ employees, including directors and officers.  The Code is posted on the Plantronics’ corporate website under the Corporate Governance section of Investor Relationsthe Company portal (www.plantronics.com).  We intend to disclose future amendments to the Code, or any waivers of such provisions granted to executive officers and directors, on this web site within fivefour business days following the date of such amendment or waiver.
 
Stockholders may request a free copy of the Code from our Investor Relations department as follows:
 
Plantronics, Inc.
345 Encinal Street
Santa Cruz, CACalifornia 95060
Attn: Investor Relations
(831) 426-5858
 
Corporate Governance Guidelines
 
Plantronics has adopted the Corporate Governance Guidelines, which are available on Plantronics' website under the Corporate Governance portal in the Company section of the Investor Relations portal (our website at www.plantronics.com).  Stockholders or any interested party may request a free copy of the Corporate Governance Guidelines fromby contacting us at the address and phone numbers set forth above under “Code of Ethics.”
ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required under this item is included under the captions "Executive Compensation", "Compensation of Directors", “Report of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in our 20092012 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIPOWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
The information required by this item is included under the captions “Equity Compensation Plan Information” under the main caption “Proposal Three – Approval of an AmendmentAmendments to the 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan”, and "Security Ownership of Principal Stockholders and Management" under the main caption "Additional Information" in our 20092012 Proxy Statement and is incorporated into this Item 12 by this reference.


100


ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPSRELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item is included under the caption "Corporate Governance” subhead “Director Independence" in the 2012 Proxy Statement and is incorporated into this Item 13 by this reference.

79


ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this item is included under the caption "Proposal One – ElectionFour - Ratification of Directors” subhead “Director Independence" in the 2009 Proxy Statement and is incorporated into this Item 13 by this reference.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this item is included under the caption "Proposal Four"Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" in our 20092012 Proxy Statement and is incorporated in this Item 14 by this reference.


PART IV

 
ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIALFINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
 
(1)
Financial Statements.  The following consolidated financial statements and supplementary information and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are included in Part II of this Report.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 


(2)   Financial Statement Schedules.
(2)Financial Statement Schedules.
PLANTRONICS, INC.
SCHEDULE II: VALUATION AND QUALIFYING
ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
(in thousands)

 Balance at Beginning of Year Charged to Expenses or Other Accounts Deductions Balance at End of Year
Provision for doubtful accounts and sales allowances: 
  
  
  
Year ended March 31, 2012$951
 $758
 $(616) $1,093
Year ended March 31, 20112,279
 (8) (1,320) 951
Year ended March 31, 20104,011
 (243) (1,489) 2,279
        
Provision for returns: 
  
  
  
Year ended March 31, 2012$10,437
 $16,660
 $(19,484) $7,613
Year ended March 31, 201113,812
 21,910
 (25,285) 10,437
Year ended March 31, 20107,592
 30,417
 (24,197)
1 
13,812
        
Provision for promotions, rebates and other: 
  
  
  
Year ended March 31, 2012$10,460
 $34,170
 $(31,874) $12,756
Year ended March 31, 201113,780
 36,885
 (40,205) 10,460
Year ended March 31, 201022,961
 41,237
 (50,418)
1 
13,780
        
Warranty obligation: 
  
  
  
Year ended March 31, 2012$11,016
 $17,061
 $(14,731) $13,346
Year ended March 31, 201111,006
 14,769
 (14,759) 11,016
Year ended March 31, 201012,424
 14,482
 (15,900)
1 
11,006
        
Valuation Allowance for Deferred Tax Assets:       
Year ended March 31, 2012$5,274
 $1,259
 $(445) $6,088
Year ended March 31, 20111,399
 4,659
 (784) 5,274
Year ended March 31, 2010123
 1,342
 (66) 1,399

1
Deductions include the following amounts assumed by the purchaser as part of the sale of Altec Lansing on December 1, 2009:
     Charged       
  Balance  to        
  at  Expenses     Balance 
  Beginning  or Other     at End 
  of Year  Accounts  Deductions  of Year 
             
Allowance for doubtful accounts:            
Year ended March 31, 2007 $5,366  $1,590  $(1,878) $5,078 
Year ended March 31, 2008  5,078   (232)  (3,111)  1,735 
Year ended March 31, 2009  1,735   1,784   (535)  2,984 
                 
Warranty reserves:                
Year ended March 31, 2007 $6,276  $15,946  $(14,982) $7,240 
Year ended March 31, 2008  7,240   22,095   (18,894)  10,441 
Year ended March 31, 2009  10,441   21,595   (19,612)  12,424 
Provision for returns$(1,440)
Provision for promotions, rebates and other$(3,284)
Warranty reserves$(383)

All other schedules have been omitted because the required information is not present or not present in the amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

82


3. Exhibits.  See Item 15(b) below.
 
(b)  Exhibits
 
We have filed, or incorporated by reference into this Report, the exhibits listed on the accompanying Index to Exhibits immediately following the signature page of this Form 10-K.
 
(c) Financial Statement Schedules
 
See Items 8 and 15(a) (2) above.


SIGNATURESSIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrantregistrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereuntohereunto duly authorized.
 
May 25, 2012PLANTRONICS, INC.
May 26, 2009  
 By:/s/ Ken Kannappan
 Name:Ken Kannappan
 Title:Chief Executive Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:
 
That the undersigned officers and directors of Plantronics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, do hereby constitute and appoint Ken Kannappan and Barbara Scherer, or either of them, the lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact or his substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
Signature
Title
SignatureTitleDate
   
/s/ Ken Kannappan
(Ken Kannappan)
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)May 26, 200925, 2012
   
/s/ Barbara Scherer
(Barbara Scherer)
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)May 26, 200925, 2012
   
/s/ Marv Tseu
(Marv Tseu)
Chairman of the Board and DirectorMay 26, 200925, 2012
   
/s/ Brian Dexheimer
(Brian Dexheimer)
DirectorMay 26, 2009
/s/ Gregg Hammann
(Gregg Hammann)
DirectorMay 26, 2009
/s/ John Hart
(John Hart)
DirectorMay 26, 200925, 2012
   
/s/ Marshall MohrRobert Hagerty
(Marshall Mohr)Robert Hagerty)
DirectorMay 26, 200925, 2012
   
/s/ Roger WeryGregg Hammann
(Roger Wery)Gregg Hammann)
DirectorMay 26, 2009



EXHIBITS INDEX
Exhibit NumberDescription of Document25, 2012
   
/s/ John Hart
3.1.1
(John Hart)
Director
Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3(ii) to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on January 20, 2009).
May 25, 2012
   
/s/ Marshall Mohr
3.2.1
(Marshall Mohr)
Director
2009 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on January 20, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3(i) to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on January 20, 2009).May 25, 2012


84


EXHIBITS INDEX
    Incorporation by Reference  
Exhibit Number Exhibit Description Form File No. Exhibit Filing Date Filed Herewith
2.1 Asset Purchase Agreement, dated October 2, 2009, by and among Plantronics, Inc., Plantronics, B.V., and Audio Technologies Acquisition, LLC. 10-Q 001-12696 2.1 1/27/2010  
             
2.1.1 First Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated November 30, 2009, by and among Plantronics, Inc., Plantronics, B.V., Altec Lansing, LLC (f/k/a Audio Technologies Acquisition, LLC) and Audio Technologies Acquisition B.V. 10-Q 001-12696 2.1.1 1/27/2010  
             
2.1.2 Side Letter, dated January 8, 2010, to the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated October 2, 2009, by and among Plantronics, Inc., Plantronics, B.V., and Audio Technologies Acquisition, LLC., as amended by that certain First Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated November 30, 2009, by and among Plantronics, Inc., Plantronics, B.V., Altec Lansing, LLC (f/k/a Audio Technologies Acquisition, LLC), and Audio Technologies Acquisition B.V. 10-Q 001-12696 2.1.2 1/27/2010  
             
2.1.3 Side Letter, dated February 15, 2010, to the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated October 2, 2009, by and among Plantronics, Inc., Plantronics, B.V., and Audio Technologies Acquisition, LLC., as amended by that certain First Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated November 30, 2009, by and among Plantronics, Inc., Plantronics, B.V., Altec Lansing, LLC (f/k/a Audio Technologies Acquisition, LLC), and Audio Technologies Acquisition B.V. 10-K 001-12696 2.1.3 6/1/2010  
             
3.1.1 Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant 8-K 001-12696 3.1 6/20/2011  
             
3.2.1 2009 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on January 20, 2009 8-K 001-12696 3(i) 1/20/2009  
             
3.3 Registrant’s Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series A Participating Preferred Stock filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 1, 2002 8-A 001-12696 3.6 3/29/2002  
             
4.1 Preferred Stock Rights Agreement, dated as of March 13, 2002 between the Registrant and Equiserve Trust Company, N.A., including the Certificate of Designation, the form of Rights Certificate and the Summary of Rights attached thereto as Exhibits A, B, and C, respectively 8-A 001-12696 4.1 3/29/2002  
             
10.1* Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and certain directors and executives 10-K 001-12696 10.2 5/31/2005  
             
10.2.1* Executive Incentive Plan, dated May 8, 2009, as Amended September 10, 2010 8-K 001-12696 10.1 9/16/2010  
             
          X
             
10.3.1 Lease Agreement dated May 2004 between Finsa Portafolios, S.A. DE C.V.and Plamex, S.A. de C.V., a subsidiary of the Registrant, for premises located in Tijuana, Mexico (translation from Spanish original) 10-Q 001-12696 10.5.1 8/6/2004  
             
10.3.2 Lease Agreement dated May 2004 between Finsa Portafolios, S.A. DE C.V.and Plamex, S.A. de C.V., a subsidiary of the Registrant, for premises located in Tijuana, Mexico (translation from Spanish original) 10-Q 001-12696 10.5.2 8/6/2004  
             

85


    Incorporation by Reference  
Exhibit Number Exhibit Description Form File No. Exhibit Filing Date Filed Herewith
10.4 Lease dated December 7, 1990 between Canyge Bicknell Limited and Plantronics Limited, a subsidiary of the Registrant, for premises located in Wootton Bassett, The United Kingdom S-1   10.32 10/20/1993  
             
10.5* Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Plan 10-K 001-12696 10.2 11/3/2011  
             
10.6* 1993 Stock Option Plan 10-K 001-12696 10.8 6/21/2002  
             
10.7.1* 1993 Director Stock Option Plan S-1   10.29 10/20/1993  
             
10.7.2* Amendment to the 1993 Director Stock Option Plan S-8 333-14833 4.4 10/25/1996  
             
10.7.3* Amendment No. 2 to the 1993 Director Stock Option Plan 10-K 001-12696 10.9(a) 6/1/2001  

            
10.7.4 * Amendment No. 3 to the 1993 Director Stock Option Plan 10-K 001-12696 10.9(b) 6/1/2001  
             
10.7.5* Amendment No. 4 to the 1993 Director Stock Option Plan 10-K 001-12696 10.9.5 6/21/2002  
             
10.8* Plantronics, Inc. 2002 Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan, effective as of July 29, 2009, as approved by the Plantronics Board of Directors on January 14, 2010 10-K 001-12696 10.9.1 6/1/2010  
             
10.9 Trust Agreement Establishing the Plantronics, Inc. Annual Profit Sharing/Individual Savings Plan Trust S-8 333-19351 4.3 1/7/1997  
             
10.10.1* Plantronics, Inc. Basic Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended August 8, 1996 S-8 333-19351 4.5 3/25/1997  
             
10.10.2 Trust Agreement Under the Plantronics, Inc. Basic Deferred Stock Compensation Plan S-8 333-19351 4.6 3/25/1997  
             
10.10.3 Plantronics, Inc. Basic Deferred Compensation Plan Participant Election S-8 333-19351 4.7 3/25/1997  
             
10.11* Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated on November 17, 2009 between Registrant and Ken Kannappan 10-K 001-12696 10.11.1 6/1/2010  
             
10.12* Employment Agreement dated as of November 1996 between Registrant and Don Houston 10-K 001-12696 10.14.2 6/2/2003  
             
10.13.1* Employment Agreement dated as of March 1997 between Registrant and Barbara Scherer 10-K 001-12696 10.14.4 6/2/2003  
             
10.13.2* Transition Agreement dated February 27, 2012 between Registrant and Barbara Scherer 8-K 001-12696 10.1 3/1/2012  
             
10.14* Employment Agreement dated as of June 2003 between Registrant and Philip Vanhoutte 10-K 001-12696 10.12.4 5/31/2005  
             
          X
             
10.16* Form of Change of Control Severance Agreement dated on or about January 26, 2009 between Registrant, Barbara Scherer, Don Houston, Rich Pickard and Renee Niemi and effective September 15, 2011 between Registrant and Joe Burton 8-K 001-12696 10.1 1/30/2009  
             
10.17 Standby Letter of Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 2009 between Registrant, Plantronics BV and Wells Fargo Bank N.A. 10-K 001-12696 10.13.6 5/26/2009  
             
10.18.1** Credit Agreement dated May 9, 2011, between Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 8-K 001-12696 10.1 5/9/2011  

86


    Incorporation by Reference  
Exhibit Number Exhibit Description Form File No. Exhibit Filing Date Filed Herewith
             
10.18.2** 
Accelerated Stock Buyback Master and Supplemental Confirmations dated May 9, 2011 by and between the Company and Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 10-Q 001-12696 10.1 8/4/2011  
10.18.3** Collared Accelerated Stock Buyback Master and Supplemental Confirmations dated May 9, 2011 by and between Registrant and Goldman, Sachs & Co. 10-Q 001-12696 10.2 8/4/2011  
10.18.4** 
Accelerated Stock Buyback Supplemental Confirmation dated August 19, 2011 by and between the Company and Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 10-Q 001-12696 10.1 11/3/2011  
             
10.19** Third Amended and Restated Development and Manufacturing Agreement, dated October 15, 2011, between Plantronics, B.V., and GoerTek, Inc. 10-Q 001-12696 10.1 2/2/2012  
             
10.20 Contract for the Transfer of Factory Building and the Land-Use Right, Dated July 23, 2010 10-Q 001-12696 10.1 11/4/2010  
             
          X
             
          X
             
24 Power of Attorney – Power of Attorney (incorporated by reference to the signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.)          
             
          X
             
          X
             
          X
             
101 INS*** XBRL Instance Document         X
             
101 SCH*** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document         X
             
101 CAL*** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document         X
             
101 LAB*** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document         X
             
101 PRE*** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document         X
             
101 DEF*** XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document         X
             
* Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement in which any Director or any Executive Officer participates.          
** Confidential treatment has been granted with respect to certain portions of this Exhibit.          

87


   
3.2.2
Incorporation by Reference 
Certificate
Exhibit NumberExhibit DescriptionFormFile No.ExhibitFiling DateFiled Herewith
***In accordance with Rule 406T of RetirementRegulation S-T, the information in these exhibits is furnished and Eliminationdeemed not filed or a part of Preferred Stock and Common Stocka registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Section 11 or 12 of the RegistrantSecurities Act of 1933, is deemed not filed withfor purposed of Section 18 of the SecretaryExchange Act of State of Delaware on January 11, 1996 (incorporated herein1934, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections and shall not be incorporated by reference from Exhibit (3.3)into any registration statement or other document filed under the Securities Act of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on September 27, 1996).1933, as amended, except as expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.
   
3.3
Registrant’s Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series A Participating Preferred Stock filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 1, 2002 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (3.6) to the Registrant’s Form 8-A, filed on March 29, 2002).
4.1
Preferred Stock Rights Agreement, dated as of March 13, 2002 between the Registrant and Equiserve Trust Company, N.A., including the Certificate of Designation, the form of Rights Certificate and the Summary of Rights attached thereto as Exhibits A, B, and C, respectively (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (4.1) to the Registrant’s Form 8-A, filed on March 29, 2002).
10.1*
Plantronics, Inc. Non-EMEA Quarterly Profit Sharing Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.1) to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K, filed on June 1, 2001).
10.2*
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and certain directors and executives. (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.2) to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K, filed on May 31, 2005).
10.3.1*
Regular and Supplemental Bonus Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.4(a)) to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K, filed on June 1, 2001).
10.3.2*
Overachievement Bonus Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.4(b)) to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K, filed on June 1, 2001).
10.3.3*
Executive Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 2, 2007.
10.3.4*
Executive Incentive Plan, dated May 8, 2009, as amended.


Exhibit NumberDescription of Document
10.4.1
Lease Agreement dated May 2004 between Finsa Portafolios, S.A. DE C.V.and Plamex, S.A. de C.V., a subsidiary of the Registrant, for premises located in Tijuana, Mexico (translation from Spanish original) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.5.1) of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12696), filed on June 1, 2004).
10.4.2
Lease Agreement dated May 2004 between Finsa Portafolios, S.A. DE C.V.and Plamex, S.A. de C.V., a subsidiary of the Registrant, for premises located in Tijuana, Mexico (translation from Spanish original) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.5.2) of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12696), filed on August 6, 2004).
10.4.3
Lease Agreement dated October 2004 between Finsa Portafolios, S.A. DE C.V.and Plamex, S.A. de C.V., a subsidiary of the Registrant, for premises located in Tijuana, Mexico (translation from Spanish original) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.5.4) of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12696), filed on August 6, 2004).
10.5
Lease dated December 7, 1990 between Canyge Bicknell Limited and Plantronics Limited, a subsidiary of the Registrant, for premises located in Wootton Bassett, The United Kingdom (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.32) to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (as amended), filed on October 20, 1993).
10.6*
Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Plan (incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement on Form 14-A, filed on May 26, 2004).
10.7*
1993 Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.8) to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on June 21, 2002).
10.8.1*
1993 Director Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.29) to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (as amended), filed on October 20, 1993).
10.8.2*
Amendment to the 1993 Director Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (4.4) to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on October 25, 1996).
10.8.3*
Amendment No. 2 to the 1993 Director Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.9(a)) to the Registrant's Report on Form 10-K, filed on June 1, 2001).
10.8.4 *
Amendment No. 3 to the 1993 Director Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.9(b)) to the Registrant's Report on Form 10-K, filed on June 1, 2001).
10.8.5*
Amendment No. 4 to the 1993 Director Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.9.5) to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on June 21, 2002).
10.9.1*
2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement on Form 14A, filed on June 3, 2005).
Exhibit NumberDescription of Document
10.9.2
Trust Agreement Establishing the Plantronics, Inc. Annual Profit Sharing/Individual Savings Plan Trust (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (4.3) to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on January 7, 1997).
10.9.3*
Plantronics, Inc. 401(k) Plan, effective as of April 2, 2000 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.11) to the Registrant's Report on Form 10-K, filed on June 1, 2001).
10.10*
Resolutions of the Board of Directors of Plantronics, Inc. Concerning Executive Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (4.4) to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (as amended), filed on March 25, 1997).
10.11.1*
Plantronics, Inc. Basic Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended August 8, 1996 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (4.5) to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (as amended) (File No. 333-19351), filed on March 25, 1997).
10.11.2
Trust Agreement Under the Plantronics, Inc. Basic Deferred Stock Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (4.6) to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (as amended), filed on March 25, 1997).
10.11.3
Plantronics, Inc. Basic Deferred Compensation Plan Participant Election (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (4.7) to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (as amended), filed on March 25, 1997).
10.12.1*
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated on or about January 26, 2009 between Registrant and Ken Kannappan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.2) to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on January 30, 2009).
10.12.2*
Employment Agreement dated as of November 1996 between Registrant and Don Houston (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.14.2) to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-12696), filed on June 2, 2003).
10.12.3*
Employment Agreement dated as of March 1997 between Registrant and Barbara Scherer (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.14.4) to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on June 2, 2003).
10.12.4*
Employment Agreement dated as of June 2003 between Registrant and Philip Vanhoutte (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.12.4) to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on May 31, 2005).
10.12.5*
Employment Agreement dated as of May 2001 between Registrant and Joyce Shimizu (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.14.5) to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on June 2, 2003).
10.12.6*
Form of Change of Control Severance Agreement, dated on or about January 26, 2009, between Registrant, Barbara Scherer, Don Houston and Rich Pickard (incorporated by reference from Exhibit (10.1) to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on January 30, 2009
10.13.1
Credit Agreement dated as of October 31, 2003 between Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank N.A.  (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.1) of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on November 7, 2003).
10.13.2
Credit Agreement Amendment No. 1 dated as of August, 1, 2004, between Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank N.A. (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.15.2) to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on November 5, 2004).
10.13.3
Credit Agreement Amendment No.2 dated as of July 11, 2005, between Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank National Association (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.15.1) to the Registrant's Form 8-K, filed on July 15, 2005).
Exhibit NumberDescription of Document
10.13.4
Credit Agreement Amendment No.3 dated as of August 11, 2005, between Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank National Association (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.2) to the Registrant's Form 8-K, filed on November 23, 2005).
10.13.5
Credit Agreement Amendment No.4 dated as of November 17, 2005, between Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank National Association (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.1) to the Registrant’s Form 8-K, filed on November 23, 2005).
10.13.6
Standby Letter of Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 2009 between Registrant, Plantronics BV and Wells Fargo Bank N.A.
10.14*
Restricted Stock Award Agreement dated as of October 12, 2004, between Registrant and certain of its executive officers (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (10.1) of the Registrant's Form 8-K, filed on October 14, 2004).
10.15**
Second Amended and Restated Development and Manufacturing Agreement dated March 20, 2009, between Plantronics, B.V., and GoerTek, Inc.
14
Worldwide Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (14) of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on May 31, 2005).
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
24
Power of Attorney – Power of Attorney (incorporated by reference to the signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.)
Certification of the President and CEO Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Senior VP, Finance and Administration, and CFO Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
*
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement in which any Director or any Executive Officer participates.
**
Confidential treatment has been requested as to certain portions of this Exhibit.
108